|
An Expanded Analysis of Joint Attending and Social Referencing: Toward a Functional Taxonomy |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom H |
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Richard E. Laitinen, Ph.D. |
Chair: Gladys Williams (CIEL, SPAIN) |
PER HOLTH (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
RICHARD E. LAITINEN (Personalized Accelerated Learning Systems (PALS)) |
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University) |
Abstract: Joint Attending and Social Referencing (JA/SR) most often involves two or more people simultaneously attending to the same constellation or elements of an environmental event. As a critical "learning-to-learn" repertoire, JA/SR is an important foundation for learners to acquire and master. By definition, JA/SR is a social phenomenon; however, it is also solipsistic in that joint attending may occur within the individual as a fusion of "speaker/listener" repertoires that allow for self-referencing and self-talk that guides what an individual attends to at any one time. This panel will present a draft taxonomy of JS/SR intended to formalize and categorize the variables responsible for the emergence and growth of JS/SR competencies throughout a person's lifetime. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Practitioners who are interested in how to organize and delivery effective programming to develop extended joint attending and social referencing repertoires in their clients. |
Learning Objectives: To reference and locate individual joint attending/social referencing programs within a taxonomy of functional relations that influence the emergence, generalization and application of such skills in a progressive, organized manner. |
|
|
|
|
The Meaning of Mattering: Values in Applied and Clinical Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom AB |
Area: CBM/PCH; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Evelyn R. Gould, Ph.D. |
Chair: Daryl Rachal (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
EVELYN R. GOULD (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.) |
JOSHUA PRITCHARD (Southern Illinois University) |
EHREN J WERNTZ (Arizona Autism United) |
Abstract: Interventions that focus on fostering contact with values and building values-consistent patterns of behavior have been shown to increase awareness of and openness to aversive experiences, as well as effective, committed action in the presence of those experiences. These findings suggest a powerful role for values in facilitating desirable behavior change � not only for clients but also family of clients and even practitioners themselves. As a result, values-interventions are increasingly included in clinical behavior analysis (often explicitly, as in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and Behavior Activation Therapy for Depression). However, much of the research on values interventions focuses on psychotherapeutic definitions of the term and applied contexts. Given the growing role of values interventions in behavior analytic practice, it is important to conceptualize them in behavior analytic terms so that they may be studied with precision, scope and depth. The aim of this panel is to examine values from a behavior analytic perspective, then discuss their application and usefulness in traditional behavioral interventions. |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts or behavior therapists with an interest in values as behavioral phenomena or values-based interventions. |
Learning Objectives: Define values in behavior analytic terms. Describe the potential usefulness of values interventions in behavior analytic practice. Demonstrate an understanding of how to utilize values interventions to affect desired behavior change in behavior analytic practice. |
Keyword(s): Acceptance-and-Commitment Therapy, Clinical-Behavior-Analysis, Relational-Frame-Theory, Values |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Curiosity: Discussion of Behavioral Approaches to Fostering Creativity and Philosophical Skills |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom HI |
Area: EDC/PCH; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Christine Hoffner Barthold, Ph.D. |
Chair: Kendra B. Newsome (Fit Learning) |
KENDRA B. NEWSOME (Fit Learning) |
CHRISTINE HOFFNER BARTHOLD (George Mason University) |
MAKENSEY SANDERS (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Many people outside of behavior analysis believe that creativity and philosophical skills are innate talents and cannot be taught to students without such talent. Fine arts and philosophy faculty generally agree that creativity and philosophical thought can be shaped to at least some degree with specific forms of practice. Consistent with those and behavior analytic assumptions, research has shown that students can develop an ability to engage in creative and philosophical behaviors. Teachers would likely more effectively arrange practice for students to gain these skills using teaching techniques derived from behavior analysis than from traditional approaches. This panel will discuss definitions of creative and philosophical behaviors, the importance of these skills, teachers' role in the development of such skills, and behavioral approaches to teaching them. Through this panel, we hope to develop future research ideas of how best to assess these behaviors, modify the classroom environment, and foster teacher-student interactions that are conducive to furthering the growth of students' creativity and philosophical skills. |
Target Audience: Service providers, higher education instructors, school professionals, teachers, people interested in philosophy and/or creativity |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to: 1) Define and provide examples of creative and/or philosophical behaviors 2) Describe behavioral approaches to teaching creative and/or philosophical behaviors 3) Describe potential research projects that would add to our knowledge about methods of teaching creative and/or philosophical behaviors |
Keyword(s): creativity, philosophy, skill acquistion |
|
|
|
|
Pay For Performance: Lessons From the Field |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F |
Area: OBM/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Barbara R. Bucklin (Ardent Learning, Inc.) |
Discussant: Nicholas Weatherly (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Nicholas Weatherly, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will showcase the application of a Pay for Performance Systems in a Class Action Settlement organization and an ABA company. Attendees will learn about the benefits of Pay for Performance and rationale for implementing this type of system, based on data going back several decades. Presenters will walk attendees through this case study illustrating the process steps: initial behavioral systems analysis interviews and recommendations; designing weighted scorecards for the organization, departments, and individuals; collecting data (baseline, measurement, and pay for performance phases); analyzing data and sharing with the relevant departments and individuals; and finally providing coaching and feedback to individuals based on scorecard results. Presenters will also share lessons they learned related to designing, implementing, and sustaining a pay-for-performance system. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Organizational supervisors, managers, or owners; any one who manages employees/staff. |
|
Pay for Performance: Lessons From the Field |
Barbara R. Bucklin (Ardent Learning, Inc.), Manuel A. Rodriguez (ABA Technologies, Inc.), TROY HOFFMAN (Simpluris) |
Abstract: This presentation will showcase the application of a Pay for Performance System in a Class Action Settlement organization. Attendees will learn about the benefits of Pay for Performance and rationale for implementing this type of system, based on data going back several decades. Presenters will walk attendees through this case study illustrating the process steps: initial behavioral systems analysis interviews and recommendations; designing weighted scorecards for the organization, departments, and individuals; collecting data (baseline, measurement, and pay for performance phases); analyzing data and sharing with the relevant departments and individuals; and finally providing coaching and feedback to individuals based on scorecard results. Presenters will also share lessons they learned related to designing, implementing, and sustaining a pay-for-performance system. |
|
Don't Pay for Time, Pay for Performance: Designing and Implementing an Ethical Pay for Performance System at an ABA Company |
ADAM E. VENTURA (World Evolve, Inc.), Jill M. Hollederer (KGH Consultation & Treatment) |
Abstract: Many companies in the applied behavior analysis (ABA) arena utilize payment structures that focus on completion of billable hours versus incentive based systems that target improved quality and outcomes for their clients. With healthcare costs at an all-time high and an insurance industry poised to change to value-based models of care, the time is now for ABA organizations to move away from time-based pay formats and into the realm of performance-based pay. This talk will chronicle the journey of one ABA company through the development and implementation of a pay for performance system that balances business and financial goals with ethical strategies. The presentation will include details on the initial assessment of the company's performance, identification of performance measures, design of the performance improvement system in accordance with the BACB Professional and Ethical Compliance Code, and implementation challenges and successes. |
|
|
|
|
Thinking Outside of the Skinner Box: Ethically Addressing Barriers to Learning Using the Evidence-Based Practice Model |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom DE |
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Megan Miller, Ph.D. |
Chair: Megan Miller (FSU CARD; Navigation Behavioral Consulting) |
ROBERT SCHRAMM (Knospe-ABA) |
STEVEN J. WARD (Whole Child Consulting, LLC) |
MARY LYNCH BARBERA (Barbera Behavior Consulting, LLC) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are frequently trained to implement specific procedures found within behavioral and educational journals. However, practitioners frequently encounter situations that do not exactly apply to this literature base. This panel will discuss how to ethically apply the science of behavior analysis using an evidence-based practice model focused on clinical expertise, the individual client, and the best available research. Panelists will discuss how they have successfully applied this model to address common barriers to learning such as weak motivation, escape maintained challenging behavior, prompt dependence, and developing instructional control. Each panelist has significant experience and expertise with applying the science of behavior analysis as a whole and determining the most effective intervention for each client based on the methods and principles of this science as opposed to broadly and generically applying popular procedures with each client. Audience members will be given the opportunity at the end of the panel to ask the panelists for their expertise in ethically addressing common barriers to learning. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: This panel is most appropriate for intermediate level or higher behavior analysts who have been practicing for several years and wish to learn more about how to enhance the scientific application of behavior analysis within the practitioner setting. |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to identify how at least one section of the Code applies to the use of the evidence-based practice model Participants will be able to explain how to modify popular behavior analytic procedures based on the needs of their individual clients Participants will be able to explain how to individually assess barriers for each learner and develop interventions based on this assessment. |
Keyword(s): EBP, Escape Extinction, Prompt Dependence |
|
|
|
|
A Panel Discussion on Applied Behavior Analysis and Positive Behavior Support: So Happy Together |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C |
Area: PRA/PCH; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Rose Iovannone, Ph.D. |
Chair: Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida; Florida Center for Inclusive Communities) |
JODIE SORACCO (University of Nevada, Reno) |
CHRISTIAN SABEY (Brigham Young University) |
LAUREN DIANE BROWN (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This session will be a panel discussion of the impact and perceptions of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) within Positive Behavior Support (PBS). Upon entry into the panel, audience will be provided a link to a polling website to select from a per-determined list of questions/topics they would like to panelists to discuss. Audience can also contribute additional questions via the polling site. Questions will be selected based upon highest to lowest ranking of scores and the panelists will alternate responding or each be given a chance to respond, depending on the nature of the question. Questions will be derived from the following topics: (a) Foundations of ABA will be explored from a vantage point of classically trained behavior analysts who practice within PBS frameworks. Early history of ABA influencing applications of PBS along with debates from both sides will be discussed. (b) ABA and PBS in practice will highlight how PBS practices are rooted to behavior analytical principles. Multi-tiered systems of support will be examined from the perspective of behavior analysis and PBS terminology will be viewed through the lens of behavior analytical verbal behavior. Key points will be to enlighten attendees that although terminology may be different, foundational principles are the same. (c) Debunking the Myths of ABA and PBS will explore the common misconceptions held by practitioners who may not have a rich understanding of each contributing discipline. ABA and PBS are not strangers to each other, yet many practitioners maintain common misinterpretations and misunderstandings (e.g., ABA is only consequence-bases; PBS does not apply any consequences; ABA is only for autism; PBS is ABA-light, etc.). By debunking these fallacies, more accurate information will be disseminated along with a more thorough appreciation for behavior analytical principles as essential in the application of PBS. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Practitioners, Educators, Supervisors, Researchers, University Faculty, Graduate Students |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify historic foundations of ABA that influence application of PBS 2. Discuss and compare PBS and ABA terminology 3. Select a minimum of 2 PBS and/or ABA misconceptions and explain why it is a misconception |
Keyword(s): ABA, PBS |
|
|
|
|
A Systems Approach to Training Clinicians and Increases in Clients' Learning in Clinic Settings |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom C |
Area: TBA/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jinhyeok Choi (Pusan National University) |
CE Instructor: Dolleen-Day Keohane, Ph.D. |
Abstract: We will present research based on the application of a systems approach to instruction that places the learners at the center of the matrix and emphasizes on-going rule-governed communication among the component parts. In this model the data generated through the measurement of each client's responses drive the system. Clinicians are trained through modules that provide in situ opportunities specifically related to the accurate implementation of Clients' programs, choice of strategies and tactics, materials and selection of new short term and long term objectives. The composition of the curriculum for the clients is logical and empirical and based on verbal development milestones. Assessments that identify learning rates, pre-requisite skill deficits and missing verbal developmental capabilities are used to pinpoint the potential source of each client's instructional problems and suggest rule-governed approaches to remediation. The results of the studies we will present show that the implementation of a rule governed organizational matrix to train clinicians supports increases in academic literacy, communication and social skills for pre-school and elementary school age clients diagnosed with autism and related communication disabilities in 1:1 settings. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Clinical Training, Supervision |
Target Audience: Teachers, BCBA's, School Supervisors, Clinic Supervisors, Staff Trainers |
|
A Clinic Wide Approach to Training Clinicians Through Research-Based Modules and In-Situ Training |
DOLLEEN-DAY KEOHANE (Nicholls State University), Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University), Lauren Becnel (Touchstone Center), Tricia Clement (Touchstone Center), Paula G. White (Touchstone Center), Danica Reaves (Touchstone Center) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of a clinic wide systems approach to supervision including the completion of PSI (Personalized System of Instruction) modules based on increasing levels of verbal complexity, and in-situ training. The clinic provided 1:1 services for preschool to school age clients and used the CABAS (Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling) model of supervision. The clinics' mentors provided support, modeled scientific tacts and intraverbals in response to clients' instructional problems in situ, provided instructional resources and collected and analyzed clinic wide data. The dependent variables for the clinicians were the completion of modules, the number of errorless TPRA's (Teacher Performance Rate Accuracy), the number of errorless strategic and tactical decisions made and the number of errorless scientific tacts, intraverbals and research based tactics they implemented pre and post intervention. The independent variables consisted of a treatment package that included strategic questions and answers related to learn unit presentations, the visual display of data and instruction in using a rule governed algorithm to analyze instructional problems. Results showed increases in the clinicians' use of scientific tacts, intraverbals and research based tactics post intervention, as well as increases in clients' learning across the curriculum measured. |
|
Methods of Effective Supervision |
MARA KATRA OBLAK (Seattle Behavior & Therapy), Jenny Cronier (Seattle Behavior & Therapy) |
Abstract: ABA service providers recognize the need to develop supervision practices that produce quality outcomes. Complex interactions between supervisors and clinicians should result in effective treatment through accurate instruction and delivery of behavioral interventions. This paper offers a procedure to implement an individualized supervision model and a measurement system to analyze the quality of the products with a focus on the interlocking contingencies within the system. The CABAS model has provided a science of teaching that can be applied across settings and provides a system to measure student and teacher behavior. We sought to develop and implement a standardized system of individualized instruction for supervisors and clinicians utilizing components of the CABAS model in an established private ABA clinic. The clinic provides home, school, and clinic-based services to clients between the ages of 2 to 22. This paper describes the system and components currently in place, a method for implementation, and outcome data analysis. |
|
Effects of a Rule Governed Algorithm on Clinicians' Analysis of Instructional Problems and Clients' Learning |
KELLY KING (Nicholls State University; Touchstone Center), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of a rule-governed algorithm in situ and line technicians' analysis of instructional problems and clients' learn units to criterion. We used a multiple baseline design across six participants who worked at a private center and provided 1:1 instruction for preschool to school age clients diagnosed with autism. The participants showed an interest in learning about the scientific vocabulary used at the center. The independent variable was the rule governed algorithm with scientific questions and answers related to an analysis of the learn unit in context. The dependent variables were the number of intact learn units presented, pre- and post-probe data for responses to scientific questions as selection and production responses for the line technicians and responses to learn unit presentations and learn units to criterion for the clients taught. As the participants became more proficient in utilizing the vocabulary of the science they began to think through instructional problems and became self-observers of the instruction they presented to their clients. Results showed a significant increase in the line technicians' analysis of instructional problems utilizing scientific tacts, increases in correct responses and decreases in learn units to criterion for the clients taught. |
|
|
|
|
Unleashing Applied Animal Behavior: Dissemination of Behavioral Science Through Practice Part Two |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom D |
Area: AAB/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Janie A. Funk (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom) |
CE Instructor: Janie A. Funk, M.A. |
Abstract: Demonstrating the efficacy of behavior analysis with respect to real-world problems is one key to dissemination of our science. Accomplishment of this objective requires presentation of our science in a manner obviously relevant to and easily understood by potential consumers. One emerging movement that has been successful to this end is within the area of applied animal behavior. Last year, leaders of this movement provided accounts of their efforts within special settings, and provided recommendations for addressing potential challenges likely to present during interdisciplinary collaborations. This year, the discussion will be continued with new accounts of collaborative efforts that have advanced our science in under-served areas of applied animal behavior. Further suggestions for extending our reach to new populations, and discussion of techniques for doing so, will be provided. While presented in the context of applied animal behavior, invaluable information will be provided for anyone interested in sharing the science of behavior. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): animal training, community outreach, dissemination, interdisciplinary collaboration |
Target Audience: Board Certified Behavior Analysts and others who aspire to extend the reach of behavior analysis through practice, especially in, but not limited to, the area of applied animal behavior. |
|
Improving the Quality of Life for Zoo Animals With ABA |
SUSAN G. FRIEDMAN (Utah State University) |
Abstract: ABA principles, procedures and ethical standards are directly relevant to improving the quality of life for zoo animals. A basic course was developed to improve zoo keepers ABA knowledge and skills. In this presentation, the course learning objectives will be discussed along with three case studies in which the fundamental tools of ABA (e.g., functional assessment and intervention design), were successfully applied to a self-injuring elephant, a fearful rhino, and an orangutan surrogate mother roughly handling a young baby. |
|
Improving the Quality of Life of Zoo Keepers With ABA |
KATHRYN L. KALAFUT (Antioch College) |
Abstract: As speakers in this symposium will demonstrate, the principles, procedures and ethical standards of ABA are relevant to improving the quality of life for zoo animals. But as in most animal settings, to increase the well-being of an animal in a zoo, you must first engage with their humans. This presentation will take a look at a typical day in the life of an animal caregiver, and discuss how this knowledge should inform how scientists approach and effectively engage with these institutions. There is great potential in the collaboration between behavior analytic researchers and captive animal environments. The goal of this presentation is to share some approaches that have yielded both effective and ineffective means for this type of collaboration. |
|
A Top-Down Strategy to Equine Behavior Education |
ROBIN L. FOSTER (University of Puget Sound) |
Abstract: Horses have a long history as domestic livestock and working animals, which has shaped and continues to influence policies and management practices. A growing demographic of horse owners have demanded change, and applied animal behaviorists are stepping up to meet that demand. Horse owners are typically dispersed, living in rural areas, and they seek advice about behavior issues from their local veterinarians, farriers, or trainers, very few of whom have received education in equine behavior. A top-down approach to disseminating information about ABA can help address these challenges. We teach an e-course on resolving fear-based behaviors in horses, and have marketed it to professionals by offering continuing education units. The course also has practical value to equine professionals; flight is horse's primary defense, thus fear-based behaviors are common and can impact the horse's health and performance, create a risk of serious injury to horses and humans, and result in lost revenue and increased expenses. An advantage to a top-down approach is that most equine professionals already have the skills and experience to successfully implement methods taught remotely. In addition, the course increases recognition of the role behaviorists play in equine care, distinct from veterinary care and training. |
|
Training the Guide Dog: An Untapped Opportunity for the Behavior Scientist |
JANIE A. FUNK (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno), Melia Shamblin (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Nearly 20 organizations nationwide are responsible for training guide dogs. Overwhelmingly, they report less-than-ideal behavioral outcomes. In fact, the nation's most successful guide dog organization report that the majority of dogs are dismissed from their training program secondary to problem behaviors that are not medical or so-called species-specific. This is problematic because poor behavioral outcomes limit the extent to which the visually-impaired may engage safely with their communities. This presentation will provide an account of the gaps found in the literature addressing guide dog training, and offer behavior scientists suggestions for further developing a pragmatic line of research. Additionally, this presentation will discuss opportunities for the behavior scientist to contribute to development of assessment and training methods that aim to improve the quality of life of the guide dog, its trainers, and its consumers. Finally, with such ambitious objectives towards influencing the training of guide dogs, strategies for amicable collaborations will be provided. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Social Skills to Children With Autism and Related Disorders |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom G |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Megan D. Aclan (Aclan Behavioral Services) |
Discussant: Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno
) |
CE Instructor: Marianne L. Jackson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The current symposium examines procedures for teaching social skills to children with autism and related disorders, including the utilization of group reinforcement contingencies, behavioral skills training, curriculum-based instruction, and the establishment of rules. The first paper is a data-based discussion regarding the use of an interdependent group contingency to increase the social interactions and motor skills of children with autism spectrum disorder and their typically developing peers during indoor rock climbing sessions. The second presentation examines the efficacy of behavioral skills training and group contingencies to teach various social skills to elementary-aged boys diagnosed with autism in a clinic setting. The third paper presents outcome data on the utility of curriculum-based, group training targeting age-appropriate social skills for children diagnosed with autism and related disorders. The second and third papers also will address data collection and experimental design challenges that may be encountered during group service delivery. The fourth paper is a literature-review, which will discuss recent research on rule-governed behavior in applied settings. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): BST, group contingencies, rule governance, social skills |
Target Audience: Board Certified Behavior Analysts, Registered Behavior Technicians, students in the field of ABA or related disciplines |
|
Being a Social Climber: The Effects of a Rock Climbing Intervention on the Social Interactions and Motor Skills of Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
(Applied Research) |
GEOFFREY BROWNING (California State University, Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are often less physically active and involved in the community than their typically developing peers. This is a concern given the many detrimental outcomes of a sedentary lifestyle, as well as the consideration that individuals with ASD may face challenges with many forms of physical activity. Indoor rock climbing may be a good option for children with ASD due to the sport's physical and social characteristics. A multiple baseline design across participants was used to examine the effects of an interdependent group contingency on the social interactions of children with ASD and their typically developing peers. The dependent variable was the rate of positive, negative, and neutral social interactions between the participant and peer; the independent variable was the group contingency, wherein reinforcement was provided for the participant and peer reaching predetermined climbing goals. The participant's motor proficiency was also measured. Results suggest that participants engaged in more positive and neutral social interactions during the interdependent group contingency, and a brief reversal showed some generalization to a new peer in the absence of the group contingency. |
|
The Use of Behavioral Skills Training and Group Contingencies to Teach Social Skills to Elementary-Aged Children Diagnosed With Autism |
(Applied Research) |
ALLISON ROSE BICKELMAN (Autism Behavior Intervention, Inc.; Endicott College), Marla Saltzman (Autism Behavior Intervention, Inc.) |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with autism generally present with deficits in social skills, including talking and playing with peers, making eye contact, and appropriately responding to the emotions and preferences of others (Centers for Disease Control, 2017). Behavioral skills training (BST) and group contingencies are evidence-based interventions used in treatment (Hood et al., 2017; Peter & Thompson, 2015; Speltz et al., 1982). Six males diagnosed with autism participated in an eight-week social skills group in which BST (i.e., oral instructions and rules, adult modeling, and practice with feedback) and interdependent and independent group contingencies were used to teach a variety of social skills. Most participants mastered the skills taught and all participants demonstrated improvements on a post-intervention skill assessment. Social validity questionnaires completed by the children's parents demonstrated that parents thought the group was helpful for their child and resulted in meaningful progress. Issues and limitations associated with using group contingencies with young children, forming social skills groups based on client age and skill-level, and employing experimental designs in a service-delivery setting will also be discussed. |
|
The Value of Curriculum-Based, Group Social Skills Training: A Behavior Analytic Perspective |
(Applied Research) |
PASHA BAHSOUN (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Rachel Taylor (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: Many individuals who demonstrate social delays participate in structured "play groups." Some play groups claim to target the development of social skills, but often are unstructured or over-reliant on contrived training opportunities. Unlike typical play groups, more formalized programs that aim to improve age-appropriate skills, are supported by Regional Centers and insurance agencies in California. There is a paucity of research on outcomes for these programs, however, and limited information about the extent to which they measure progress, promote generalization or maintenance, and provide caregiver training. Curriculum-based, group social skills training seeks to address these concerns across various domains including: having or joining conversations, using social media and the internet, or dealing with bullies. The purpose of this presentation will be to review the progress of 12 individuals with autism or related disorders who partook in a curriculum-based, group social skills program. Participants ranged in age from 6 to 16 years and demonstrated significant social delays. Outcome data from four groups will be presented, and the variables associated with group contingencies and rule governance also will be discussed. |
|
A Review of Research on Rule-Governed Behavior: Implications for Future Research and Practice |
(Theory) |
VINCENT E. CAMPBELL (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids) |
Abstract: A substantial amount of evidence from basic research has shown that rules can effectively control behavior, even when they conflict with actual contingencies of reinforcement. However, relatively few studies have evaluated rule-governed behavior in applied settings. This presentation consists of a literature review of research on rule-governed behavior in applied settings. The effects of interventions incorporating rule-governed behavior will be discussed, as well as their potential for creating behavior change that is generalized across populations and settings. Given the potential power of rules, it is surprising that rule-governed behavior has not received more attention in the empirical literature. The presentation concludes with recommendations for both practitioners and researchers. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Research on Improving the Efficiency and Accuracy of Abbreviated Functional Analyses |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall D |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Brian A. Iwata, Ph.D. |
Abstract: A large body of research has demonstrated the benefit of conducting a functional analysis (FA) prior to initiating the treatment of destructive behavior. For example, multiple studies have shown that when function-based treatments are used, reinforcement-based procedures are more likely to be effective and punishment procedures are often unnecessary (Greer, Fisher, Saini, Owen, & Jones, 2016; Kuhn, DeLeon, Fisher, & Wilke, 1999; Pelios, Morren, Tesch, & Axelrod, 1999; Smith, Iwata, Vollmer, & Zarcone, 1992). Although research has repeatedly shown the benefits of FA, many clinicians continue to use less reliable assessment methods to identify the function of destructive behavior, in part due to their ease of implementation. The purpose of this symposium is to explore the efficiency and accuracy of a number of functional analysis variations. The presentations will cover (a) a translational investigation of individual versus synthesized contingencies during FA, (b) structured criterion used to investigate the efficiency of various FA types, and (c) the progression from brief to more extended FA methods. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): efficacy, efficiency, functional analysis |
Target Audience: clinicians, clinical researchers |
Learning Objectives: 1. Audience members will be able to describe various functional analysis methods 2. Audience members will be able to describe the accuracy of various functional analysis methods 3. Audience members will be able to describe the efficiency of various functional analysis methods |
|
Exposure of Single-Function Responses to Combined Reinforcement Contingencies |
LEAH JULIA KOEHLER (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida) |
Abstract: A common feature of almost all functional analysis (FA) variations reported over the past 30 years has been use of an experimental analysis to isolate a specific contingency that maintains problem behavior. Hanley et al. (2014) proposed a noticeable departure, initially called the synthesized functional analysis (SFA). The procedure typically involves combining contingencies, and results across studies have shown a preponderance of multiple control. By contrast, major reviews of published FA data have reported that multiple control is a relatively uncommon outcome. Given this discrepancy, the purpose of our study was twofold: (a) to replicate and extend the general findings of the Fisher et al. (2016) comparative analysis using a translational preparation, and (b) to expose responses with unique and known histories of reinforcement to test conditions containing single versus combined contingencies. An analogue response was established under a specific reinforcement contingency and then was exposed sequentially to conditions similar to those of a standard FA and an SFA. Seven subjects have completed the study. Data for three of the four subjects whose target responses were maintained by a single social contingency showed a false positive outcome for multiple control when exposed the combined contingencies, as seen in the attached graphs. Data for the three subjects whose target response was maintained by automatic reinforcement showed insensitivity to social consequences when presented either singly in the regular FA or in the combined test condition. Clinical implications of the findings will be discussed. |
|
Ongoing Visual-Inspection Criteria for Interpreting Functional Analyses |
VALDEEP SAINI (Upstate Medical University), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Billie Retzlaff (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Research has evaluated the reliability and validity of structured criteria for inspecting functional-analysis (FA) results on a post-hoc basis (i.e., post-hoc visual inspection (PHVI). However, most behavior analysts inspect FAs using ongoing visual inspection (OVI), and the validity of applying structured criteria during OVI remains unknown. We evaluated the validity and efficiency of applying structured criteria on an ongoing basis by comparing the interpretations produced through OVI with (a) PHVI, (b) authors' post-hoc interpretations (PHAI), and (c) the consensus of these two post-hoc analyses. Ongoing visual inspection predicted the results of (a) PHVI and the consensus interpretations with a very high degree of accuracy and (b) PHAI with a reasonably high degree of accuracy. Furthermore, the PHVI and PHAI results involved 32 FA sessions, on average, whereas the OVI required only 19 FA sessions to accurately identify the function(s) of problem behavior. Findings are discussed relative to other methods designed to increase the accuracy and efficiency of FAs. |
|
Efficiency in Functional Analysis of Problem Behavior: A Quantitative and Qualitative Review |
BILLIE RETZLAFF (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Valdeep Saini (Upstate Medical University), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Originating in the mid-1960s, functional analysis (FA) has become the gold standard method for understanding the environmental variables that come to shape and maintain problematic behaviors such as aggression, self-injury, and property destruction. Over the decades a number of studies have refined FA methods, attempting to influence the overall efficiency of the analysis, including experimental design and procedural modifications. In the present review, we used ongoing visual-inspection criteria and basic probability theory to compare and analyze levels of efficiency across FA types. We found the pairwise design, multielement design, and synthesized analyses to be about equally efficient with respect to the average number of sessions conducted per function tested, and found the trial-based and synthesized contingency analysis to be the two most efficient with respect to the average duration per function tested. We discuss the implications of these findings in the broader context of efficiency and provide recommendations for maximizing efficiency during an FA. We also discuss other qualitative procedural details that may influence the overall efficiency of an FA. |
|
Integration of Functional Analysis Procedural Advancements: Progressing From Brief to Extended Experimental Analyses |
Michael E. Kelley (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), JUSTINE HENRY (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Robert LaRue (The Douglas Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Tracy L. Kettering (ABA Center for Excellence), Dana M. Gadaire (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Despite the utility of functional analysis methodology, not all functional analyses produce differentiated results. Factors such as interaction effects, multiple control, or methodological inefficiencies may compromise obtaining differentiated outcomes. Vollmer et. al. (1995) proposed an assessment sequence for progressing from brief to extended experimental analyses. Since this publication; however, various studies have addressed other methods to improve the efficiency and efficacy of functional analysis methodology. The purpose of the current study was to update and extend the assessment sequence proposed by Vollmer et. al. (1995) for progressing from brief to extended experimental analyses. Specifically, our assessment model incorporated several procedural refinements developed over the years since the Vollmer et. al. (1995) model was proposed. The current model incorporated five phases including extended ignore, brief functional analysis, extended functional analysis, extended ignore, and reversal. We conducted assessments with 20 participants diagnosed with autism or other related disabilities. Participants were referred to 3 different clinics for functional analyses due the occurrence of various topographies of problem behavior. Overall, results validate previous assessment modifications proposed in the literature, support the utility of the updated model, and provide new and valuable insight regarding the assessment of problem behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Advancements in Social Skills Instruction With Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall C |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University) |
Discussant: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald, Ph.D. |
Abstract: A qualitative characteristic of individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) includes deficits in social skills. It is important that practitioners address social skill deficits effectively to enhance social interactions. This symposium will highlight innovative methods to assess and enhance social skills with individuals with ASD. The first paper will present on the effects of video modeling on scripted statements with dyads of individuals with ASD during mastered leisure activities. The second paper will discuss the use of a packaged intervention consisting of video modeling and video feedback for teaching social skills to adolescents with autism during leisure. The third presentation will discuss an innovative approach using textual prompts via text messaging to increase conversational skills with individuals with ASD. The fourth and final paper will discuss the use of an assessment and a training program to enhance social interactions with individuals with ASD. Limitations, clinical implications and areas of research will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): ASD, social skills, video-based instruction |
Target Audience: undergraduates, graduate students, parents, and practictioners |
Learning Objectives: To discuss deficits of social skills specific to individuals with ASD To discuss use of video-based instruction to target impairments of social skills To discuss use of textual prompts on social skills instruction |
|
Using Video Modeling to Teach Play Comments to Dyads With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
ESSMA EZZEDDINE (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Dawn B. Townsend (Institute for Educational Achievement), Jessica Lynn Amador (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often display deficits in social and conversational skills. Methods to address social deficits include the use of video modeling. There is dearth of research targeting conversational skills using video-based instruction with individuals with ASD as conversational recipients. We evaluated the effects of video modeling on scripted statements during leisure activities to dyads of children with ASD using a multiple probe across activities design. Video modeling alone was found to be effective for three of the participants. Video modeling with tangible reinforcement was needed for one participant to learn scripted statements whereas tangible reinforcement and additional prompts were needed for two participants. Generalization was assessed across novel peers and data were variable across participants. Results were found to maintain across one and three weeks after mastery and goals and outcomes were reported as socially valid. Limitations and areas of future research will be discussed. |
|
Evaluation of Strategies for Teaching Social Skills During Leisure Engagement |
CHANTAL LITTLE (The New England Center for Children;
Western New England University
), Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children), Erin Jarvis (The New England Center for Children), Matthew Darcy (
The New England Center for Children
) |
Abstract: Teaching relevant social skills during engagement with leisure activities may promote natural interactions and enhance the benefits of leisure. The present study evaluated the effect and generalization of a treatment hierarchy starting with a video modeling and video feedback package (VMVF) for teaching social skills to adolescents with autism during leisure. Participants were between the ages of 15 and 21 with ASD and attended a residential school. Six target social skills determined to be important in typical leisure based interactions were divided into three domains: (a) initiating joint participation, (b) conversation relevant to activities, and (c) prosocial interactions. Experimental control was demonstrated using a multiple-baseline within participants design. Participants were shown one of the video models twice successively at the start of the session. Following the session, participants were shown the video recording and given feedback in the form of praise or suggestions for improvement. Additional treatment components of the package included naturalistic prompting and arbitrary reinforcers. Although VMVF alone had limited success, the additional treatment components produced an increase in targeted social skills. Interobserver agreement was calculated in 40% of sessions with a score of 94%. |
|
The Effects of a Text Message Prompt on Conversational Speech on Dyads of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
JULIA BLANCO (Claremont McKenna College), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: The present study used a multiple baseline design across 4 dyads of children with autism spectrum disorder to assess the efficacy of a text message prompt on smartphones to teach conversational speech during play time. During treatment, each child was taught to use text messages that prompted conversational phrases sent to their smartphones positioned beside them during dyad play. These texts were sent in, during real time play, by experimenters seated just outside the play area. The texts were then faded out, and the smartphones were then gradually removed from of the play area. Results indicated that each dyad maintained appropriate conversations with each other. Generalization of both previously scripted and unscripted phrases with non-trained peers and across untrained settings occurred. The results are discussed in terms of using simple texting on cell phones to occasion conversational speech for children with autism. |
|
Assessing and Enhancing Social Behavior of Individuals Diagnosed With an Autism Spectrum Disorder |
TRACEY TORAN (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is characterized by impaired social interaction and communication. Skill deficits are most noticeable in social behavior and these deficits may be related to atypical responsiveness to social stimuli. The current study sought to examine how individuals with an ASD allocated their behavior in the presence of others pre and post social exchange training and to evaluate the qualitative changes in social behavior following training. One adult and three children with an ASD participated. Relative preference for social interaction and the qualitative state of social engagement during social interaction were measured. Participants then received training to initiate and sustain a social exchange. Prompting and reinforcement, in the form of preferred social consequences, were provided. Following social exchange training, the results suggested an increased preference for social interaction for some participants and a qualitatively richer state of social engagement for all participants. All sessions were videotaped and more than 33% of sessions, across both assessment and training, were scored by 2 trained observers. Interobserver agreement (IOA) ranged between 84% - 100%. Social validity data indicated that the obtained coordinated joint interaction state of engagement of the study participants was reflective of the states of engagement in typically developing persons. |
|
|
|
|
Advances in Operant Demand Analysis: Toward Best Practice for Demand Assessment and Quantification |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom E |
Area: BPN/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Steven R. Hursh (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
CE Instructor: Steven R. Hursh, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The subdiscipline of behavioral science known as "operant behavioral economics" (hereafter termed simply "behavioral economics") integrates concepts from microeconomic theory and behavior analysis. Behavioral economics provides scientists, researchers, practitioners, and policy makers with unique insights into motivation and reinforcer efficacy. Of particular noteworthiness is the influence of behavioral economics in the domains of addiction, behavioral pharmacology, and empirical public policy. Central to behavioral economics' success is its unique demand curve analysis that quantifies the degree to which an organism/agency defends its baseline rate of consumption of a target commodity (i.e., its blisspoint). Recent advances in data collection for demand curve studies, as well as the quantitative modeling and analysis of subsequent data, have advanced both the theoretical interpretations and practical applications of behavioral economic principles. This symposium highlights these recent advances in both data collection for and quantitative analyses of demand curves. Contributors will provide data-based recommendations for best practices in this line of research. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): behavioral economics, demand curves, operant demand, quantitative analysis |
Target Audience: Advanced; Researchers with an interest in behavioral economics or quantitative analysis. |
Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to describe behavioral economic demand parameters. Attendees will be able to identify the competing models of behavioral economic demand. Attendees will be able to describe advances in behavioral economic demand analyses and assessment from these presentations. |
|
Toward Best Practice of Quantifying Unit Elasticity: Theoretical and Slope-Based Pmax Approaches |
(Basic Research) |
BRETT GELINO (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas), Steven R. Hursh (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: In the application of behavioral economic principles to issues of societal importance, a critical unit of analysis is unit elasticity—termed Pmax—which represents the price value at which inelastic demand shifts to elastic. The Pmax price point may thereby serve as a target price for excise taxation, price regulation boundaries, or understanding how consumers value commodities against real-world market prices. Quantifying Pmax is dependent on quantification of demand to generate demand curve parameters. Recent advances in demand analysis have yielded competing models of demand, but the extent to which these models influence Pmax has not yet been explored—this is particularly alarming given the proliferation of Pmax applications to inform federally funded projects tasked with informing regulatory policy. This study extracted existing data from seminal articles containing demand curves for substances of abuse. The exponential and exponentiated demand models were used to generate best-fit parameter values, which were input into Hursh's (2014) exact Pmax equation, as well as slope-based Pmax values independent of a theoretical model of unit elasiticty. We identified alarming discrepancies in Pmax across the exponential and exponentiated models, suggesting the field must address modeling issues before proceeding with applying these analyses to inform policy-level decisions. |
|
Effects of Market Price Anchoring in Purchase Tasks: Comparisons of Unit Elasticity and Essential Value |
(Basic Research) |
RACHEL NICOLE FOSTER (University of Kansas), Allyson R Salzer (University of Kansas), Joshua Harsin (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The alcohol purchase task has been considered a gold standard tool for measuring demand for alcohol. Although different alcohol purchase tasks have been used in many experimental studies, there is no research on the procedural differences between the different versions of alcohol purchase tasks that have been used to measure demand. The present study sought to examine the extent to which market price anchor placement in purchase task price sequences influence demand. We recruited 298 participants from Amazon Mechanical Turk to complete an alcohol purchase task with four different possible price sequences. Price sequences represented standard, left, right, or center placement of market values. We stratified participants across the four different price sequences. Nonsystematic data were removed (trend: 8.7%; bounce: 3.0%; reversals from zero: 3.6%); we analyzed remaining data using exponential and exponentiated demand equations. Exponential analyses indicate no significant differences in demand between responses in any of the four price sequences; whereas exponentiated analyses indicate a significant difference between groups. This research is valuable in considering how purchase tasks are used to inform public policy and used to guide creation of clinical scales for alcohol demand. Implications for best practice will be discussed. |
|
The Double-Blind Drug Purchasing Task |
(Applied Research) |
MATTHEW W. JOHNSON (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Meredith Steele Berry (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Behavioral economic demand offers a multi-dimensional evaluation of drug reinforcement and abuse liability. However, generating demand curves with self-administration is time consuming and costly. Human researchers sometimes use hypothetical drug purchasing tasks as quick, cost-efficient alternatives, in which a participant self-reports how many units of a described drug he/she would purchase at a range of prices. Two limitations of typical purchasing tasks are: 1) commodities are described rather than experienced, and 2) inability to control for expectancy (placebo effect). We developed the Double-Blind Drug Purchasing Task, a hybrid task in which we administered drugs and placebos in separate double-blind sessions. Participants then made hypothetical purchase decisions at the conclusion of each session in reference to the drug/placebo administered. We administered this task to 56 users of either cocaine, methamphetamine, or alcohol. Drug purchasing decreased reliably as an orderly function of price. Drug was reliably purchased more than placebo. Elasticity tended to be negatively correlated with clinically relevant variables: money spent on drug and use frequency. Ongoing research is comparing the novel task against operant laboratory demand methods in tobacco users purchasing/earning cigarettes. The DBPT may serve as an efficient method for determining drug demand under pharmacologically rigorous, placebo-controlled conditions. |
|
A Framework to Integrate Behavioral Economic Demand and Discounting Tasks |
(Applied Research) |
MIKHAIL KOFFARNUS (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute, Virginia Tech), Brent Kaplan (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute, Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: Behavioral economic methodology has advanced in recent years; specifically, there has been increasing use of the Hypothetical Purchase Task to examine commodity valuation and Delay Discounting tasks to examine devaluation of delayed rewards. While both assess valuation processes, these two measures have typically been analyzed as distinct. Extending these methodologies, the current study sought to integrate these commodity valuation measures with a novel Delayed Purchase Task. Participants were recruited from Amazon Mechanical Turk and read a scenario similar to previous Cigarette Purchase Task studies. Before reporting how many cigarettes they would purchase, participants chose between two options: one option included a “Local” cigarette store that delivered cigarettes relatively immediately and another option included an “Online” cigarette store that delivered cigarettes after various delays. After choosing the store from which they would like to purchase cigarettes, participants indicated the number of cigarettes they would purchase. Analyzing the proportion of choices towards either store revealed orderly delay-associated shifts such that switching occurred at higher prices when delays associated with the Online store were longer. The results suggest a potential method for extending the behavioral economic delay discounting and purchase task literature towards integrating aspects of delay as an economic cost. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysts and Psychotherapy: Examining Common Scientific Roots |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, America's Cup A-D |
Area: CBM/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Amanda M. Munoz-Martinez (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: William C. Follette (University of Nevada, Reno) |
CE Instructor: Yors A. Garcia, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Clinical behavioral psychology and behavior analysis are tightly related. Though political differences have left a gap between these areas of behavioral science, many empirically supported psychotherapy approaches are based on behavioral principles. This symposium will present behavioral-oriented clinical interventions whose theoretical foundations rely on behavior analysis and contextual behavioral science. We will present the achievements and scope of Behavioral Activation, Dialectical Behavioral Therapy (DBT), Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP), and Parent Training. We will provide evidence connecting behavioral principles and clinical practices, and the future areas of research in which behavior analysts and clinical psychologists could collaborate to improve therapeutic services by conducting translational and applied research. We will discuss scenarios where the implementation of therapeutic tools from these therapies could be utilized by behavior analysts to boost their interventions and some others where referral to clinical psychologists are needed. We seek to build a bridge between clinical psychologists and behavior analysts to reduce the burden of both professional areas and promote collaboration to strengthen behavioral science. Behavior analysts in interdisciplinary settings will learn how their mental health colleagues apply a behavioral perspective to complex human action. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Behavioral-Oriented Psychotherapies, Interpersonal/Mood Dysfunction, Parent Training, Therapeutic Services |
Target Audience: Target audience for this symposium are graduate students, post-doctoral researchers, behavior analysts and clinical psychologist working in private practice and academia. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify conceptual and procedural differences in all four behavioral-oriented therapies ; (2) learn how different components of each behavioral therapy is applied in clinical settings and ; (3) identify behavioral principles that can be utilized for behavior analysts and clinical psychologist alike in their current research and practice. |
|
Back to Basics With Behavioral Activation |
CORY STANTON (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Behavioral activation (BA) is one of the most widely researched and disseminated treatments for clinical depression. Originally formulated as a component of cognitive-behavioral therapy, BA has emerged as a cost-effective, efficacious, and portable stand-alone intervention. The theoretical roots of BA are planted firmly in the operant work of Skinner and Ferster. Early empirical research by Lewinsohn inspired a wave of behavior therapists, including those who researched similar yet divergent treatment delivery methods. As behavior therapy widened its scope and considered the role of affect and cognition, research has continued examining the core behavioral processes thought to be the heart of BA, including collaboratively identifying reinforcers, structured activity scheduling, and weekly evaluation. While multiple iterations of BA have augmented treatment with modules such as relaxation training, social skills training, and values or long-term goals assessment, basic behavioral principles remain the engine under the hood. Behavior analysts will find the theoretical grounds of BA to be familiar territory, while contemporary empirical findings will provide an updated assessment of where BA can go next. |
|
Taking a Dialectical Behavioral TherapyApproach: Applications and Implications of Dialectical Behavioral Therapy for Behavioral Analysts and Psychotherapy |
ANDREW AHRENDT (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Numerous research has shown DBT to be an effective treatment for a wide variety of disorders including but not limited to borderline personality disorders, substance use and dependence disorders, depression, post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), and eating disorders. DBT involves teaching and training clients through the use of behaviorally based skills which implemented across a variety of settings and situations. Particularly, DBT has developed guidelines to teach clients to tact their emotions based on the discriminative stimulus in the environment where these are evoked. This therapy also promotes effective interpersonal behaviors with the aim of improving clients global functioning. Due to its widespread applicability knowing, and the utility of its basic skills for a wide variety of clients, DBT can prove to be an invaluable addition to behavior analysts interventions. This presentation will address the achievements and scope of DBT, its application across a variety of settings and situations and the potential implications of its tools for behavioral analysts. |
|
Parent Training: Applications and New Findings |
YORS A. GARCIA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Behavioral Parent Training (BPT) is characterized for using traditional behavioral procedures such as differential reinforcement, extinction, and time-out to modify problem behaviors, and to establish more appropriate behaviors in children. Although these procedures have been very effective in establishing new behavior, the fact is that important areas in parent training have been left behind. For example, addressing the impact of private events in dealing with stressful events, values, and mindfulness methods. Therefore, the objective of this presentation is two-fold. First, provide a state of the art of the behavioral intervention to parents with neuro-typical children and children with intellectual disabilities. Second, describe the evidence of these new methods to parents training. Behavior analyst have been very reluctant to implement values and mindfulness procedure in to their practice. We will provide some guidelines how to do it in their clinical work. |
|
Functional Analytic Psychotherapy: Behavior Analysts and the Therapeutic Relationship |
AMANDA M MUNOZ-MARTINEZ (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) is a behavioral principle-driven intervention focused on promoting therapeutic changes within the context of therapeutic relationship. FAP primary goal is enhancing social functioning while reducing socially ineffective behaviors through modifying clients' social contingencies of reinforcement in-session. Functional analysis is the foundation of FAP, and based on that, therapists evoke, redirect, reinforce, and generalize clients' clinically relevant behaviors. Although FAP represents the natural transition from applied behavior analysis to clinical behavior analysis in the therapeutic relationship context, FAP is not widely known by researchers and practitioners in behavior analysis. Based on that, this presentation seeks to expose the potential utility of FAP for applied behavior analysts and prospective areas of collaboration between researchers from both fields. On the applied area, a FAP-approach would particularly benefit for applied behavior analysists who interact with high-functional clients and family members, enhancing their therapeutic relationship and social connection. On the research field, a translational research agenda that explores the link between FAP-applications and its basic roots, the parameters of reinforcement within the clinical setting, the role of motivational operations in the therapeutic relationship, so forth. would help to extend the scope of behavioral science to other human-relevant areas. |
|
|
|
|
Using Large-N Designs and Quantitative Analyses to Study Behavioral Treatments for Problem Behavior |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom AB |
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: David M. Richman (Texas Tech University) |
CE Instructor: David M. Richman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Function-based treatments for problem behavior are well studied using single-subject designs, but there is less research using larger samples. While single-subject designs are an important cornerstone of behavior analysis, larger sample sizes allow us to answer different questions and disseminate results to novel audiences. Two of the studies in this symposium analyze resurgence and relapse in clinical populations. These concepts are well studied in basic research but the prevalence in applied settings is unclear. These studies used consecutive-case review designs to answer this question and identify the prevalence in patients undergoing treatment for problem behavior. The third study also used a consecutive case series design to analyze treatment results for inappropriate sexual behavior, which is an incredibly problematic, but understudied, topography. By using a large-N design, the researchers were able to assess treatment efficacy in a format that easily disseminates to professionals outside of our field. The last talk focuses on a literature review for automatically-maintained problem behavior. In using this large sample found in past research, they identified trends in assessment that may predict the types of treatment components necessary. The implications of use of large-N designs in these projects allowed for solving novel and important research questions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): case series, meta-analysis, problem behavior, treatment |
Target Audience: Professional clinicians and researchers in the field of psychology and behavior analysis who work with children who engage in problem behavior. I also believe this presentation qualified for psychology CEUS (PSY), but this was not an option listed above. |
Learning Objectives: Attendees will describe how resurgence and relapse might affect treatment outcomes with children who engage in problem behavior. Attendees will identify the most commonly used assessment and treatment strategies for individuals with inappropriate sexual behavior. Attendees will describe the importance of considering functional analysis outcomes for automatically-maintained problem behavior when selecting treatment strategies. |
|
Resurgence During Thinning Steps in a Multiple Schedule of Reinforcement |
(Applied Research) |
ALEXIS CONSTANTIN PAVLOV (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Nathan A. Call (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: A consecutive controlled case-series design (Hagopian, Rooker, Jessel, & DeLeon, 2013) was used to examine resurgence of problem behavior during implementation of a multiple schedule of reinforcement and during subsequent thinning steps. Multiple schedules signal the availability of reinforcement by correlating a unique stimulus with the presence or absence of reinforcement following a targeted response (Saini, Miller, Fisher, 2014). Resurgence was defined as the occurrence of problem behavior at a rate that exceeded levels observed during baseline or the prior multiple-schedule thinning step in at least one of the next 10 sessions (Volkert, Lerman, Call, & Trosclair-Lasserre, 2009). Data were collected from clients of an intensive day treatment program over an eight year period whose treatment for problem behavior included a multiple schedule component. Resurgence was coded after the multiple schedule was introduced and following each subsequent thinning step. Data were collected on a variety of different participant characteristics including: age, topography of problem behavior(s) (e.g., aggression, self-injury, pica), and confirmed function(s) of problem behavior. Implications for thinning the schedule of reinforcement in a multiple schedule will be discussed. |
|
Prevalence of Renewal During Generalization of Treatments for Problem Behavior |
(Applied Research) |
COLIN S. MUETHING (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Seth B. Clark (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Rodrick Leary (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: This study used a consecutive controlled case-series design (Hagopian, Rooker, Jessel, & DeLeon, 2013) to examine the prevalence of renewal when treatments for problem behavior were generalized. Renewal is defined as the reemergence of a previously extinguished response when the stimulus context changes (Kelley, Liddon, Ribeiro, & Greif, 2015). For example, when renewal is applied to the treatment of problem behavior, problem behavior is initially observed in the home. Next, treatment is implemented in a different setting and problem behavior decreases or extinguishes. Finally, when treatment is generalized back to the home, problem behavior may reemerge. This treatment relapse effect has significant implications for clinicians generalizing treatments for problem behavior. Data were analyzed from all clients over a six year period who were admitted to a day treatment program for the treatment of problem behavior. Renewal was coded if problem behavior was observed at a rate in the first 10 sessions in the new stimulus context higher than that of the 10 sessions preceding generalization. Data were also collected on participant and treatment characteristics including: topography(s) of problem behavior, identified function(s) of problem behavior and treatment components. Implications for the treatment of problem behavior and generalization are discussed. |
|
Assessment and Treatment for Inappropriate Sexual Behavior in Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
(Applied Research) |
CLARE LIDDON (University of North Florida), Erica Lozy (Louisiana State University), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Inappropriate sexual behavior is a response class performed within an environment that deems the behavior unacceptable by societal standards (Davis et al., 2015). Inappropriate sexual behavior is problematic because of the potential negative consequences and is commonly exhibited by individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. However, because of the sensitive nature and ethical challenges in this area, little empirical support exists for behavioral interventions. Therefore, the purpose of the current studies was to evaluate assessment and treatment procedures for inappropriate sexual behavior for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. More specifically, we examined records of functional analysis outcomes and treatment evaluations for inappropriate sexual behavior. Treatment selection and function of inappropriate sexual behavior are discussed. Davis, T. N., Machalicek, W., Scalzo, R., Kobylecky, A., Campbell, V. . . . Sigafoos, J. (2016). A review and treatment selection model for individuals with developmental disabilities who engage in inappropriate sexual behavior. Behavior Analysis in Practice, 9, 389-402. |
|
Predicting Treatment Effects for Problem Behavior Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement: A Quantitative Review |
(Applied Research) |
JENNIFER N. HADDOCK (Johns Hopkins School of Medicine, Kennedy Krieger Institute), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Results of recent research suggest that patterns of responding during functional analyses (FAs) of self-injurious behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement predict the efficacy of reinforcement-based treatment procedures. However, it remains unclear whether this finding holds true for all topographies of problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. Thus, to replicate and extend these findings, we conducted a quantitative review of published FA and treatment data sets for all topographies of problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. Data from 142 participants in 83 studies indicated that relative levels of responding during automatic reinforcement test and control conditions of FAs predicted the effects of subsequent interventions based on antecedent (i.e., noncontingent reinforcement, or environmental enrichment) but not consequent (i.e., differential reinforcement, extinction, punishment) or combined (i.e., multi-component) manipulations. These results indicate that control condition responding during FAs of automatically reinforced problem behavior may have prescriptive value. General recommendations for research and practice will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Training Paraprofessionals to Implement Evidence-Based Interventions |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall A |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rachel Scalzo (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: Jeffrey Michael Chan (Northern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Jeffrey Michael Chan, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Effective training of paraprofessionals is critical in creating behavior change for children with developmental disabilities, yet many paraprofessionals receive limited professional development or support in implementing behavior plans. Therefore, it is necessary to examine the training procedures for paraprofessionals to identify the most efficient, cost-effective approaches to increase a paraprofessional's ability to implement a behavior plan with fidelity. The research included in this symposium addresses a variety of approaches to training, including behavioral skills training and practice-based coaching to increase paraprofessionals' skills in implementing behavior change procedures. These studies note the marked increases in treatment fidelity after training as well as reductions in challenging behavior and increases in adaptive skills in the children the paraprofessionals work with in home, school, and community settings. In sum, these studies outline several evidence-based approaches to training paraprofessionals in executing behavior plans with fidelity. Limitations and future areas of research will also be addressed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): paraprofessionals, treatment fidelity |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts working with paraprofessionals |
|
Impact of a Teacher-as-Coach Model: Improving Paraprofessionals Fidelity of Implementation of Discrete Trial Training for Students With Moderate-to-Severe Developmental Disabilities |
RAIA ROSENBLOOM (University of Kansas), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), Alana Schnitz (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Ensuring educational progress for students with moderate-to-severe developmental disabilities requires exposure to well executed evidence-based practices. This necessitates that the special education workforce, including paraprofessionals, be well-trained. Yet evidence regarding effective training mechanisms for paraprofessionals is limited. A multiple baseline design across five teachers was used to evaluate the impact of online instructional modules and a Practice-Based Coaching (PBC) model with teacher-as-coach on their paraprofessionals' fidelity of discrete trial training (DTT). Implementation of the instructional modules yielded little to no change in paraprofessionals' DTT fidelity, however, a clear functional relation between PBC and improvement in paraprofessionals' fidelity of implementation of DTT was demonstrated. |
|
Learning Language Through Play: Coaching Paraeducators in the Preschool Classroom |
REBECCA FRANTZ (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Buket Erturk (University of Oregon), Sarah Grace Hansen (Georgia State University), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), Tracy Jane Raulston (Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: Extensive research suggests naturalistic approaches, including Enhanced Milieu Teaching (EMT), improve the acquisition, generalization, and maintenance of communication skills among children with developmental disabilities (DD). Limited research has examined professional development for paraeducators, particularly related to communication interventions. The current study uses a randomized, single-case multiple baseline design across participants to address the impact of a training package on paraeducator's use of EMT with a child dyad and subsequent child communication gains. Data is presented for four paraeducators and seven preschool children with DD. A visual analysis of the data is presented, in addition to an interpretation of Tau-U and Hedge's g effect sizes. Results indicate increases in paraeducator's fidelity of implementation of EMT, with large effects. There were increases in child communication, with large effects for prompted communication and small effects for independent communication. Paraeducators were able to generalize their use of strategies across additional students in the preschool classroom. The results of the study have promising implications regarding successful training procedures for paraeducators working with young children with DD. Future research should continue to examine effective, yet more cost-effective training programs for paraeducators. |
|
Analysis of a Multilevel Consultation Model to Support Paraprofessionals' Implementation of Behavioral Interventions in Preschool |
JAKE MAHON (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Paraprofessionals spend the most time with the neediest students, but receive the least amount of training and support. All target students in the study had developmental disabilities, were between the ages of three and five, and had a history of challenging behavior. Paraprofessionals in the study were recruited because they had the least experience and training administering behavior support plans (BSPs) in their setting. A multi-level consultation model was used to train paraprofessionals to implement individualized BSPs. First, paraprofessionals were trained in a one-on-one setting how to implement the BSPs using behavioral skills training. Next, adherence to the BSP was monitored by independent observers and additional support was delivered contingent on meeting an adherence criterion. Through a cascading logic, data showed that paraprofessionals engaged in immediately and substantively higher levels of BSP adherence following application of the multilevel consultation model, and as a result, students engaged in immediately and substantively lower rates of challenging behavior (d = -1.5 to -4.4), which maintained over time. With minimal training provided to each paraprofessional across the study (M = 151.2 minutes), and dramatic observed changes in challenging behavior, the multilevel consultation model proved highly efficient and effective. |
|
Teachers Coach Paraprofessionals to Implement Functional Communication Training in Preschool Classrooms |
Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Emily Gregori (Purdue University), CATHARINE LORY (Purdue University), So Yeon Kim (Purdue University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to train teachers to coach paraprofessionals in the use of FCT to treat challenging behavior in young children with disabilities. Our first set of participants included a preschool special education teacher, a paraprofessional, and a child aged five years. We utilized a non-concurrent multiple baseline design across three paraprofessionals to examine the effects of practice-based coaching on (a) FCT treatment fidelity of the paraprofessional, and (b) challenging behavior and appropriate communication of the child. We trained teachers in FCT and coaching procedures, after which the teachers trained their paraprofessionals in FCT and provided coaching throughout the intervention phase. Our preliminary results with the first set of participants indicated the paraprofessional was able to implement FCT independently with high fidelity, which led to a decrease in challenging behavior and increase in appropriate communication in the child. Implications for future research and practice will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Advances in Applying Behavior-Analytic Instructional Strategies in Higher Education Settings |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom G |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento) |
Discussant: Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer L. Austin, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Higher education is an excellent setting for the application of behavioral technologies. This symposium will include four data-based presentations on behavior-analytic procedures with college students. Two presentations will focus on improving student performance in college classrooms, and two presentations will focus on teaching interviewing and public speaking skills. In the first presentation, Cynthia Nava will present an evaluation of concept programming using student-generated exemplars in a behavior analysis course. Next, Dr. Megan Heinicke will present a comparison of two types of response card systems in an upper-division psychology course. In the third presentation, Vinthia Wirantana will present an evaluation of behavioral skills training to train career resource center staff to use behavioral skills training to teach job interview skills. In the final presentation, Christina Montes will present an evaluation of awareness training to decrease speech disfluencies during public speaking. The symposium will conclude with a discussion by Dr. Jennifer Austin. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): career preparation, college students, higher education, teaching |
Target Audience: Researchers, teachers, and resource providers |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, attendees will be able to: (1) describe how concept programming is used to teach advanced behavior analytic topics, (2) identify effective and preferred methods of active responding in a college classroom, (3) apply a behavior skills training approach to train others on the application of behavior skills training, and (4) identify the effective components of habit reversal. |
|
Evaluating the Effect of Peer-Generated, Multi-Media Examples of the Behavioral Principles in an Advanced Applied Behavior Analysis Undergraduate Course |
Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge), CYNTHIA NAVA (California State University, Northridge), Sandy Jin (California State University, Northridge), Priya Kumar (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: Many of today's leading scholars and practitioners of behavior analysis were once undergraduate students learning the foundational concepts for the first time in a college classroom. Few studies exist on instructional strategies to improve the acquisition of behavioral concepts (e.g., positive reinforcement) in college students. Those that do exist (e.g., Miller & Weaver, 1976) were conducted before web-based technologies became a staple of college life. Our study extends existing research by systematically evaluating the effects of "concept programming" using multi-media examples of the behavioral principles generated by graduate students. First, we assigned graduate students to create examples (pictures/videos, captions, and descriptions) of the behavioral principles in their everyday lives. Next, we curated an online bank of these multi-media examples corresponding to four topics (respondent conditioning, reinforcement, antecedent control, extinction and punishment) taught in an undergraduate behavior analysis course. We used a multiple probe and between-group design to evaluate the effects of access alone and access with probes for critical thinking on concept formation. We also assessed student preference for multi-media, peer-generated examples compared to traditional textbook examples. Results of the study will be discussed in the context of instructional design, student preference, and culturally responsive practices in higher education. |
|
A Comparison of Preprinted and Write-On Response Cards in a College Classroom |
MEGAN R. HEINICKE (California State University, Sacramento), Sharon Furtak (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: This study compared the benefits of preprinted vs. write-on response cards in an upper-division psychology course using an alternating treatments design blocked by exam schedule. We compared the effects of each response card type with a standard lecture control condition on students’ exam performance on both multiple-choice and fill-in-the-blank items, learning gains (i.e., number of questions answered incorrectly in class then correctly on exams), retention gains (i.e., number of learning gains maintained on a post-test), retention scores, in-class participation, and attendance. We also measured students’ self-report of preference for response cards using a satisfaction survey. We found significantly higher learning gains and retention scores for write-on over preprinted response cards. Students’ satisfaction scores were also significantly higher for the write-on response cards over the preprinted. However, we did not find significant differences in attendance or in-class participation. Overall, our results support that write-on response cards may be a preferred strategy to improve students’ exam performance. Recommendations for assessment in higher education and future research are discussed. |
|
Using Behavioral Skills Trainingto Train Career Resource Center Staff to Use BST to Teach Job Interview Skills to College Students |
COREY S. STOCCO (University of the Pacific), Vinthia Wiryananda Wirantana (University of the Pacific), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: Behavioral skills training (BST) has been shown to improve job interview skills of college students (Hollandsworth, Glazeski, & Dressel, 1978; Stocco, Thompson, Hart, & Soriano, 2017). Students can receive interview training through college Career Resource Centers (CRCs), but it is unclear if CRCs use BST. Subsequently, if BST is not used, it is unknown whether BST produces better outcomes than a typical CRC training or whether professionals in those settings would embrace the use of BST. To address these gaps in the literature, we taught CRC staff to use BST when teaching college students to answer interview questions; we measured the number of BST steps used in comparison to a baseline that consisted of typical CRC training. In addition, we measured the percent of appropriate answers provided by college students during simulated interviews conducted after typical CRC training and BST. We used a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across three staff-student dyads to evaluate the effects. Results thus far show that CRC staff use some, but not all, BST steps during typical training. So far, after receiving training on BST, staff increased the use of BST steps, and we have observed collateral improvement in student performance during simulated interviews. However, data collection is only complete for one of the three dyads. Following the completion of all dyads, we will collect staff and student data on the social validity of procedures and outcomes. |
|
Using Awareness Training to Reduce College Students' Speech Disfluencies in Public Speaking: A Replication and Extension |
CRISTINA MONTES (California State University, Sacramento), Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento), Danielle Geierman (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Past behavior-analytic research has focused on reducing speech disfluencies, such as "um" or "like," via punishment procedures. More recently, Mancuso and Miltenberger (2016) found habit reversal was effective in decreasing speech disfluencies. However, habit reversal can be a lengthy intervention package and the specific components responsible for behavior change are often unknown. Spieler and Miltenberger (2017) also evaluated awareness training, one component of habit reversal, as a stand-alone treatment and found the procedure was only effective with additional booster sessions. We systematically replicated these prior investigations by evaluating awareness training as a sole intervention with more stringent mastery criterion with four college students. We also measured collateral effects of treatment on participants'use of additional, untargeted filler word topographies and rate of speech. We found awareness training was effective for all participants without the use of booster sessions, and covariation between targeted filler words and secondary dependent variables was idiosyncratic across participants. |
|
|
|
|
The RBT "Bottom Line:" Recruitment, Training, and Retention |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom A |
Area: PRA/OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Emaley Bladh McCulloch (Relias Learning) |
Discussant: Amy D. Smith Wiech (ABC Group, Inc. Hawaii) |
CE Instructor: Amy D. Smith Wiech, M.Ed. |
Abstract: As demand grows for behavior analytic services so do requirements and standards from various stakeholders. Attracting, onboarding and retaining front-line staff is becoming increasingly complex. Given all of the relevant standards and expectations BCBAs/BCaBAs are expected to be familiar with (both within the Behavior Analyst Certification Board's [BACB's] scope and those of external groups), service provider organizations are uniquely positioned to provide support to their own team members. This group of professionals in Behavior Analysis, business and Human resources will review the successful implementation of recruiting, onboarding and credentialing Registered Behavior Technicians. |
Target Audience: Behavior Analyst that oversees training and onboarding processes |
|
Preparing Board Certified Behavior Analysts for the Registered Behavior Technician Credential |
(Applied Research) |
STEPHANIE BATES (Autism Home Support Services) |
Abstract: Ensuring Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) and Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts (BCaBAs) are prepared for the introduction of the Registered Behavior Technician (RBT) credential is of utmost importance as various stakeholders are increasingly expecting to see this credential through the course of service provision. Given all of the relevant standards and expectations BCBAs/BCaBAs are expected to be familiar with (both within the Behavior Analyst Certification Board’s [BACB’s] scope and those of external groups), service provider organizations are uniquely positioned to provide supports to their own team members. Through our own practice, we analyzed the effects of a training strategy to address the following 3 topics: 1) BCBAs/BCaBAs understanding of the RBT credential and the impact it can have on their field, 2) the overall expectations for team members obtaining and maintaining their RBT credential, and 3) consistent implementation of the competency assessment. The target dependent variable assessed was interobserver agreement data between BCBAs’ scoring of the competency assessment items based on the modality of training their received. The results showed that video-based training was equally as effective as and more efficient than live training. |
|
Training Front Line Staff to Become Registered Behavior Technicians |
(Service Delivery) |
CELESTE PLAUTZ (Autism Home Support Services) |
Abstract: Front line staff are the crux of nearly all applied behavior analysis service providers, as they are the ones actually providing the day-to-day therapy. With the advent of the Registered Behavior Technician (RBT) credential, the field has added an additional layer of protection for the clients by working to standardize the training and supervision requirements for these staff. In doing so; however, service providers are having to adjust their training programs to align to these requirements, which can be cumbersome if they did not already have a robust training program. We’ve evaluated our own training program to assess the impacts of the timing of training and experience on overall team member success with this credentialing process. We looked at time to complete the credentialing process, number of contacts with a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA), and time to complete the competency assessment specifically, and found no statistical differences based on team member experience.
Funding: No funding was received for this project |
|
The Impact of Training Methods and Modalities in RBT Exam Pass Rate and Job Readiness |
(Service Delivery) |
EMALEY BLADH MCCULLOCH (Relias) |
Abstract: There is a 40-hour training requirement for staff to be credentialed as a Registered Behavior Technician (RBT). The Board Analyst Certification Board (BACB) leaves the modality and training methods of that 40 hr training requirement to the discretion of the Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) trainers and supervisors. There are many options of how to structure the 40-hour training requirement. What modalities are preparing staff to pass the RBT Exam and to apply their new skills on the job? Results of a survey of RBTs that completed blended learning (part online and part face-to-face) will be presented and discussed. |
|
Pay Attention to Retention:Five Tips for Retaining Your Talent |
(Service Delivery) |
Alexis Dreyer (Love 2 Learn Consulting), RENEE KEISMAN (Love 2 Learn) |
Abstract: Hiring and retaining talent is critical to the success of every organization. We have all heard the phrase "The War on Finding Talent" but we are fighting an even bigger war within our organizations in trying to keep our talent. When an employee becomes disengaged, they are less productive and start to look elsewhere for job satisfaction. Although turnover is inevitable, there are preventative strategies we can implement to reduce "agency hopping" and increase our employee tenure. Do you know which of your employees are engaged and committed to your organization? Do you have a plan for those who are not? It's more efficient to retain a quality employee than recruit, train, and orient a replacement. We will identify key drivers of employee engagement, retention and performance and develop a loyal and committed workforce. This presentation will give you 5 strategies you can implement immediately to increase engagement, decrease turnover, and maximize your contributions positively to your bottom-line. |
|
|
|
|
Research and Application of Behavior Analytic Principles and Brain Injury |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom B |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Chris M. Schaub (ReMed) |
Discussant: Michael P. Mozzoni (Mozzoni Associates LLC) |
CE Instructor: Chris M. Schaub, M.Ed. |
Abstract: According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention an estimated 2.5 million people nationwide sustain a brain injury each year, with myriad implications and complications for the individual, their family and the rehabilitation community. As the incidence of brain injury is increasing so too is the need for effective assessment and treatment, as well as public awareness and education. This symposium will feature four presentations from the experimental and applied realms of behavior analysis intended to address these needs. In the first study, findings from a replication and extension of a previous inquiry into the functional independence of verbal operants will be presented. The second paper will describe function-based interventions for two individuals that reduced "exiting" behavior and increased participation, respectively. In the third paper a differential reinforcement procedure to address agitated and aggressive behavior maintained by negative reinforcement will be presented, including video. In the final presentation, three cases will be reviewed where token economy-based interventions were utilized to reduce challenging behaviors maintained by positive and negative reinforcement. Discussion of the utility and implications of these papers will be presented as a demonstration of the effectiveness of behavior analysis for treatment of individuals with traumatic brain injuries. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Brain Injury, rehabilitation, token economy, verbal operants |
Target Audience: The target audience for this symposium includes practitioners in the rehabilitation fields, individuals working with survivors of TBI, as well as those interested in translational research. |
|
The Rehabilitation of Verbal Operants Following Acquired Brain Injury |
DANI LEIGH BUCKLEY (California State University, Sacramento), Kimberly Magat (CSUS), Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Verbal deficits are major concerns for individuals following a traumatic brain injury (TBI). However, behavior-analytic research on language training in neurorehabilitation settings is extremely limited. The purpose of this study was to extend the work of Sundberg and colleagues (1990) in which the authors evaluated functional independence of verbal operants in adults following TBI by assessing which verbal operant (i.e., tact, mand, or intraverbal) would be acquired first and whether direct training of one operant would lead to transfer of untrained verbal operants. We are using a concurrent multiple-baseline design across behaviors to assess acquisition rates of each verbal operant, while conducting generalization probes for others not being directly trained. Thus far, one participant with severe TBI has completed the study, and three participants with moderate to severe TBI are currently in the data collection phase. Our first participant acquired all verbal operants, and we observed the greatest amount of transfer of function in the mand condition. Following the completion of all participants, we will compare rates of acquisition for each verbal operant as well as functional independence across participants. |
|
Catastrophic Impact of Brain Injury on Behavior and Community Reintegration: A Case Review |
CHRIS PERSEL (Centre for Neuro Skills), Anneka Hofschneider (Centre for Neuro Skills) |
Abstract: Unique behavior challenges can complicate recovery from traumatic brain injury. This case study review will focus on a 49-year-old male who was involved in a motor vehicle accident. Significant impairments were observed following his injury, including deficits and excesses in physical, cognitive, and neurobehavioral domains. Neurobehavioral complications included verbally declining to participate, yelling, pushing, and swatting at others during activities of daily living with episodes lasting three to four minutes in duration. These incidents occurred in the home and community settings. Upon admission to a neurorehabilitation program, problematic behaviors persisted during therapies and transitions with a hypothesized function of escape. Use of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior, reduced demand, hand-over-hand guidance, and a low-stimulating environment facilitated improvements with therapy participation and yelling. Data from baseline to current time, including a one-day reversal, will be reviewed and discussed, as will limitations. Video evidence will assist in the review. |
|
Planning Your Escape: Environmental Approaches to Behavior Change |
ANNEKA HOFSCHNEIDER (Centre for Neuro Skills), Randy Spence (Centre for Neuro Skills) |
Abstract: Disruptive behavior including attempts to escape challenges and access tangibles are frequently seen after traumatic brain injuries (TBI). The first case study will be presented on a 60-year-old male who was involved in a motor vehicle accident (MVA) who suffered a TBI. Problematic behaviors such as nonparticipation, confabulations, elopement, and posing a high safety risk warranted functioned-based treatment. An "Early Departure" program was implemented to address exiting and refusals baseline levels of (e.g., 13% exiting and 50% refusals across twelve weeks) to 0% exiting and 25% refusals at discharge. The second case study will be presented on a 38-year-old-female with an acquired brain injury secondary to anoxia. Problematic behaviors included kicking, hitting, biting, nonparticipation, and major sleep-wake disturbances. Implementation of rapport building, planned ignoring, hand-over-hand and differential reinforcement of alternative behaviors resulted in observed participation levels at 100% from 0% at baseline. Additional improvements and positive outcomes will also be discussed. Data and graphical analyses will be presented, along with limitations. |
|
Utilizing and Adapting Token Economies to Address Challenging Neurobehavioral Sequelae for Adults With Traumatic Brain Injury |
CHRIS M. SCHAUB (ReMed), Jennifer S. Croner (ReMed) |
Abstract: Token economies, through establishing and utilizing conditioned and generalized reinforcers provide a highly effective conceptual and procedural framework in which behavior analysts can work to manipulate types and schedules of reinforcement to produce behavior change. A well constructed token economy can meet essential immediacy requirements to promote the acquisition of behavior as well as allow for the systematic adjustment of types and schedules of reinforcement to strengthen and maintain behavior over time. These properties are especially well suited to addressing challenging behavior in the adult brain injury population. In brain injury rehabilitation, the behavior change process is often complicated by organic deficits such as frontal lobe impairment, memory impairment, anosognosia, etc. The utilization of token economies in working with adult survivors of brain injury with neurobehavioral complications will be discussed, and data will be presented for three adult subjects that demonstrate the efficacy of token economies in implementing differential reinforcement of other and alternative behavior procedures to reduce key target behaviors, including at risk mobility, sexually intrusive behaviors, aggression, etc. Each case will illustrate individualized interventions as well as rehabilitation goals. |
|
|
|
|
Is Evolution Science the Umbrella? Creating an Integrated Framework for Understanding, Predicting, and Influencing Human Behavior |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9 |
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Michael J. Dougher (University of New Mexico) |
CE Instructor: Michael J. Dougher, Ph.D. |
Panelists: YVONNE BARNES-HOLMES (Ghent University), ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute), STEVEN C. HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno), DAVID SLOAN WILSON (Binghamton University) |
Abstract: Since before Skinner’s “Selection by consequences,” behavior analysts have acknowledged the natural alliance among the sciences that commonly rely on selection as a fundamental cause and sufficient explanation of behavior. In that vein, several behavior analysts have explicitly called for a closer integration of evolution and behavior science, and some have incorporated evolutionary principles in proposed expansions and modifications of behavior theory. However, it is only recently that a fully integrated, data-driven, evolution-based science of behavior has emerged with both conceptual and empirical implications for behavior scientists. A fundamental assumption of this approach is the reciprocal influence of evolution on behavioral processes at multiple levels of analysis, individual, symbolic and cultural. The participants in this panel are the principal architects of this integration, and each will discuss their specific conceptual and empirical contributions. A panel discussion format was selected specifically to allow audience participation in the discussion. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: PENDING |
YVONNE BARNES-HOLMES (Ghent University) |
Dr. Barnes-Holmes is a professor in the department of Experimental Clinical and Health Psychology at Ghent University. Her interests include relational frame theory, contextual behavior science, and acceptance and commitment therapy. |
ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute) |
Anthony Biglan, Ph.D., is a Senior Scientist at Oregon Research Institute. He is the author of The Nurture Effect: How the Science of Human Behavior Can Improve our Lives and Our World.
Dr. Biglan has been conducting research on the development and prevention of child and adolescent problem behavior for the past 30 years. His work has included studies of the risk and protective factors associated with tobacco, alcohol, and other drug use; high-risk sexual behavior; and antisocial behavior. He has conducted numerous experimental evaluations of interventions to prevent tobacco use both through school-based programs and community-wide interventions. And, he has evaluated interventions to prevent high-risk sexual behavior, antisocial behavior, and reading failure.
In recent years, his work has shifted to more comprehensive interventions that have the potential to prevent the entire range of child and adolescent problems. He and colleagues at the Center for Advanced Study in the Behavioral Sciences published a book summarizing the epidemiology, cost, etiology, prevention, and treatment of youth with multiple problems (Biglan et al., 2004). He is a former president of the Society for Prevention Research. He was a member of the Institute of Medicine Committee on Prevention, which released its report in 2009 documenting numerous evidence-based preventive interventions that can prevent multiple problems. As a member of Oregon’s Alcohol and Drug Policy Commission, he is helping to develop a strategic plan for implementing comprehensive evidence-based interventions throughout Oregon.
Information about Dr. Biglan’s publications can be found at http://www.ori.org/scientists/anthony_biglan. |
STEVEN C. HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Dr. Hayes received his Ph.D. from West Virginia University and currently serves as professor in the behavior analysis program in the Department of Psychology at the University of Nevada, Reno. Dr. Hayes has a record of voluminous research and substantial impact, within behavior analysis and beyond, with 43 books and more than 600 publications. He is one of only three behavior analysts in the world with an h-index above 100 in Google Scholar (www.webometrics.info/en/node/58). He is the principal developer of relational frame theory and acceptance and commitment therapy, highly influential behavior analytic approaches to language and cognition, and evidence-based intervention, respectively, that have generated considerable research and achieved widespread adoption. Dr. Hayes’s contributions to teaching and service have also been exemplary. He served as department chair at UNR, and with Linda Hayes launched the behavior analysis program there. Dr. Hayes has held many influential service (e.g., president of Division 25, the Association for Contextual Behavioral Science [ACBS], and the Association for Behavioral and Cognitive Therapies [ABCT]) and editorial (e.g., AE of JABA) positions, and has received numerous awards for his work (e.g., the SABA Awards for International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis and the Impact of Science on Application, the APA Don Hake Award, and the Lifetime Achievement Award from ABCT). His contributions span philosophical, methodological, basic, and applied domains with remarkable breadth and depth. |
DAVID SLOAN WILSON (Binghamton University) |
David Sloan Wilson is SUNY Distinguished Professor of Biology and Anthropology at Binghamton University and President of the Evolution Institute, a nonprofit organization that formulates public policy from an evolutionary perspective. He has made foundational contributions to evolutionary theory and is widely credited for helping to revive Multilevel Selection Theory, which explains how adaptations can evolve (or fail to evolve) at any level of a multi-tier hierarchy of biological or human social units. He has also been influential in expanding the study of evolution beyond the biological sciences to include all aspects of humanity, both inside and outside the Ivory Tower. His books include Darwin's Cathedral: Evolution, Religion, and the Nature of Society (2002), Evolution for Everyone: How Darwin's Theory Can Change the Way We Think About Our Lives (2007), The Neighborhood Project: Using Evolution to Improve my City, One Block at a Time (2011), and Does Altruism Exist? Culture, Genes, and the Welfare of Others (2015). His next book, titled This View of Life: Completing the Darwinian Revolution and Evolving the Future, will be published in 2019. |
|
|
|
|
In Search of Effective Training Models for Staff and Caregivers: Utilizing Evidence-Based Practice to Improve Client Outcomes |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom D-F |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Patricia I. Wright (Rethink Autism) |
CE Instructor: Patricia I. Wright, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Training direct service providers to implement programming with fidelity is integral to the success of any program within the field of behavior analysis. In addition, we recognize the caregivers? key role in ensuring consistency in the daily life of clients outside the direct service provision environment. With an understanding that both of these roles are equally important to the overall success of programming from acquisition to maintenance, the authors in this symposium seek to improve training modalities for both parties through evidence-based, behavior analytic procedures. These studies employ both single-subject and group designs to answer empirical questions about the most effective ways to ensure direct service providers and caregivers alike, are equipped with the knowledge and tools they need to facilitate the most optimal outcome for each client. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Behavior Technician, Parent Training, Staff Training, Telehealth |
Target Audience: The content of this symposium is appropriate for all levels of training and certification. |
Learning Objectives: Identify effective and evidence-based training modalities for direct service staff and caregivers. Develop staff training programs that are efficient and effective. Develop behavior analytic parent training programs/goals. Discuss the need for more research on effective, evidence-based training for both direct service staff and caregivers. |
|
Comparative Analysis of Performance Outcomes Between Active Student Responding and Didactic Online Training Modules for Registered Behavior Technicians Using a Modified Solomon Four-Group Design |
LAUREN LESA LANIER (Collaborative Autism Resources & Education; Endicott College), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Janet A. Schaefer (Collaborative Autism Resources & Education), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
Abstract: In behavior analytic practice, it is imperative that consumers receive programming as quickly as possible to ensure maximum effects (Reichow, Barton, Boyd, & Hume, 2012). In addition, it is vital that the individual delivering these services are adequately trained. The purpose of this study is to compare two CBI methods, one didactic and one active responding, to evaluate the effectiveness of knowledge acquisition in individuals seeking the Registered Behavior Technician (RBT) certification. Participants included eight individuals seeking certification for the purposes of either working in a home-based agency delivering applied behavior analysis (ABA) programming to individuals on the autism spectrum, or for application in a public school district classroom. The authors randomly assigned participants to one of four groups, which included training in either a didactic model or an active student responding (ASR) model, utilizing a modified Solomon four-group design. |
|
Increasing Positive Feedback in School Staff through a Five-Hour Training |
KAREN E. HANS (The University of Kent), Glynis Murphy (Tizard Centre) |
Abstract: There is a large body of research indicating that when positive behaviour support is implemented within schools, there are decreases in school discipline referrals and challenging behaviour Carr et al., 1999; Dunlap & Carr, 1997, Gore et al., 2013; LaVigna, Christian, & Willis, 2005). There are only two studies that have used school wide positive behaviour support in a school where the majority of students have been diagnosed with intellectual disabilities. This study implemented positive behavior support school wide for a school with the majority of students diagnosed with an intellectual disability using validated measures and direct observations with both school staff and students. Results indicated increases in positive feedback to students were achievable after five hours of training in positive behaviour support. Additionally, student incidents were lower for five of the six students observed in this study. Individual data, limitations, barriers, and future directions will also be discussed. |
|
Fidelity and Outcome Measures From a Parent-Mediated Social-Communication Intervention for Toddlers With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
JAMIE HUGHES-LIKA (Summit Autism Services), Julie Beadle-Brown (Tizard Centre, University of Kent) |
Abstract: As more children are being diagnosed with ASD prior to the age of three, early intervention is recommended and considered best practice. While the nature of parent involvement can vary across approaches, it is essential that parents learn strategies to implement at home during everyday activities (CDC, 2017). This paper will examine the feasibility of implementing a parent-mediated naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention for young children with ASD, in the home setting. The researcher developed a 12-week intervention program, and used Behavior Skills Training (BST) to train parents to fidelity, on the six motivational procedures of Pivotal Response Training (PRT) during everyday routines. A multiple baseline design was used across nine parent-child dyads. Results of the study show that in addition to parents achieving fidelity with the intervention procedures, there were also improvements in social communication behaviors, and a decrease in challenging behaviors for all child participants. Additionally, parents reported lower levels of stress and were overall satisfied with the intervention. |
|
Fidelity of Behavior Technician Performance Following Training via Telehealth |
BRITTNEY FARLEY (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; Collaborative Autism Resources & Education), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan D. Flynn (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Telehealth includes various forms of technology that can be used in the behavior field to train, supervise and consult. Current research supports the use of telehealth in consultation, parent training, and behavior technician training, however fidelity of performance is a common limitation across studies (Fisher et al., 2014; Suess et al., 2014; Wacker et al., 2013). The present study utilized a delayed multiple baseline design across three participants to measure the fidelity of behavior technician performance following telehealth training. Pre-test and baseline probes were used prior to training to assess participant's initial knowledge of Precision Teaching. Following telehealth training, a series of three competency assessments were administered to probe participants post knowledge, along with a generalization and maintenance probe that included role-playing. Results indicate that prior to telehealth training participant's performance was 40% correct or below and following telehealth training participant's performance was at 85% correct or above for competency. Participant performance was maintained during maintenance and generalization phases with scores between 80% and 100% correct. |
|
|
|
|
Working With Caregivers: Challenges and Triumphs |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom AB |
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Laurie Tarter, Psy.D. |
Chair: Laurie Tarter (Encompass Behavioral Health/Sunny Days of California) |
JANET VASQUEZ (World Evolve Therapy) |
KIMBERLY D WOOLERY (World Evolve Inc.; Sunny Days, Inc.) |
KARELIX ALICEA (Lotus Behavioral Interventions) |
Abstract: Chair: Laurie Tarter, Psy.D., BCBA Presenters: Karelix Alicea, M.S., BCBA, Janet Vasquez, M.S., BCBA, Kimberly Woolery, M.S., BCBA Behavior analytic service delivery not only involves the participation of the client, but their parents and caregivers as well. There are several factors that impact the outcome of Applied Behavior Analysis services for clients. Some factors include various parenting styles, the level of buy-in, and the caregivers' willingness and availability to participate in Applied Behavior Analysis sessions. The panel will discuss the paramount role of parents and other caregivers within the Applied Behavior Analysis service delivery system from several different perspectives, including business policies, ethical considerations, method of service delivery (i.e., in-vivo vs. telehealth) and also incorporating the family systems perspective. Each panel member will address and present on a particular area of expertise, all while sharing personal stories and insights on their challenges and triumphs in working with caregivers in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: The target audience are those who supervise ABA programs for clients with caretakers or parents. It will also target those who might run an ABA agency from a business standpoint. |
Learning Objectives: N/A |
Keyword(s): ABA services, Caregiver, Parents |
|
|
|
|
Fluency Based Instruction in University Settings |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom C |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Marla Baltazar (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
CE Instructor: John W. Eshleman, Ed.D. |
Abstract: Precision Teaching and fluency-based instruction provide valuable behavioral engineering to produce effective student learning. University instructors may find it difficult to incorporate some aspects of fluency-based instruction in their courses due to various administrative behavior-environment contingencies that are imposed on them that are not present in other educational settings. Some of these contingency arrangements can include the number of days per week that classes meet, students who have learning histories associated with accuracy-only assessment measures, and the time associated with trying to make chart-based decisions for each individual student. This symposium address curricular design considerations that may make it easier to include Precision Teaching and fluency-based instructional in higher education courses. The first presentation examines procedural implementations of SAFMEDS (Say All Fast Minute Each Day Shuffled; fluency cards). The second presentation covers an adaptation of SAFMEDS using a see-type learning channel (TAFMEDS), a fluency-based extension going beyond a see-say learning channel. Both sets of researchers comment on the curricular considerations as evaluated through standard behavior measures of student success. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): college teaching, fluency-based instruction, Precision Teaching, SAFMEDS |
Target Audience: university faculty and course instructors |
|
An Evaluation of Practice Opportunities and Frequency of Checkouts on Undergraduate Students' SAFMEDS Performance Frequencies |
TOMAS URBINA (University of North Texas), Marla Baltazar (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Research into the fluency-building tactics named SAFMEDS (Say All Fast Minute Each Day Shuffled) has implications for instruction at all academic levels. Several researchers have studied the effects of SAFMEDS in undergraduate courses; however, not all of the salient variables, or their relationships, have been fully analyzed. In the current investigation, experimenters collected behavioral data across four semesters of undergraduate introductory behavior analysis courses. The effects of two procedural manipulations were evaluated in relation to undergraduate students' performance frequencies (N = 305) on weekly checkouts with two to four decks of see term/say definition SAFMEDS. One procedural manipulation explored the differences in performance frequencies when students practiced four times a week (summer semesters) as compared to two times a week (fall semesters). The other procedural manipulation analyzed the comparative effects of two or four cumulative stability checkouts per semester. Results suggested that students' performance frequencies improve as a function of repeated practice regardless of the frequency of cumulative stability checks. The results are discussed in the context of fluency-building strategies that support undergraduate student performance, and the pragmatic considerations course instructors might consider when adopting fluency-building tactics in the college classroom. |
|
Promoting Fluency With Behavior Analytic Terminology in an Undergraduate Behavior Analysis Class Using SAFMEDS |
ELIZABETH LOVITZ (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Precision Teaching and fluency-based instruction are have been used effectively in many educational settings. University settings present some challenges compared to K-12 settings: most classes do not meet daily, yet daily practice has been asserted to be an important component for producing fluency. Instructors often incorporate SAFMEDS (Say All Fast Minute Each Day Shuffled) flashcards in their courses but instructors are unable to monitor students' practice outside of class sessions. An alternative to the see-say learning channel of SAFMEDS may be the see-type learning channel in the less explored TAFMEDS (Type All Fast Minute Each Day Shuffled). We arranged a point contingency on daily, timed-practice of TAFMEDS with undergraduate students enrolled in an introductory behavior analysis course. Behavior analytic terms were divided into four sets of 18 terms. Students' performance frequencies were assessed daily. Daily practice culminated in four checkouts in which students engaged in activities related to the TAFMEDS regarding their endurance, application, stability and performance in different learning channels. Results showed that daily practice correlated with higher daily performance frequencies. The findings are discussed in terms how to incorporate fluency-based instruction in university settings and how TAFMEDS practice might better prepare students for more traditional university-based assessments. |
|
|
|
|
On the Search for Verbal Mediation in Delayed-Matching-To-Sample Arrangements and Emergent Relations |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom DE |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
CE Instructor: Erik Arntzen, Ph.D. |
Chair: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Dr. Erik Arntzen received his Ph.D. from University of Oslo, Norway, in February 2000. Arntzen's dissertation focused on variables that influenced responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence. He also holds a degree in clinical psychology. He is currently a full-time professor in behavior analysis at Oslo and Akershus University College (OAUC). His research contributions include both basic and applied behavior analysis, with an emphasis on research in relational stimulus control and verbal behavior. Lately, he has started research projects with a focus on (1) remembering functions in patients with dementia and (2) conditional discrimination of melanoma detection. He has also been interested in ethical considerations and core values in the field of behavior analysis. Furthermore, he has ongoing research projects within the areas of gambling behavior and consumer behavior. He also runs a behavior analysis lab at OAUC. Dr. Arntzen has published papers in a number of different journals including Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (JEAB), Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA), The Psychological Record, Behavioral Interventions, European Journal of Behavior Analysis (EJOBA), Experimental of Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin, Analysis of Gambling Behavior, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, American Journal of Alzheimer's Disease and Other Dementias, and Psychopharmacology. Dr. Arntzen has served as the president and past-president of the European ABA (2008–2014). Dr. Arntzen has been a member of the board of the Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis from 1987–1993 and from 2006 to present, holds the position as the secretary of international affairs. Dr. Arntzen is a trustee of Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. He has presented papers at conferences worldwide. Dr. Arntzen has been recognized with awards, including the SABA award for the dissemination of behavior analysis, ABAI award for outstanding mentoring, the research award at Akershus University College, and publication award at OAUC. Dr. Arntzen is one of the founders and the editor of European Journal of Behavior Analysis. He has also served as the editor of Behavior & Philosophy. He has served on the editorials board of several journals, including the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, The Psychological Record, International Journal of Psychology and Psychological Therapy, American Journal of Alzheimer's Disease, The Behavior Analyst, and The Behavior Analyst Today. |
Abstract: The presentation will tell a research story about the search for verbal mediation in delayed matching-to-sample arrangements and emergent relations. By telling the story, a series of experiments will be presented. Terms as simultaneous and delayed matching-to-sample (DMTS) and emergent relations will be discussed. Research using DMTS procedures has shown that equivalence class formation has increased as a function of increasing delays between sample and comparison. For example, a 9-s delay enhanced equivalence class formation more than a 0-s delay. So, the question "why" has been asked. Thus, in research on DMTS, it has been argued that the naming the stimuli in the delay might bridge the gap between the sample offset and the comparison presentation. Therefore, we have tried to influence the matching performance by introducing a variety of distracting tasks in the delay between the sample offset and the comparison onset. The main findings from such experiments have shown how the tasks presented in the delay influenced the responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence. Finally, experiments employing "silent dog" and talk-aloud procedures have accumulated valuable information of what participants are talking about in the presence of the sample, in the delay, and when the comparisons are presented. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss different matching-to-sample procedures; (2) discuss emergent relations as stimulus equivalence; (3) define silent-dog method; (4) define talk-aloud procedures. |
|
|
|
|
Instructional Considerations When Establishing New Skills for Learners With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom F |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University) |
CE Instructor: Thomas S. Higbee, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The symposium includes four talks that broadly address instructional considerations when establishing new skills for learners with autism spectrum disorder. The first talk evaluated the acquisition of imitative responses that did and did not produce a permanent product. Parallels to basic research and clinical implications for imitation training will be discussed. The second talk evaluated the acquisition and generalization of yes and no responding across verbal operants. Results will be discussed in light of previous related studies. The third talk evaluated the effects of three instructional set sizes on the acquisition of tacts. Variables that may influence the optimal set size and considerations for clinical practice will be presented. The fourth talk evaluated the usefulness of a equivalence-based instruction to establish WH-concepts. Collectively, these studies support consideration for aspects of instruction to promote acquisition of new skills for learners with autism spectrum disorder. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): equivalence, generalization, motor imitation, set size |
Target Audience: Practitioners of behavior analysis and school psychology. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify whether the relative benefits of tasks that do and do not produce a permanent product for teaching imitative responses for learners with autism spectrum disorder; (2) describe how to arrange training to produce generality of yes and no responding across verbal operants; (3) describe how instructional set size may influence acquisition of tacts; and (4) identify how equivalence-based instruction may be used to establishing WH-concepts. |
|
Evaluations of Object Motor Imitation Training |
MEGHAN DESHAIS (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Many children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) display serious deficits in imitative behavior relative to their typically developing peers (Williams, Whiten, & Singh, 2004). Our current line of research aims to elucidate features of targets that might influence acquisition during object imitation training. In Study 1, with two subjects, we compared rates of acquisition for target imitative behavior that did and did not produce a permanent product in a simple discrimination arrangement. In Study 2, with two subjects, we conducted the same comparison in a conditional discrimination arrangement. The results of Studies 1 and 2 suggest that targets that did not leave a permanent product were more rapidly acquired in both simple and conditional discrimination arrangements. In Study 3, we conducted a follow-up experiment with three subjects in which we manipulated the variables that we suspected might be responsible for the differential rates of acquisition. Our findings suggest that the rapid acquisition of targets without permanent products in Studies 1 and 2 might have been due to auditory feedback and repetition inherent to the imitated response. Parallels to basic research and clinical implications for object imitation training for children with ASD will be discussed. |
|
Training and Generalization of Yes and No Responding Across Verbal Operants |
DAYNA COSTELLO (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Mike Harman (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Gabriella Rachal Van Den Elzen (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Abstract: We sought to replicate and extend Shillingsburg, Kelley, Roane, Kisamore, and Brown (2009) by examining the acquisition and generalization of yes and no responses across verbal operants (mand, tact, and intraverbal). Three children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder participated. We identified four yes and four no targets per verbal operant (12 stimuli total) and used a multiple baseline design across verbal operants to teach yes and no responses as mands, tacts, and intraverbals. Training consisted of massed, 10-trial sessions with a progressive prompt delay of one yes and one no target response from the targeted verbal operant. Targets were considered mastered based on three consecutive correct probe trials, conducted each day before training sessions. Following mastery of each target, generalization sessions of that response (yes or no) across verbal operants was examined. We extended Shillingsburg et al. by conducting additional generalization sessions that included varied trials (yes and no targets alternated randomly within a session) across verbal operants following mastery of each operant. Our extension aims to address a limitation of previous research by examining the effects of varied yes and no generalization probes across verbal operants and the discriminability that single-response training promotes. |
|
The Influence of Instructional Set Size on the Acquisition of Tacts |
Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), LAUREN GOODWYN (Caldwell University), Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy), Alexandra Marie Campanaro (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: We evaluated the effects of instructional set size on the acquisition of tacts for three children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. We taught responses to 12 targets in each of three conditions. The 3-stimuli condition consisted of 4 sets, the 6-stimuli condition consisted of 2 sets, and the 12-sitmuli condition consisted of 1 set. We used an adapted alternating treatments design to compare the effect of different instructional set sizes on the acquisition of tacts. Training consisted of 12-trial sessions with a 5-s constant prompt delay. Sets were considered mastered in the instructional set size of three, six, and 12 once the participant demonstrated unprompted correct responding during 100% of trials for one, two, and four sessions, respectively. Following mastery of a set, the next set in that condition was introduced until all sets in that condition were mastered. Our evaluation aims to provide recommendations for selecting instructional set sizes that result in efficient skill acquisition. |
|
Teaching WH-Concepts to a Child With Autism Using Equivalence-Based Instruction: A Case Study |
KELLY DELLA ROSA (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: We used a pretest/posttest experimental design to examine the effects of teaching conditional relations among stimuli representing WH-concepts on the emergence of untaught relations, receptive and expressive identification of WH-concepts in sentences, and sorting tasks. Match-to-sample was used to train the conditional discriminations using a simple to complex training protocol and a linear training structure. Pretests for all relations were below 50%, with the exception of C-B, and posttest scores were at or above 80% for all relations. We also observed the emergence of sorting and receptive and expressive identification. Although new relations emerged following EBI and the task for sorting pictures into WH categories emerged as well, the participant still could not demonstrated other receptive or expressive identification tasks to criterion levels when the WH-concepts were in the contexts of sentences. Future training sets might include sentences as equivalence stimuli used during training. Implications for the limits of EBI with this learner will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Improving Healthy Eating and Physical Activity With Reinforcement, Goal Setting, Multiple Stimulus Exposure, and Gamification |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom G |
Area: CSS; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno) |
Discussant: Steven W. Payne (California State University, Fresno) |
CE Instructor: Steven W. Payne, Ph.D. |
Abstract: There are multiple health concerns linked to a poor diet and lack of physical activity, including diabetes and heart disease (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2015). Furthermore, in the United States, people are failing to meet dietary and physical activity guidelines at an alarming rate. The field of Behavior Analysis has conducted some research to increase healthy eating and exercise but more work is needed. The current symposium will present recent advances in this area, including optimal uses of goal setting and reinforcement contingencies for exercise and utilizing gamification and stimulus exposure to increase healthy food selection and consumption. First, Hernandez et al. will present on the differential impact of a negative reinforcement contingency versus goal setting on step count. Peck's study will also target step count, but with adults with a mental health disability, and evaluate the effects of daily goal setting and positive reinforcement. The third study by Assemi et al. looks at healthy food selection, specifically at the effects of health information on shopping behavior and implicit and explicit measures of verbal responding. Finally, the study by Chavira et al., evaluates the effects of gamification and taste exposure on elementary school children's preference for and consumption of fruits and vegetables. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): goal setting, healthy eating, physical activity, taste exposure |
Target Audience: Board Certified Behavior Analysts and others working with adults or children on improving physical activity or healthy eating |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to 1. describe the relative influence of reinforcement and goal setting on physical activity; 2. identify how the IRAP measures relational responding and how educational interventions influence food selection and relational responding; 3. describe examples of taste exposure and gamification interventions and how they influence healthy food consumption. |
|
Comparing the Effects of Negative Reinforcement Contracts and Goal Setting on Increasing Adults' Physical Activity |
(Applied Research) |
DAVID HERNANDEZ (California State University, Sacramento), Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento), Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: In general, American adults understand that physical activity is good for their health, yet it has been estimated that less than 5% of adults actually meet CDC recommendations of 150 minutes of moderate-intensity physical activity per week, an exertion level equivalent of a brisk walk. Contingencies that promote problematic behaviors make it difficult for individuals to engage in behavior that would benefit them in the long term. Thus, the application of contingency management strategies in which immediate consequences for healthy behaviors are contrived to compete with problematic competing contingencies, may be effective in increasing behaviors that produce positive cumulative effects. The aim of this study was to compare the effectiveness of experimenter funded negative reinforcement contingency contracts and feedback with a goal setting with feedback intervention. A Fitbit Zip device was used to measure the frequency of daily step total goals met. Goals were individualized and calculated by averaging the steps taken during a screening period increased by a negotiated percentage of a minimum of 20-25% in experiment 1, and a minimum of 50% in experiment 2. Results indicated that participants met their daily step goals more often and on average had higher daily step counts during the contract condition. These findings support the use of negative reinforcement monetary contracts in physical activity interventions. |
|
Using a Fitbit Treatment Package to Increase Physical Activity Engagement in Adults with Mental Health Needs |
(Service Delivery) |
KIMBERLY PECK (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), Haley Ciara Hughes (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: One of the greatest threats to the well-being of mentally-disabled adults is their sedentary lifestyles. In fact, approximately half of all individuals living in community settings do not engage in any type of regular leisurely physical activity (Draheim, Williams, & McCubbin, 2002). As such, research is needed to help increase activity engagement among this population. In 2014, LaLonde et al. increased daily steps of young adults diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder using goal-setting and contingent incentives. The current study aimed to replicate LaLonde et al. (2014)'s findings, and increase the daily steps of six adult individuals with a mental health disability. These adults ranged in age from 25-80 years. Participants were each given Fitbit tracking device, and tools to assist with tracking steps and preserving the Fitbit. After a baseline period with no goal in place, researchers set a goal based on each individual's average steps per day during baseline. Intervention consisted of setting a daily step goal, and then providing a reward and increasing the goal by ten percent each time it was met. Results showed that the majority of participants were able to double their average steps per week during the course of the study. |
|
The Effect of Educational Videos on Virtual Food Selection and Relational Responding |
(Basic Research) |
KIAN ASSEMI (California State University, Fresno), Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: Many interventions for healthy eating include some form of health education. However, while
exposure to educational materials changes how people report they feel or behave with respect to healthy eating, it may not improve selection, preparation and consumption behaviors (Peterson, Jeffrey, Bridgewater & Dawson, 1984). The current study assessed how exposure to multiple short videos on either the positive or negative aspects of the macronutrient fat impacted selection behavior in a simulated shopping environment. In addition, implicit and explicit relational responding (verbal behavior) measures were taken before and after treatment. For the explicit measure, participants were given a survey that inquired about their attitudes towards fat. To assess implicit relational responding, participants completed the Implicit Relational Responding Procedure (IRAP) which is a computer-based assessment that presents stimuli on a screen and asks individuals to quickly respond to the relationship between the stimuli. Results of the study indicated that shopping and survey responses changed in the expected direction following the intervention, but implicit relational responding did not. In fact, there was very little correspondence between the IRAP and other results. Implications of this finding will be discussed with respect to the impact of educational interventions on healthy eating and relational responding. |
|
The Effects of Gamification and Taste Exposure on Vegetable Consumption in Children |
(Applied Research) |
AMANDA GENEVA CHAVIRA (California State University, Fresno), Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: In 2013, it was reported that 42 million children around the world were considered overweight or obese (Centers for Disease Control [CDC], 2015). This is a major problem considering childhood eating patterns are predictive of adult eating patterns (Lake et al., 2006). Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to increase healthy eating in school-aged children using gamification via the FIT Game and repeated taste exposure of non-preferred vegetables. Previous research has demonstrated a significant increase in fruit and vegetable consumption using the FIT Game, but these effects have not always maintained (Joyner et. al., 2015). Therefore, it is important to investigate additional strategies, such as taste exposure, that may help sustain healthy eating. The current study conducted a 10-week version of the FIT Game that targeted vegetable consumption with 3rd-5th graders. Taste exposure sessions were run concurrently with 13 students who demonstrated low preference and consumption of vegetables. Results of this study demonstrated that while FIT Game students consumed more vegetables than the control group, the addition of taste exposure sessions resulted in greater increases in consumption and increased preference even for non-targeted vegetables. |
|
|
|
|
Enhancing Applied Practice With Basic Concepts, Contextualism, and Rejection of Blind Rule-Following |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C |
Area: PRA/PCH; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Diana J. Walker (Trinity Services; Illinois Crisis Prevention Network; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Diana J. Walker, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will describe how behavior emitted by practitioners and their clients follows fundamental laws of behavior discovered in the basic laboratory. The presenters take a radical-behaviorist approach to explaining interesting behavior of their clients, as well as of themselves and other practitioners, in the context of applied practice. The purpose of this symposium is to illustrate the utility of conceptualizing behavior in terms of basic concepts, and of applying those concepts in conceptually systematic ways to applied problems. Such practices can lead to more efficient treatment and better outcomes for clients, yet many practitioners do not follow this approach. Instead, they use techniques based on topography and function, without necessarily considering the context in which behavior occurs, or they follow rules about techniques they should and should not use, such as differential reinforcement and punishment, respectively. Many practitioners are fluent in function-based approaches but do not consider behavioral concepts that are less salient for them, such as the Matching Law, conditioned motivating operations, complex schedules of reinforcement, adjunctive behavior, response generalization, and Skinner's (1953) analysis of emotion. Specific conceptualizations, applications, and case studies will be presented, and implications of a contextual, fundamental approach to practice will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): applied practice, basic concepts, contextualism, radical behaviorism |
Target Audience: Masters-level and doctoral-level behavior analysts who are applied practitioners or who are interested in how basic concepts apply to human behavior; behavior analysts interested in basic, applied, and translational research; radical behaviorists |
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will state one example of how basic behavioral principles discovered in the nonhuman laboratory can inform applied practice. 2. Attendees will state one example of a complex schedule of reinforcement operating in applied practice. 3. Attendees will state one reason why excluding punishment from their applied practice might be more harmful than keeping it as an option. 4. Attendees will define conditioned motivating operation and state how motivating operations might affect problem behavior of a human. |
|
The Analysis of Behavior in Applied Behavior Analysis: Perspectives of an Experimental, Radical-Behaviorist Practitioner |
(Service Delivery) |
DIANA J. WALKER (Trinity Services; Illinois Crisis Prevention Network; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: In 1960 Isaacs, Thomas, and Goldiamond used behavior-analytic techniques and chewing gum to get two "psychotic" patients to speak after 14 and 19 years of not speaking at all. The report was amazing, yet one behavior analyst reader reacted that there were a lot of limitations: there was no preference assessment or functional analysis or control over other variables in the environment. The authors had effected socially significant behavior change using behavioral techniques and gum, that likely improved the patients' lives immeasurably, yet the reader was concerned that they did not follow the rules that this reader had been taught to follow. This presentation will argue that going back to basics, to basic laboratory findings and to the early days of behavior modification, can significantly improve the practice of applied behavior analysis. Interesting behavior that is difficult to explain in a technological and conceptually systematic way will be conceptualized in terms of basic behavioral processes, and effective treatments based on that interpretation will be presented. The take-home point is that unexpected, inexplicable behavior is simple—it follows the laws of behavior. Sometimes it follows obscure laws and sometimes lots of them at the same time, but it is lawful nonetheless. |
|
Schedules of Reinforcement in Applied Settings: Micro- and Macro-Contingencies |
(Service Delivery) |
KYOSUKE KAZAOKA (Illinois Crisis Prevention Network) |
Abstract: This presentation will discuss the importance of schedules of reinforcement in applied settings, from simple schedules maintaining individual behavior to complex schedules at a macrocontingency level, such as obtaining funding for increased support. In the field of developmental /intellectual disability, behavior analysts are typically called in to decrease the frequency and intensity of challenging behaviors, as well as to establish or increase adaptive behavior. Typically, behavior analysts start by developing a measurement system to track the challenging behavior, assess the functions of the behavior, conduct preference assessments, develop function-based interventions, and train clients’ caregivers to implement interventions. While training caregivers, behavior analysts often discuss the importance of using a fixed-ratio (FR) 1 schedule to establish a new behavioral repertoire and the use of intermittent schedules to maintain it. They also address the dangers of intermittent schedules of reinforcement, such as a variable-ratio (VR) schedule, for challenging behavior. This presentation will extend this discussion to other types of schedules of reinforcement that might be in effect in the applied setting, such as variable-interval (VI) and complex schedules, using actual cases that this presenter has encountered in microcontingencies (e.g., client – family interactions) and macrocontingencies (e.g., funding agencies). |
|
The Avoidance of Punishment in Applied Behavior Analysis: More Unethical Than Punishment Itself? |
(Service Delivery) |
BRIAN MORGAN (Trinity) |
Abstract: Basic and applied research has shown that response-contingent punishment can lead to a rapid decrease in the frequency of punished behavior and in some cases complete response suppression (Lerman & Vorndran, 2002). Despite advantages to utilizing punishment to decrease severe challenging behaviors, the applied field continues to avoid using this evidence-based approach. Instead, practitioners utilize positive reinforcement procedures, such as differential reinforcement, noncontingent reinforcement, and token economies. Such procedures have been used even when behaviors are dangerous and have potentially fatal outcomes, such as self-injurious behavior, elopement, and physical aggression. The time it takes to see a treatment effect on dangerous behavior using positive reinforcement procedures is a concern. In the time it takes to reinforce safe alternative behaviors, significant damage can be done. Positive reinforcement procedures are also commonly combined with psychotropic medications to treat severe challenging behaviors, even though side effects of the medications are known to be harmful. Lerman and Vorndran argued fifteen years ago for further research on punishment. This presentation will argue that eliminating punishment from one’s repertoire of behavior-change techniques is unethical, and in some cases, punishment of dangerous behavior may be more ethical than reinforcement-based procedures. |
|
Beyond Screws and Screwdrivers: The Conditioned Motivating Operation and You |
(Service Delivery) |
SHANNON ORMANDY (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Now discussed as “motivating operations” (MOs), these antecedent variables are defined as those that increase or decrease the value of a consequence and the probability of behavior that has been followed by that consequence in the past (Laraway, Snycerski, Michael, & Poling, 2003). Although the precise terminological framework has been subject to multiple revisions and absent for much of our field’s existence, the conceptual framework has been with our field from its inception. In his landmark book, Science and Human Behavior, Skinner (1953) asserted that the proverbial horse could indeed be made to drink water and discussed emotions as environmental variables that alter the value of a consequence. However, without a precise terminological framework for much of our field’s existence, many early and basic examples of MOs have been overlooked or miscategorized. This presentation will give an overview of MOs, including the three types of conditioned MOs, and discuss some previously overlooked early basic research examples as well as contemporary, applied examples. The importance of conditioned MOs in the applied setting will be discussed, including implications for treatment and problems that may arise from a failure to recognize the role of conditioned MOs in problematic and adaptive behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Research on Automatically Maintained Stereotypy in Clinical and Community Settings |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall C |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ashley Gleit (Georgia State University) |
CE Instructor: Ashley Gleit, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The occurrence of automatically maintained challenging behavior presents a number of clinical problems related to efficiency in selecting interventions, as well as insuring effective interventions can be carried out in the natural context. Although a number of interventions are present in the literature, many of these demonstrations are carried out in tightly controlled clinical contexts. The following papers will provide suggestions for the efficient selection of interventions for automatically maintained behavior, as well as demonstrations of intervention methodologies that may be amenable to implementation in naturalistic contexts. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Assessment, automatic reinforcement, Intervention |
Target Audience: The target audience for this symposium will be practitioners who are working with clients/learners that engage in automatically maintained challenging behavior. Researchers interested in the assessment and treatment of automatically maintained behavior will also benefit from attendance. |
|
The Effects of Noncontingent Music and Response Interruption and Redirection on Vocal Stereotypy |
ASHLEY GLEIT (Georgia State University; Kiddo's Clubhouse), Christopher A. Tullis (Georgia State University) |
Abstract: Vocal stereotypy is a commonly occurring challenging behavior in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) that is frequently maintained by automatic reinforcement and often interferes with skill acquisition. Matched stimulation (MS), and response interruption and redirection (RIRD) are two interventions that have been demonstrated to be effective in reducing the occurrence of vocal stereotypy with participants with ASD. Although both are effective, they may be limited by interrupted data-collection methods, and the cumbersome nature of the procedures. In the current study, a combination of MS in the form of noncontingent music and RIRD was more effective at reducing vocal stereotypy to support on-task behavior than RIRD alone when continuous data-collection procedures were implemented. The results suggested that the combined intervention resulted in greater suppression of vocal stereotypy and increased occurrences of on-task behavior in both participants. Additionally, RIRD required fewer implementations and had a shorter duration when combined with MS. Data suggest that the combination of MS and RIRD may be an effective intervention outside of controlled experimental settings. |
|
Treatment Efficacy for Automatically Reinforced Stereotypy Based on Patterns of Responding in Assessments |
LAUREN BEST (University of Georgia), Kara L. Wunderlich (University of Georgia) |
Abstract: Recent literature suggests categorizing behaviors maintained by an automatic function may increase treatment efficacy by allowing for faster identification of interventions that are likely to be effective. This has been demonstrated with automatic self-injurious behaviors (Berg, et al., 2016; Hagopian et al., 2015). To assess the generality of the model used by Berg et al., (2016), the current study examined its effectiveness for automatically maintained stereotypy in children with a diagnosis of autism. A functional analysis was conducted to determine that the stereotypy was maintained by automatic reinforcement. A concurrent operants assessment was also conducted with each participant as needed. An intervention based on the resulting pattern of responding was implemented, and data were analyzed to determine if the model's treatment recommendation was effective. The results varied, but the intervention prescribed by the pattern of responding was not always the most effective. The implications of and future directions for the application of this model to other topographies of automatically reinforced behaviors, such as stereotypy, will be discussed. |
|
A Comparison of Multiple and Chain Schedules on Stereotypy and Task Completion During Response Interruption and Redirection |
Kimberly Sloman (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Dylan Zimmerman (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Catherine Kishel (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Jacqueline Smith (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Kyung Mo Nam (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), ALLISON HAWKINS (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center) |
Abstract: Response interruption and redirection (RIRD) is a common treatment used to decrease levels of automatically reinforced vocal stereotypy. During RIRD, when a learner engages in vocal stereotypy, they are interrupted and required to engage in a series of responses, which are incompatible with their vocal stereotypy (answering social questions, engaging in echoic responses), before being redirected to their current activity (Ahearn, Clark, MacDonald, & Chung, 2007). The current available literature on RIRD supports the efficacy of RIRD in controlled setting, but less is known about the effectiveness of RIRD during typical academic and vocational tasks in the natural environment (Martinez and Betz 2013). Using stimulus control procedures implemented in a classroom, Slaton and Hanley (2016) found that blocking motor stereotypy was more effective when chain schedules were used rather than multiple schedules. The purpose of the present experiment is to replicate Slaton and Hanley (2016) using RIRD to decrease levels of vocal stereotypy in students with Autism Spectrum Disorder during academic and vocational school-based sessions. Results suggest that chain schedules are more effective at increasing task completion and decreasing stereotypy for participants. |
|
|
|
|
Assessment and Treatment of Automatically Maintained Self-Injurious Behavior |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom G |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Samantha Russo, M.Ed. |
Abstract: Approximately 25 % of self-injurious behavior is maintained by automatic reinforcement. This function of self- injurious behavior is significantly less understood than self-injury maintained by social reinforcement (Hagopian, Rooker & Zarcone, 2015). In 2015, Hagopian, Rooker & Zarcone conceptualized various subtypes of self injurious behavior based on patterns of responding during functional analyses and the presence of self restraint behavior. The current symposium will incorporate these seminal findings into applied research regarding the assessment and treatment of self- injurious behavior. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): "Automatically maintained", "Competing stimulus", "Self-Injury", "Self-restraint" |
Target Audience: Practitioners in applied settings. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Understand the conceptualization of the subtypes of automatically reinforced self injurious behavior 2. Understand in greater depth the subtype 3 conceptualization of self-injurious behavior 3. Analyze differences in self- restraint reduction methodology |
|
Decreasing Self-Injurious Behavior and Self-Restraint in an Adult With Autism |
SAMANTHA RUSSO (Endicott College; Eden Autism), Christopher Tallmadge (Eden Autism) |
Abstract: Self- injurious behavior that is maintained by automatic reinforcement can be categorized into three different subtypes. These subtypes are conceptualized based on the presence of self-restraint and patterns of responding during functional analysis (Hagopian, Rooker & Zarcone, 2015). In this conceptual framework, subtype 3 is the presence of self-restraint behavior. This specific subtype is often most resistant to treatment. Hagopain, Rooker & Zarcone (2015) found that of the 39 individuals with automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior, only 20.5% met the criteria for subtype 3. Banda, McAfee & Hart (2012) published a single case study in which an ABAB design was used to establish that rates of self-injury were significantly lower when self-restraint was allowed. Systematic fading of the self-restraint materials resulted in low rates of self-injury and no self-restraint. The current study replicates and extends on the work of Banda et al., (2012) in order to decrease severe self-injurious behavior and the use of self-restraint materials in an adult male. |
|
Reduction of Automatically Maintained Self-Injurious Behavior Using Combined Differential and Noncontingent Reinforcement |
CHRISTOPHER M DILLON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Erica Lozy (Louisiana State University), Alexander Rodolfo Arevalo (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Self-injurious behavior (SIB) maintained by non-social (automatic) reinforcement is an especially pernicious form of maladaptive behavior because the reinforcement obtained by the individual cannot be directly withheld. Hagopian, Zarcone, and Rooker (2015) described a model for subtyping automatically reinforced SIB (ASIB) based on unique response patterns in the functional analysis (FA). They determined that Subtype-3 ASIB, characterized by the presence of self-restraint, appears highly resistant to treatment. Recent research we conducted examining the performance of participants with ASIB on a human operant task targeting an arbitrary response using contingent reinforcement produced unexpected reductions in SIB. When this differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) component was combined with other treatment components in the context of a treatment evaluation targeting SIB, further reductions in SIB were observed. We speculate that the mechanism for response suppression involved both response competition (as a function of the DRA component), reinforcer competition (as a function of the NCR schedule), and sensory extinction or punishment (via response blocking and arm splints). Although the findings are preliminary and require further replication and refinement, they point to the potential for including additional schedule components aimed at increasing responses that may be incompatible with or disrupt the occurrence of SIB. |
|
Identifying Stimuli That Compete With Self-Restraint and Automatically Reinforced Self-Injurious Behavior |
MICHELLE A. FRANK-CRAWFORD (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alyssa Fisher (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Erica Lozy (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: Competing stimulus assessments (CSAs) have been used for nearly two decades to identify stimuli that effectively compete with automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior (ASIB; Fisher, O'Connor, Kurtz, DeLeon, & Gotjen, 2000; Jennett, Jann, & Hagopian, 2011). Competing stimuli are identified by comparing the rate or percentage of occurrence of ASIB in a control condition absent of any external sources of stimulation to conditions in which a stimulus is present. Stimuli that reduce ASIB to clinically significant levels are then characterized as competing stimuli. Some individuals who engage in ASIB also engage in self-restraint (SR), behavior that is incompatible with or prevents SIB (e.g., sitting on one's hands; Oliver, Murphy, Hall, Arron, & Leggett, 2003). If SR effectively eliminates ASIB, the identification of competing stimuli for ASIB becomes difficult. In those cases, measuring SR as the dependent variable and observing how stimuli alter both its occurrence and the occurrence of ASIB may be a viable option. The current study describes the use of a CSA to identify stimuli that compete with both SR and ASIB, and will discuss how covariation in SR and ASIB in a CSA might inform us about the relation between these responses. |
|
|
|
|
Assessing Variables That Affect Conditional Discrimination Training for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall D |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center) |
CE Instructor: Joseph M. Vedora, Ed.D. |
Abstract: Educational and behavior analytic programs for individuals with autism spectrum disorders and developmental delays often target discrimination training with auditory and visual stimuli. Several procedures may facilitate the acquisition of conditional discriminations. This symposium reviews three studies conducted with individuals with autism spectrum disorders that evaluated procedures, specifically different stimulus presentations, used to teach conditional discriminations. The first two studies compared the effectiveness of a sample-first and a comparison-first stimulus presentation. These studies were systematic replications of Petursdottir and Aguilar (2016). The third study compared the effectiveness and efficiency of teaching auditory-visual conditional discriminations in sets of two, three, and four auditory-visual stimuli pairs. The implications of these procedures for practitioners and recommendations for future researchers will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Board Certified Behavior Analysts providing and supervising ABA services for individuals with ASD. |
|
A Comparison of Sample-First and Comparison-First Procedures During Receptive Label Training |
Tiffany Barry (Evergreen Center), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center), John Claude Ward-Horner (Evergreen Center), KAITLIN HENDRICKX (Evergreen Center) |
Abstract: This study evaluated two different stimulus presentations were during auditory visual discrimination training. Acquisition during a sample-first procedure, in which the sample stimulus was presented before the comparison stimuli, was compared to a comparison-first procedure in which the sample presentation was delayed and presented after the comparison stimuli. We extended prior research by a) evaluating the efficiency of the two stimulus presentations for two teenagers with Autism Spectrum Disorders, b) conducting the evaluations in tabletop format, and c) incorporating a prompt delay procedure. The results indicated that both participants learned more quickly in the comparison-first condition, a finding that differed from Petursdottir and Aguilar (2016) and recommendations derived from laboratory research. In the second phase, we evaluated if systematic exposure to stimulus presentations affected responding during subsequent comparisons. The role of individual learning histories and their effects on learning with different stimulus presentations is discussed. |
|
Stimulus Presentation Order During Receptive-Identification Instruction: Are We Doing It Right? |
BAILEY DEVINE (Texas Christian University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University), Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
Abstract: Receptive identification trials involve reinforcement of a particular comparison selection (e.g., pointing to a picture) conditional upon the presence of a specific sample stimulus (e.g., a spoken word). Consistent with common laboratory practices and related clinical recommendations, Petursdottir & Aguilar (2016) found a reliable sample-first advantage when they taught children to identify birds and flags. More recent unpublished data suggest that this sample-first advantage may be less reliable when error correction is implemented. Our follow up studies investigated the use of picture prompts during error correction and have produced mixed results. Notably, all of our previous studies were conducted with typically developing children via laptop computers. Such questions about procedural minutia may not greatly affect acquisition for these children, thus the purpose of the current study is to compare acquisition under sample-first and comparison-first conditions (with error correction) for children with ASD using table-top teaching methods as is typically performed in EIBI settings. Participants were two boys (8 years, 5 months and 6 years, 7 months) with limited receptive and expressive repertoires. Results show a significant comparison-first advantage for both participants, and follow up data collection is recommended. |
|
An Evaluation of Stimulus Set Size During Conditional Discrimination Training for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
SANDHYA RAJAGOPAL (Florida Institute of Technology), Laura L. Grow (Garden Academy), Ivy M. Chong Crane (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Becca Fire (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Clinicians and researchers use several teaching strategies that vary in terms of the number of comparison stimuli during training (e.g., blocked-trials procedure, the conditional-only method). Sidman (1987) argued that instructors should include more than two comparisons during conditional discrimination training to reduce the likelihood of false positive or false negative results. Researchers have yet to evaluate how the size of the comparison might affect the acquisition of auditory-visual conditional discriminations. The purpose of the study was to compare the effectiveness and efficiency of teaching auditory-visual conditional discriminations in sets of two, three, and four auditory-visual stimuli pairs. Two children aged 3- and 6-years old who had been previously diagnosed with ASD participated in the study. The experimenter taught 12 relations in each of the experimental conditions. An adapted alternating treatments design was used to compare efficiency and effectiveness of teaching conditional discriminations in different set sizes. The results will be discussed in terms of clinical implications and directions for future research. |
|
|
|
|
Psychedelics: Mechanisms and Therapeutic Potential |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9 |
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Matthew W. Johnson, Ph.D. |
Chair: Matthew W. Johnson (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
ROBIN CARHART-HARRIS (Imperial College London) |
Robin heads the Psychedelic Research Group within the Centre for Psychiatry at Imperial College London, where he has designed a number of functional brain imaging studies with psilocybin (magic mushrooms), LSD, MDMA (ecstasy) and DMT (ayahuasca), plus a clinical trial of psilocybin for treatment resistant depression. He has over 50 published papers in peer-reviewed scientific journals; two of which were ranked in the top 100 most impactful academic articles of 2016. Robin's research has featured in major national and international media and he has given a popular TEDx talk. |
Abstract: This presentation will introduce the latest thinking on the mechanisms of action of psychedelic compounds such as LSD and psilocybin. Dr. Carhart-Harris will present the results of his functional brain imaging work with compounds such as psilocybin, LSD, and DMT, and discuss what these findings tell us about how these drugs alter brain function to alter consciousness. He will also presenthis latest findings on psilocybin with psychological support for treatment resistant depression, including brain imaging findings suggesting how the treatment is working. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand the basic pharmacology of psychedelic compounds; (2) discuss current thinking on the latest brain imaging results on psychedelics; (3) discuss the latest work on therapeutic potential of psychedelics. |
|
|
|
|
Disseminating Applied Behavior Analysis in China: Ethical Challenges and Practical Application |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom E |
Area: CSS/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Dorothy Xuan Zhang, Ph.D. |
Chair: Dorothy Xuan Zhang (George Mason University; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; ABA Professional Committee of China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons (ABA-CARDP) |
THEODORE A. HOCH (George Mason University) |
FAN-YU LIN (Robert Morris University) |
PATRICIA I. WRIGHT (Rethink) |
Abstract: Dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis is in an early development phase in mainland China. Service providers, higher education institutions, and practitioners are building capacity within the population dense country that has clearly identified needs for the science. This session will address the ethical challenges of dissemination of the science and practical strategies the panelists have utilized to address these challenges. Disseminating knowledge of applied behavior analysis and engaging in behavior analytic service where the science is emerging is rewarding, yet challenges unique to providing intervention in low resources geographical regions as well as cross-cultural requirements of those engaging in the dissemination work exist. The application of maintaining ethical professional and scientific relationships within the construct of cultural differences will be addressed. Participants on the panel include native and non-native professionals to China, all who have worked in-country for multiple years. Success will be shared as well as challenges that continue to exist. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: BCBA, BCABA and other interested attendees. |
Learning Objectives: Review current data available regarding autism prevalence and autism treatment within mainland China Evaluate current models of autism service/treatment considering culture with a focus on mainland China Identify challenges and solutions to incorporating cultural humility into service in accordance with the BACB Guidelines for Responsible Conduct |
Keyword(s): dissemination, international |
|
|
|
|
Issues of Stimulus Control in People With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities and Major Neurocognitive Disorder (Dementia) |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom AB |
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Zoe Lucock (Bangor University) |
Discussant: Andrew Buchanan (The Columbus Organization) |
CE Instructor: Zoe Lucock, M.S. |
Abstract: Behavior analysis has made contributions in the development of evidence-based interventions for people with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) and there is a growing evidence base for behavior-analytic interventions for older adults with dementia (now called major neurocognitive disorder). The increased prevalence of dementia in people with IDD means that behavior analysts are likely to encounter people with a comorbid diagnosis in their work, and this under-represented population in the literature warrants further study. There is emerging evidence that a deterioration in stimulus control occurs in people with dementia. However, there is a paucity of applied and basic research specifically evaluating the factors influencing how stimulus control may change, and how these changes can be ameliorated. We may need to consider certain interventions that rely on unimpaired stimulus control, or ensure the salience of stimuli used during interventions. This symposium is comprised of two papers assessing issues of stimulus control in people with dementia and IDD. The papers will be followed by a discussion addressing the current applied and basic evidence for stimulus control deficits in this population, and possible directions for future research. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): dementia, developmental disabilities, stimulus control |
Target Audience: Behaviour analysts and behaviour analytic researchers interested in behavioural gerontology. |
|
Influence of Supplemental Stimulation on Stimulus Control in Delayed Matching-to-Sample |
LAUREL M. CIAVARRI (Simmons College) |
Abstract: This study examines the influence of supplemental stimuli on the response accuracy of individuals with Down syndrome of an age where neurodegeneration characteristic of dementia of the Alzheimer’s type is typically present. Participants with a previously demonstrated decline in performance as a function of delay in a computer-based match-to-sample task were exposed to conditions in which a mediating response (Rm) was trained and/or inhibited, and matching accuracy, measured as percent correct, was evaluated. Effect of the modality of the Rm was also assessed by examining matching accuracy when a manual Rm or a vocal Rm was performed. It was hypothesized that the trained Rm would function as a supplemental stimulus, and contribute to the control of response by the sample stimulus. Results support the view that mediating behavior may function as precurrent behavior as defined by Skinner (1968) in that performance of a sample specific mediating response functions to increase the likelihood that the current operant (comparison selection) will fall within the required performance criteria for reinforcement. Results are discussed in terms of implications for a behavioral interpretation of remembering, stimulus control, join-control and in terms of treatment implications for conditions with significant degradation of remembering as a defining feature. |
|
"Taking Stock" of What We Know and Adapting What We Do With People With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities and Dementia |
ZOE LUCOCK (Bangor University), Rebecca A. Sharp (Bangor University), Robert Jones (Bangor University) |
Abstract: We conducted a review of the last 20 years of behavioral gerontology research with people with IDD who develop dementia and found a total of six behavior-analytic studies. The six studies were analyzed based on the seven dimensions of applied behavior analysis as articulated by Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968) to determine overarching themes, and to conduct an analysis of the audiences likely reached by these publications. Based on the unique challenges we identified for behavior analysts working with people with IDD that develop dementia, we implemented a study to assess an alternative to functional analyses with this population. Experimental functional analyses require discrimination, which can be in deficit in people with dementia. Therefore, we will present the results of the use of conditional probability analyses as an alternative method of assessing challenging behavior. Although conditional probability analyses are correlational, functional analyses may not produce clear results due to discrimination issues. |
|
|
|
|
Using the IISCA to Inform Functional Analysis and Treatment Development |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall A |
Area: DDA/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: James Chok (Melmark Pennsylvania) |
CE Instructor: James Chok, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will describe the application of Interview Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis (IISCA) to the development of functional analyses and function-based treatments. The first presentation will examine the predictive validity of open-ended interviews to develop hypotheses that are tested in experimental analyses to determine the function of problem behavior. The second presentation will review a treatment designed to address a problem behavior maintained by multiple reinforcers, one of which cannot be easily removed/terminated (access to a pool). The final presentation will compare the effectiveness of different procedures used to thin the schedule of reinforcement for an FCT program derived from an IISCA. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): FCT, Functional Analysis, IISCA, Schedule Thinning |
Target Audience: This symposium is intended for professionals who are board certified in behavior analysis. |
Learning Objectives: By the conclusion of the talk, participants will be able to: 1) Describe findings related to the predictive validity of open-ended interviews as they relate to functional analysis development 2) Identify how to modify treatments when the functional reinforcer is not easily removed/terminated 3) Compare different methods for thinning schedules of reinforcement |
|
The Predictive Validity of Open-Ended Interviews to Inform Functional Analysis Design |
KELLY UBDEGROVE (Surrey Place Centre), Valdeep Saini (Upstate Medical University), Joshua Jessel (Queens College) |
Abstract: Some researchers have argued against the use of indirect assessments such as interviews as the primary method to inform functional analysis design because interviews often yield inaccurate or incomplete information regarding the conditions under which problem behaviors occur. However, much of the extant literature on interviews has come from interview methods that involve close-ended questions (i.e., respondents are required to make a binary yes/no response). The extent to which open-ended interviews are limited in a similar manner is unknown and thus we investigated whether open-ended interviews could be used to inform functional analysis design. Four children who engaged in severe problem behavior participated. First, two raters independently interviewed a single caregiver for each child to determine if the open-ended interview would yield reliable correspondence between raters. Second, hypotheses generated by the two raters based on their respective interviews were tested in an analogue functional analysis. We found generally positive correspondence between raters as well as with functional analysis outcomes suggesting that open-ended interviews may have good predictive validity when designing functional analyses. |
|
Assessment and Treatment, Using IISCA, for Two Individuals Who Refuse to Transition Away From the Pool |
ART GLENN DOWDY (Melmark Pennsylvania; Temple University), Amanda Marie Finlay (Melmark Pennsylvania), Rebekah Hinchcliffe (Melmark Pennsylvania), Jay Salee (Melmark Pennsylvania) |
Abstract: Children are required to transition from one location to another throughout their day. Problem behavior (e.g., tantrums, refusal) is often the result when children are asked to transition between activities in school (MacDuff, Krantz, & Mclannahan, 1993), between bedtime routines (Mindell, Kuhn, Lewin, Meltzer, & Sadeh, 2006), or from rich-to-lean environments (see e.g., Jessel, Hanley, Ghaemmaghami, 2016). We completed an Interview Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis (IISCA) for two individuals diagnosed with autism who engaged in refusal behavior when asked to leave the pool area. The results of the IISCA suggest that pool refusal behavior was maintained by social negative reinforcement in the form of escaping the demand to leave the pool and maintained by positive reinforcement to continue to access the pool area. Treatment consists of allowing brief escape (10 seconds) when pool refusal behavior was emitted plus reinforcement. The effectiveness of preferred edible items and tangible items delivered to the participants' contingent upon leaving the pool area and entering the changing room were evaluated during treatment. This study extends the literature in two ways. First, the study evaluates the efficacy of a function-based treatment following the completion of the IISCA for transition refusal behavior in novel context (i.e., pool area). Second, the study evaluates the effectiveness of delivering competing reinforcement (i.e., edible and tangible items) when a preferred location (i.e., pool) cannot be removed. |
|
A Comparison of Contingency-Based Reinforcement Thinning Procedures |
Joshua Jessel (Queens College), Rachel Metras (Western New England University), CHARLENE AGNEW (Queens College) |
Abstract: Reinforcement thinning is an integral component of the treatment of problem behavior because it reduces the rate at which reinforcers are delivered to a practical and manageable point for caregivers. There are multiple different procedures that have been used to thin reinforcement with some including a response requirement during the delay (i.e., contingency-based) and others re-presenting the reinforcer solely on the passage of time (i.e., time-based).
Contingency-based reinforcement thinning has the added benefit of teaching appropriate skills during the delay. We conducted this study to compare two variations of contingency-based reinforcement thinning procedures. The problem behavior of three participants with autism was first assessed during a functional analysis and treated using functional communication training (FCT). Following successful reductions in problem behavior during FCT, the reinforcement was thinned by progressively increasing (a) the number of instructions the participant must comply with or (b) the duration in which problem behavior cannot occur. Greater reductions in problem behavior were observed and leaner schedules of reinforcement were achieved when the contingency was dependent on appropriate behavior in comparison to the absence of problem behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Developing Reading Skills in Mainstream Education |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom AB |
Area: DEV; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Julian C. Leslie, Ph.D. |
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
JULIAN C. LESLIE (Ulster University) |
Julian Leslie obtained his doctorate from Oxford University in 1974 since when he has been in academic posts in Northern Ireland. He published behaviour analysis textbooks in 1979, 1996, 2000, 2002 (the 1996 volume was reprinted until 2008 and remains in print, and the 2002 text also remains in print). As well as teaching undergraduate and postgraduate courses, he has successfully supervised 48 Ph.D. students in fields including, experimental analysis of behaviour, applied behaviour analysis, psychopharmacology, behavioural neuroscience, experimental psychology, applied psychology. Three recent Ph.D.'s are concerned with behavioural strategies to address environmental issues. In 1977 he was co-founder of the group, Behaviour Analysis in Ireland which is a chapter of ABAI. In 2004, the group became the Division of Behaviour Analysis of the Psychological Society of Ireland, and he is currently the Division chair. Julian Leslie organised the Third European Meeting for the Experimental Analysis of Behaviour in Dublin, Ireland 1999, and has co-organised 11 annual conferences of the Division of Behaviour Analysis from 2007 to 2017, variously in Dublin, Galway and Athlone. He was a keynote speaker at the European Association for Behaviour Analysis in Milan in 2006, and in Crete, Greece in 2010, and also a keynote speaker on behavioural strategies to address environmental issues at the Brazilian Association for Behaviour Analysis, Salvador 2011. From 1984 to 1994 Julian Leslie was head of the Psychology Department, and from 2008 to 2015 head of the Research Graduate School, Faculty of Life & Health Sciences, Ulster University. In 2014, Julian Leslie was awarded a Doctorate of Science by Ulster University for career research on the experimental analysis of behaviour. From 2014 he has given a series of papers on behavioural accounts of consciousness, including an invited address at BABAT 2017. Much current research involves developing skills of children in the classroom. |
Abstract: Many countries, including the US, the UK andNorthern Ireland, face continuing problems in developing literacy and reading skills in primary education with substantial numbers of children missing national literacy targets. Behaviour analysis of human development focusses on the need to specify key skills that comprise any higher-order activity and then train them explicitly in a program that is individualised for every child. In the case of reading, there is widespread agreement that key skills are phonemic awareness, use of phonics, fluency, guided oral reading, and acquisition of new vocabulary words. The Headsprout Early Reading program, developed by behaviour analysts, is an online package which targets each of the skills through intensive systematic phonics training. It thus makes use of computer-based instruction which, when used effectively, promotes higher levels of student engagement and enjoyment. A number of published studies of use of Headsprout have shown efficacy and efficiency in increasing the reading skills of individuals with autism and with typically developing learners within the classroom and home based settings. We have carried out several studies within mainstream schools in Northern Ireland using Headsprout to improve the reading skills of child at risk of failing to achieve literacy targets and have obtained encouraging results. The next stage is to achieve school district-wide implementation of this type of intervention. This requires us to meet many challenges in sustaining behaviour-based interventions in schools. Some of these will be outlined, and it will be suggested that, to improve our progress in this important task, we can draw on the huge literature on how to make interventions for autism effective and sustained. |
Target Audience: All those interested in delivering behavior programs in mainstream education. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the behavior-analytic approach to skill development; (2) describe the use of behaviour-based computerized packages for teaching reading; (3) discuss the issues in delivering school-wide interventions and how these may be addressed. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis in the Workplace: An Examination of Conflict, Turnover, and Satisfaction |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F |
Area: OBM/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ginger R. Wilson-Raabe (The ABRITE Organization) |
CE Instructor: Ginger R. Wilson-Raabe, Ph.D. |
Abstract: There are many known disadvantages to employee turnover such as decreased consumer satisfaction, increased effort to maintain clinical intergrity and increased costs to an organization to name a few. Given this, there are many advantages to knowing more about the factors associated with retention. In the presence of such information, directors of behavior analytic service organizations could begin to identify the precursors that lead to turnover and implement antecedent interventions that increase employee retention and satisfaction. The three papers in this symposium will focus on factors associated with employee turnover. Specifically, employee satisfaction, work place conflict and staff turnover will be the topics of the individual presentations. All presenters will share their data based results while highlighting the implications of their results on staff turnover and satisfaction in the workplace. In addition, each presenter will share suggestions for future research so that these important topics can continue to be addressed given the larger implications of efficient service delivery to our consumers. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): employee retention, employee satisfaction, staff turnover |
Target Audience: Graduate students, practicing behavior analysts |
|
The Impact of Staff Satisfaction and Turnover on Caregiver Satisfaction With Behavioral Services |
Sara Gershfeld Litvak (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), Laura Beavin (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), CHRISTINE L. RATCLIFF (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), Hannah Stark (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence) |
Abstract: This study took place as a post-hoc analysis in the context of a national accreditation process, designed to measure organizational health and clinical quality. A total of 68 service providers—who collectively employ approximately 6,000 clinical staff and service approximately 5,000 clients—were evaluated on over 50 clinical quality indicators. Two quality indicators explored are staff satisfaction with employment and caregiver satisfaction with behavioral treatment provided. The purpose of this analysis was to investigate the relationship of overall staff job satisfaction to compensation, career development, work engagement, relationship management, work environment, and scheduling. Staff satisfaction was also correlated with caregiver satisfaction with their child's treatment program, scheduling, staff, caregiver involvement and their child's progress. Trends in relation to caregiver ratings of providers and staff satisfaction will be discussed. |
|
The Effects of Workplace Conflict on Voluntary Turnover and Lost Cases for BCBAs |
CHELSEA CARTER (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge), Steve Hakim (California State University, Northridge), Christina Saez (California State University, Northridge), Shelby Jones (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: Workplace conflict is prevalent in healthcare and education, and has been correlated with lowered job satisfaction and burnout. In this study, we distributed a survey to 600 Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA's) through the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) to determine the rate and impact of workplace conflict for behavior analysts. Participants reported that they experienced the highest rate of workplace conflict with teachers, caregivers, colleagues, and supervisees. We found that the likelihood of voluntary turnover and lost cases are significantly related to self-reported rates of workplace conflict. BCBA's who are more likely to leave their current job report higher rates of conflict than those who are less likely to leave their job. Furthermore, BCBA's who report having lost clinical cases report higher rates of unresolved workplace conflict compared to those who have not lost a case. Also, there was no difference in the self-reported rate of workplace conflict for BCBA's who have been credentialed for a greater number of years, indicating that more years of experience in the field alone is not sufficient to reduce the likelihood of conflict. The results of our survey indicate that BCBA's would benefit from receiving formal training on how to resolve conflict that occurs in the workplace. |
|
An Examination of Employee Satisfaction Within a Behavior Analytic Service Organization |
GINGER R. WILSON-RAABE (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Doney Frederick (The ABRITE Organization), John M. Frederick (The ABRITE Organization), Cameron Milstein (The ABRITE Organization) |
Abstract: Employee satisfaction is a recognized factor that promotes increased retention of team members. With retention, increased consistency can be offered to consumers. Service organizations that offer services to children with autism have a particularly vested interest in producing this outcome given the deficits characteristic of learners on the spectrum. In addition, we have access to the principles of our science and tools offered by organizational behavior management (OBM) to examine employee satisfaction. Despite this, little research has examined these factors. This presentation will discuss the results of employee reported satisfaction, measured throughout the implementation of specific interventions aimed to increase satisfaction. Data were collected on satisfaction throughout baseline and intervention phases and intervention was evaluated with the use of a multiple baseline across service locations within the same organization. The data reveal that satisfaction, within our organization, was variable across the clinical positions with more senior team members reporting increased satisfaction and the specific variables that produced these outcomes were difficult to isolate. These results will be discussed in detail while reporting additional data that were collected on other measures of interest, such as attendance and retention. Future directions for those examining employee satisfaction will also be detailed. |
|
|
|
|
Romantic Love, Altruism, and the Self in Behavior Analytic Perspective |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 10-13 |
Area: PCH/CBM; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Genevieve M. DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt, Ph.D. |
Abstract: While behavior analysts have focused their attention on a variety of socially important topics over the years, relatively less attention has been given to other topics, especially those which involve what may be considered complex human behavior. The first presentation focuses on one intersection of some of these topics, and addresses the topics altruism, selfishness, and the self. In particular, the first presentation aims to re-conceptualize the common distinction between altruistic and selfish behavior as well as the more general distinction between the self and others. While many topics are avoided because of their complexity, other topics may even be seen as beyond the scope of what a science of behavior could possibly address. The second presentation focuses on one such topic, that of Romantic Love. Indeed, while the topic may seem to be too difficult, complex, or in some way beyond that which the science of behavior could address, the second paper provides an alternative view. The discussant will provide commentary, identify common themes, and point to additional research needed such that an increasingly comprehensive natural science of behavior may continue to develop. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Advanced graduate students, BCBAs interested in complex behavior, researchers, teachers, etc. |
|
Altruism, Selfishness, and Finding Your Self |
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: While definitions of altruism vary, altruistic behavior may be broadly defined as behaving for the benefit of others, with no apparent benefit to the individual engaging in the altruistic act. The notion that behavior might occur in the absence of a clear reinforcer (i.e., without “benefit to the individual”) is contrary to behavioral thinking, however, especially that derived from common operant paradigms. The present presentation considers definitions of altruism and reviews behavior analytic treatments of the topic. In doing so, behavior that is engaged in for the benefit of one’s own self, selfish behavior, is also considered. Finally, as both of these topics pertain to the broad construct of the self, specific attention is given to the conceptualization of the self in behavior analytic perspective. In particular, the distinction between one’s self and others is considered, called into question, and reconstructed. In providing this alternative construction of the self the distinction between both altruistic and selfish behavior is also reconsidered. |
|
Romantic Love in Scientific Perspective |
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Complex psychological events, particularly those with substantial emotional components such as love, grief and rage, have received relatively little analytic attention from behavior scientists. This lack of attention is defended on several grounds. First, emotional actions are too poorly conceptualized as to make their incorporation into the analyses of complex problems profitable. Other legitimate difficulties arise from the need to find suitable units of analysis and useful metrics given both the complexity of such circumstances and the fact that more than one person’s behavior is typically at issue. Some reasons for the neglect of such events are without merit, however. For example, behavior scientists have claimed that the pattern of behavior we call love, while subject to scientific analysis, is nonetheless shrouded in mystery – a mystery that cannot be dispelled and is best left alone. The aim of this paper is to take issue with this argument, and to do so through a scientific examination of romantic love. |
|
|
|
|
Automatic Measurement of Behavior Using Inertial Measurement Units |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom A |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Discussant: Erich K. Grommet (Troy University) |
CE Instructor: Nathan Blenkush, Ph.D. |
Abstract: We assessed a novel method to measure behavior frequency. Utilizing the Life Performance Research's Inertial Measurement Unit (IMU) device and a data filter, we counted response frequency derived from Euler angle and linear acceleration data associated with instances of simulated self-injurious behavior. When compared to a frequency counts of trained observers, the response rates were equivalent. Visual inspection of graphs showing Euler angle, linear acceleration, and temporal location (determined by observers and the data filter) show the filter is accurate when compared to observers. The measurement procedure successfully differentiated between hits to the head and leg, as well as less forceful touches to those same areas. Taken together, the data show the feasibility of automatic measurement of behavior with the potential to improve aspects of research and practice in behavior analysis. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): inertial measurement, measurement |
Target Audience: Board Certified Behavior Analysts, |
|
Automatic Measurement of Behavior Using Inertial Measurement Units |
NATHAN BLENKUSH (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Gary Woo (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Robert W. Worsham (Self Employed), Nick Lowther (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Jason Coderre (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Tristan Webbe (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Asli Unver (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: We assessed a novel method to measure behavior frequency. Utilizing the Life Performance Research's Inertial Measurement Unit (IMU) device and a data filter, we counted response frequency derived from Euler angle and linear acceleration data associated with instances of simulated self-injurious behavior. When compared to a frequency counts of trained observers, the response rates were equivalent. Visual inspection of graphs showing Euler angle, linear acceleration, and temporal location (determined by observers and the data filter) show the filter is accurate when compared to observers. The measurement procedure successfully differentiated between hits to the head and leg, as well as less forceful touches to those same areas. Taken together, the data show the feasibility of automatic measurement of behavior with the potential to improve aspects of research and practice in behavior analysis. |
|
Developing IMU Filters and Measuring Behavior in Applied Settings |
DYLAN PALMER (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center; Simmons College), Joseph Tacosik (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: Developing Filters Using data generated from inertial measurement (IMU) units is a difficult, time consuming, and essential exercise. Here, we summarize the steps taken in developing a filter for one self-injurious response. We review raw IMU data and illustrate the process of identifying threshold values for counting. Once an IMU filter is created, there are a number of practical problems that must be solved. Battery life, Bluetooth connectivity, data storage, IMU placement, and many other variables affect the utility of measurement. Finally, we summarize our experiences with artificial intelligence filter development and various inertial measurement devices. |
|
|
|
|
Finding Truth in Workability: Analyses of Common Behavior-Analytic Practices in School and Clinic |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom DE |
Area: PRA/OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Zoey Watts (Arizona State University) |
CE Instructor: Madison Jameson, M.A. |
Abstract: Philosophical doubt is one of the core attitudes upon which science should be based...and yet, we often hesitate to question what "is" within our field and science. The present symposium provides preliminary investigations to common practices within our field and provides analyses as to their viability in a field geared towards efficiency couched in evidence-based practice. |
Keyword(s): Differential Reinforcement, OBM, Video prompting |
Target Audience: The target audience is RBTs and BCBAs who are beginner-moderate in their levels of experience specific to behavior-analytic practice. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will learn about the ways in which they may promote more reliable, real-time data collection methodologies with their staff/employees. 2. Participants will learn of the viability of DNRO as an intervention in isolation vs. additive, component-based approaches. 3. Attendees will be exposed to preliminary video prompting methods and how the ABA community should consider redefining what is entailed in our descriptions of video prompting/modeling if when these are accompanied by other prompting strategies. |
|
Words Mean Something: A Parametric Analysis of Video Prompting |
(Applied Research) |
RODRIGO ESTEBAN MENDOZA (Arizona State University), Adam DeLine Hahs (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: Traditional video modeling and prompting accounts often supplement said interventions with stimulus and response prompts to promote the acquisition of some behavior. The present study investigated the extent to which video clip length alone impacts the acquisition of a novel skill via video prompting (i.e., in the absence of additional prompts). Results suggest that longer durations of clip length facilitated skill acquisition, yet gains were diminishing as the response requirement increased in the absence of additional prompts for four of four participants. The implications of video prompting are discussed. |
|
Organizational Behavior Management in a Supported Living Setting: Increasing Daily Data Collection |
(Applied Research) |
JOHN GUERCIO (Benchmark Human Services), Madison Jameson (Benchmark Human Services) |
Abstract: Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) uses principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA) and applies it to the fields of business and industry. Within the human services field, there tend to be many skills deficits in direct support staff members. The use of strategies derived from behavior analysis and organizational behavior management can be applied to aid the performance of staff members within this field. In the current study, OBM strategies were used to increase daily data completion of several direct support staff members in an adult supported living organization in central Missouri. A multiple baseline across participants experimental design was utilized. Staff members increased daily data collection completion to near 100%, following antecedent and consequence interventions by behavioral staff members. Staff were provided with personally selected reinforcers for appropriate data completion. Keywords: organizational behavior management, human services, and direct support workers |
|
The Effect of Differential Negative Reinforcement of Other Behavior on Tolerance to Aversive Stimuli |
(Applied Research) |
Mario Lanuza (Arizona State University), ADAM HAHS (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of the study was to extend the research on Differential Negative Reinforcement of Other Behavior (DNRO). The procedure involved the removal of a stimulus (i.e., glasses in this case) contingent on the absence of a behavior that increases the probability of those alternative behaviors occurring in the future. Results indicate that the implementation of DNRO alone didn't facilitate acceptance of glasses-wearing behavior but required an additional reinforcement-based component to increase said behavior. The implications and viability of DNRO procedures alone are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Reasoning From Basic Principles: Translating Behavioral Research Into Large Scale Applications |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: T. V. Joe Layng, Ph.D. |
Chair: Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas) |
T. V. JOE LAYNG (ChangePartner, Inc.) |
T. V. Joe Layng has over 40 years of experience in the experimental and applied analysis of behavior with a particular focus on the design of teaching/learning environments. In 1999, he co-founded Headsprout. At Headsprout, Joe led the scientific team that developed the technology that forms the basis of the company's patented Early Reading and Reading Comprehension online reading programs and science sequence for which he was the chief architect. Recently, Joe co-founded ChangePartner, a company combining basic behavior analytic principles with artificial intelligence to integrate constructional behavior change at scale throughout large organizations such as hospitals. Joe earned a Ph.D. in Behavioral Science (biopsychology) at the University of Chicago. At Chicago, working with pigeons, he investigated animal models of psychopathology, specifically the recurrence of pathological patterns (head-banging) as a function of normal behavioral processes. Joe also has extensive clinical behavior analysis experience with a focus on ambulatory schizophrenia, especially the systemic as well as topical treatment of delusional speech and hallucinatory behavior. Joe is a fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International and Chairman of the Board of Trustees, The Chicago School of Professional Psychology. |
Abstract: Elon Musk, Steve Jobs, and others have brought us innovation that both surprise and delight us. They not only produced new widgets, they are responsible for changing the way people live and work. Both advocated as essential the application of basic principles of science, engineering, and design in the creation of new technologies. Contrasted to reasoning from basic principles is reasoning from analogy. Much of what is created comes from this approach. In our initial design attempts we search for how others approached the problem. How did company X build an electric car? Reasoning from analogy may limit what we can do and prevent us from applying the full power of our science and technology in solving fundamental problems. Three products created at Headsprout, Inc. from 1999 to 2010 and the current approach taken by ChangePartner, Inc. today represent efforts to build applications at scale that rely on reasoning from basic principles. These efforts will be used to illustrate the power of the approach and suggest that searching for analogs, including, at times, previous applied research or applications, may be detrimental to applying the experimental and applied analysis of behavior at scale to new and interesting areas and problems. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) distinguish between reasoning from basic principles and reasoning from analogy; (2) describe how reasoning from basic principles guided the development of the Headsprout instructional products; (3) describe how reasoning from basic principles is guiding the development of large scale organizational behavior change in hospitals. |
|
|
|
|
Instructional Strategies to Promote Active and Meaningful Learning in Higher Education |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom C |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Andrew Bulla (Armstrong State University ) |
Discussant: William L. Heward (The Ohio State University) |
CE Instructor: Andrew Bulla, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Research has demonstrated that only roughly 63% of students beginning college complete a bachelors degree within 6 years (Berkner, He & Forrest Cataldi, 2002). Some proposed explanations of these data resort to blaming the types of students enrolled in college, stating that more high school students with lower achievement are being accepted into university settings (Berliner & Biddle, 1995). To better help educators, the Association of American Colleges and Universities (AAC&U; 2007) specified goals and objectives for undergraduate educational outcomes. Behavior analysis poses a solution to this problem by offering a variety of methods that have demonstrated increases in academic achievement in higher education (Bernstein & Chase, 2013). The first presentation will focus on analyzing instructional content and arranging teaching strategies to promote concept learning in higher education. The second presentation will discuss the effects of SAFMEDS on college students performance as compared to practice multiple-choice questions, demonstrating one way to include fluency based instruction in the classroom. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Higher Education, Instructional Design, SAFMEDS |
Target Audience: The target audience for this symposium is any professional in the field of behavior analysis who is interested in or currently teaching behavior analysis, either at the university level or training level. |
Learning Objectives: At the end of the symposium, attendees will be able to 1.) State what SAFMEDS are and how to use them 2.) Discriminate examples of conceptual teaching vs. non-examples of conceptual teaching 3.) State two behavioral strategies that can be applied to higher education |
|
Teaching Complex Concepts in Higher Education: An Analysis of Instructional Material and Strategies to Promote Conceptual Learning |
(Theory) |
ANDREW BULLA (Armstrong State University) |
Abstract: For many, the goal of higher education is to teach beyond general understanding and promote critical thinking as well as conceptual understanding of material. Skinner defined a concept as a set of stimuli that share more than one property, and all members within that class control the same response (Skinner, 1974). Tiemann and Markle (1990) further analyzed what a concept is and defined concepts in terms of critical features (i.e., those properties that must be present for the stimulus to control the response), and variable features (i.e., those properties that are irrelevant for membership in the stimulus class). Concepts are most often acquired through direct instruction. Research in instructional design principles specify optimal conditions to teach concepts including, but not limited to, teaching using a set of far-out examples and close-in non-examples, a sufficient amount of practice, and testing for conceptual learning with novel stimuli that differ from your teaching stimuli (Tennyson & Park, 1980; Tiemann and Markle, 1990; Markle, 1990). The current presentation reviews the available research on concept instruction and provides recommendations for teaching complex concepts in higher education. Additionally, specific strategies for teaching and assessing conceptual information will be shared. |
|
Outcomes of Fluency-Based Practice: Using Say All Fast a Minute Every Day Shuffled (SAFMEDS) With College Students |
(Applied Research) |
KATHRYN M. KESTNER (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Catherine Stephens (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Techniques aimed at building fluency are thought to promote efficient learning and retention (Quigley, Peterson, Frieder, & Peck, 2017). One method for gaining fluency is a specialized method of studying flashcards called Say All Fast a Minute Every Day Shuffled (SAFMEDS). The aim of the current study was to evaluate the extent to which using SAFMEDS affected performance in a traditional college course. We compared exam grades of students assigned to study SAFMEDS to those of students assigned to practice multiple-choice questions. The participants were undergraduate students enrolled in an introductory course on behavior principles. Students were assigned home and in-class practices of either SAFMEDS or multiple-choice questions, and they were graded on fluency and accuracy during in-class performances. Nearly three times as many students enrolled in the multiple-choice sections received low exam grades (D or F letter grades) compared to students enrolled in the SAFMEDS sections. These differences occurred despite no significant differences in the GPA or academic standing of participants across groups. This research demonstrated a meaningful outcome of using SAFMEDS with college students and presents one method for arranging fluency activities in a traditional college course. |
|
|
|
|
Doctoral Training for Behavior Analysts: A New Community of Reinforcement Awaits Today's Practitioners |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom D-F |
Area: TBA/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Megan G. Kunze, M.A. |
Chair: Megan G. Kunze (University of Oregon) |
WENDY A. MACHALICEK (University of Oregon) |
TONYA NICHOLE DAVIS (Baylor University) |
MANDY J. RISPOLI (Purdue University) |
Abstract: The indicators of high quality training of behavior analysts who will work as practitioners remain somewhat controversial. Some researchers argue that faculty research productivity is correlated to improved practitioner training (Dixon, Reed, Smith, Belisle, & Jackson, 2015) while others have argued for alternative quality indicators of training programs including exam pass rates (e.g. Ahearn, Green, Riordan, & Weatherly, 2015). An inescapable reality is that high quality doctoral training programs provide the essential faculty to enter into the training pipeline and as such promoting practitioner entry into doctoral training programs should be a consideration for improving the quality of practitioner training. Doctoral training programs in applied behavior analysis and related fields provide future scholars with advanced coursework, but also apprenticeship in research design and supervised college teaching. A panel of faculty from doctoral training programs in special education and educational psychology discuss the following topics: (a) if and why practitioners should consider a Ph.D., (b) selection of a Ph.D. program and faculty advisor, (c) developing a competitive application for doctoral programs, (d) funding Ph.D. program, and (e) life after the Ph.D. as faculty. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: board certified behavior analysts; graduate students; faculty in doctoral degree granting programs |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to: 1. verbally articulate the reasons why practitioners should consider obtaining a Ph.D., 2. discuss strategies for selection of a Ph.D. program and faculty advisor, 3. list the components of a competitive application for a research intensive doctoral program |
Keyword(s): doctoral training |
|
|
|
|
Recent Advancements in the Assessment and Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, America's Cup A-D |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sarah Haney (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Kathryn M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
CE Instructor: Kathryn M. Peterson, M.A. |
Abstract: The causes of pediatric feeding disorders are often multifactorial and may include interactions between medical conditions, oral-motor difficulties, and behavioral mismanagement (Babbitt, Hoch, & Coe, 1994; Piazza, 2008). Feeding disorders can range from mild to severe relative to their impact on nutrition and growth. Mild problems might include self-feeding skill deficits or difficulty transitioning to age-appropriate textures (Piazza & Carroll-Hernandez, 2004), whereas more severe difficulties could involve total food and liquid refusal, which may lead to substantial weight loss, malnourishment, and growth impairments (Piazza, & Carroll-Hernandez, 2004). The purpose of the current symposium will be to review effective treatments for pediatric feeding disorders including antecedent interventions and caregiver training. The first presentation will compare variations of redistribution and bolus placement as treatment for packing. The second presentation will compare the effects of demand fading in terms of bolus placement and size, with and without escape extinction to treat food refusal. The third presentation will review the effects of simultaneous presentation of table textured foods to increase chewing and decrease latency to mouth clean. The final presentation will evaluate whether consumption would occur with caregivers following therapist-implemented nonremoval of the spoon with two caregiver-child dyads. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): antecedent approaches, caregiver training, feeding disorders |
Target Audience: Individuals interested in learning more about the assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. For BCBAs, BCaBCs, RBTs, and any other practitioners. |
Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to review effective antecedent interventions for pediatric feeding disorders. Attendees will be able to identify effective strategies to reduce packing. Attendees will be able to identify successful methods for increasing chewing skills. Attendees will be able to identify effective training strategies for caregivers. |
|
Brief Assessments to Reduce Packing in Children With Feeding Disorders |
BRADLEY BLOOMFIELD (University of Utah), Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Medicine), William G. Sharp (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Packing (holding food in the mouth) is a problematic mealtime behavior displayed by children with feeding disorders that results in prolonged meal durations and decreased caloric intake (Gulotta et al., 2005). Clinically, packing often emerges following treatment with nonremoval of the spoon, or bite persistence, which is a well-supported intervention for increasing acceptance and reducing refusal behavior. Redistribution represents the treatment with the most empirical support for reducing packing. The procedure involves the feeder collecting the food from the mouth with a utensil after the bite has been deposited and then placing it mid-tongue. Emerging evidence, however, also supports the use of an alternative bolus placement (e.g., flipped-spoon or Nuk presentation) as a treatment to decrease packing and latency to clean mouth (Stubbs et al., 2017). The current study presents data on brief protocol assessments conducted when packing emerged for two children participating in a day-treatment program for total food refusal. We compared variations of redistribution (e.g., different time intervals) and/or bolus placement within or across meal blocks to determine the course of subsequent treatment for each participant. The implications of conducting brief assessments for clinical decision making and the use of redistribution procedures to treat packing will be discussed. |
|
Demand Fading With and Without Escape Extinction in the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
JESSICA WOOLSON (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jessica Keane (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Sydney Ball (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Elizabeth Gonzalez (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jessica Aiken (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: Investigators have shown that manipulating placement and/or size of bite presentations may alter the response effort involved in eating and thus the likelihood of inappropriate mealtime behavior exhibited by children diagnosed with feeding disorders (Dolezal, 2006; Kerwin, Ahearn, Eicher, & Burd, 1995; Sharp & Jaquess, 2009). To our knowledge, no studies have systematically compared the effects of demand fading with and without escape extinction to escape extinction in isolation to treat pediatric food refusal. We conducted an assessment to determine the effects of varying bolus sizes and bite placements on the inappropriate mealtime behavior, compliance, and negative vocalizations of 3 children diagnosed with feeding disorders. Then, we used a combined multielement and reversal design to compare the effects of demand fading along bite placement and/or bolus size combined with escape extinction and escape extinction alone. Results showed that escape extinction was necessary; however, escape extinction combined with demand fading was associated with beneficial effects (i.e., more stable compliance and decreased inappropriate mealtime behavior and negative vocalizations) for all children. Interobserver agreement was collected during at least 33% of sessions and was above 80% for all children. Conceptual and clinical implications of these findings will be discussed. |
|
Using Simultaneous Presentation of Table Textured Foods to Increase Chewing and Decrease Latency to Mouth Cleans in Children With Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
VICTORIA PHAM (Clinic 4 Kidz), Kerri Caltabiano (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz) |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with a pediatric feeding disorder may show deficits with oral motor skills necessary (i.e., chewing, tongue lateralization) to consume table textured foods. These children may display skill deficits if they remain dependent on pureed foods for an extended period of time. To address these deficits, it is common to implement a skill training protocol. However, some children may learn the basic skills to chew and swallow but it may not transition to all foods or chewing/swallowing in a timely manner may be problematic. In order to increase consumption of these foods and decrease other behaviors such as gagging, children must learn to chew and swallow efficiently. The purpose of this study was to increase chewing and decrease latency to mouth cleans using simultaneous presentation. The first participant swallowed mixed textured foods without chewing and the second participant would pack soft table textured foods. For both participants, foods that were consumed efficiently were paired with foods that were not. The results of this study showed that when simultaneous presentation was implemented, chewing increased (first participant) and latency to mouth cleans decreased (second participant). These data are discussed in relation to skills training and achieving age-typical eating patterns. |
|
Post-Treatment Generalization and Caregiver Training Following Nonremoval of the Spoon |
JONATHAN K. FERNAND (University of Florida), Varsovia Hernandez Eslava (Universidad Veracruzana), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Pediatric feeding problems can occur in upwards of 35% of typically developing children and 90% of children with developmental disabilities. Although the effects of a feeding problem (e.g., weight loss, malnutrition, death) represent drastic long-term outcomes, an increased occurrence of inappropriate mealtime behavior (e.g., aggression, disruption) contributes to increased family stress in the short term. Procedures relying on escape extinction (e.g., Nonremoval of the spoon) are common methods in treating feeding problems given that they are typically maintained by social-negative reinforcement. Although escape extinction is highly efficacious, it remains unclear to what extent children will eat with their caregivers following therapist-implemented procedures in clinics or inpatient-care facilities. The purpose of the current study was to directly test whether consumption would occur with caregivers following therapist-implemented nonremoval of the spoon with two caregiver-child dyads. In addition, we sought to test what procedures were required for caregivers to improve their feeding skills whether generalization occurred or not. Data suggest that some parents might not need to be directly trained. In addition, training (e.g., instructions, role play), when necessary, might be easier for caregivers following therapist-implemented feeding evaluations. |
|
|
|
|
Research Synthesis of Behavioral Interventions for People With Autism: Strategies to Maximize Social Impact |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom DE |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Javier Virues Ortega, Ph.D. |
Chair: Nicole Heal (Margaret Murphy Center for Children) |
JAVIER VIRUES ORTEGA (The University of Auckland) |
Javier Virues-Ortega is a senior lecturer and director of the Applied Behaviour Analysis programme at The University of Auckland (New Zealand). After five years in a leading public health research institution he developed an interest in translating mainstream outcome research methods into applied behavior analysis. He is author of over a hundred specialized publications. His work has been cited thousands of times and summarized in the medical policies of a number of major health insurance providers in the US. For example, UnitedHealthcare group cited and summarized two of Virues-Ortega's meta-analyses in their policy on behavioural services for autism spectrum disorder. |
Abstract: Scientists cite clinical trials hundreds of times while decision makers use clinical trials and meta-analyses as the foundation for policies affecting millions. By contrast, JABA papers live a silent and unassuming life. Historically, applied behavior analysis has disregarded the potential for an "applied behavioral synthesis." The vast majority of our empirical literature is composed of experimental analyses of molecular processes often evaluating the impact of discrete reinforcement-based procedures on few behaviors of interest over a limited period of time. We lack a conceptual framework to translate experimentally sound baby steps into service and treatment models that have to be comprehensive and longitudinal in nature. This talk will explore strategies for synthesizing behavior-analytic evidence that would be compatible with both the single-subject experimental tradition of applied behavior analysis, and the outcome research standards of mainstream clinical sciences. The end goal of this approach is to develop efficient channels to translate applied behavior analysis into service models that policy and health decision-makers could find acceptable. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts, licensed psychologists, graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Understand the relative social impact of various forms of evaluating evidence; (2) Understand the key differences in evidence evaluation between behavior analysis and mainstream clinical sciences; (3) Understand the empirical basis (or lack of thereof) of key methodological standards of randomized control trials; (4) Understand the potential for behavior-analytic research to follow them. |
|
|
|
|
Increasing Social Initiation Skills and Play Skills for Children Diagnosed With Autism |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall B |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kelly Kohler (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University) |
CE Instructor: Jessica Ann Korneder, Ph.D. |
Abstract: A diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) typically presents with deficits in communication, socialization, and play. This presentation aims to address the effects of systematic instruction aimed to increase social initiations during shared book reading and pretend play skills of young children with ASD. Results of the independent studies indicate that systematic instruction and reinforcement of targeted behaviors within pretend play and book reading activities can increase participation and skill repertoire. In one study, the effectiveness of an intervention to increase independent initiations of three young children with ASD during shared book experiences was examined using the multiple probe design. The intervention resulted an increase in verbal responses to adult initiations and children's independent verbal commenting with pointing to direct the adult's attention to an image in the shared book. Findings suggest that children with ASD can independently initiate and respond during shared book experiences when behaviors are systematically taught and reinforced. In a separate study, changes in toy selection, during a multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment, were targeted by teaching pretend play skills with a task analysis, the use of direct reinforcement, and stimulus-stimulus pairing procedures. Results indicate that exposure to toys and teaching a child how to play with the toy have an effect on the preference for that toy. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): autism, pretend play, shared reading, task analysis |
Target Audience: Practicing BCBAs |
|
The Use of a Task Analysis, Direct Reinforcement, and Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing on Pretend Play Skills |
Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University), JAMES CHARLES BLEVINS (Oakland University) |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with autism are known to have behavioral deviations in play. Children diagnosed with autism often participate in stereotypy rather than appropriate play due to a small repertoire of reinforcers (Koegel, Firestone, Kramme & Dunlap, 1974). Research regarding play skills has discovered that new choices can be conditioned through stimulus-stimulus pairing (Nuzzolo-Gomez, Leonard, Ortiz, Rivera & Greer, 2002). Egel (1981), found that children diagnosed with autism frequently struggle with motivation for educational activities. Children with a variety of reinforcers are more motivated, on-task, and have less satiation than when offered unchanging reinforcement. This suggests that if a child with autism does not have a large repertoire of reinforcers, she will be easily satiated on few preferred items and progress can stagnate. In the current study changes in toy selection, during a multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment, were targeted by teaching pretend play skills with a task analysis, the use of direct reinforcement, and stimulus-stimulus pairing procedures. Results indicate that exposure to toys and teaching a child how to play with the toy have an effect on the preference for that toy. The pairing procedure shows inconsistent results. |
|
Increasing Child Initiations During Shared Reading Experiences: An Intervention for Preschoolers With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
SOPHIA R. D'AGOSTINO (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder demonstrate delays in early social interaction skills, such as responding to and initiating interactions with others (Freeden & Koegel, 2006). The effectiveness of an intervention to increase independent initiations of three young children with ASD during shared book experiences was examined. Using the multiple probe design, children's responses and initiations with a social partner were measured during baseline, intervention, and mastery sessions with generalization probes to novel books occurring during each phase. The intervention resulted an increase in verbal responses to adult initiations and children's independent pointing and verbal commenting to direct the adult's attention to an image in the shared book. Findings suggest that young children with ASD can independently initiate and respond during shared book experiences across various books when behaviors are systematically taught and reinforced. Future research should investigate effects of the current intervention combined with shared reading interventions aimed to increase early literacy skills in young children with ASD. |
|
|
|
|
Reevaluating the Big Picture: New Approaches to Old Dogma in ABA and Autism |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall C |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jonathan Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids) |
Discussant: Amanda C. Nicolson (Swan Consulting Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Lisa Stoddard, M.A. |
Abstract: More than five decades of research have documented the effectiveness of applied behavior analytic (ABA) treatment for individuals with autism spectrum disorder. The ABA service delivery industry has proliferated accordingly and various models of ABA treatment have been largely influenced by the research and practice sites where they originated. As clinical practices have spread, many traditional practices that have been components of larger models have maintained, regardless of whether research has shown those individual components to be crucial. This symposium brings together two presentations that reevaluate traditional practices and discuss directions for future research and practice. The first presentation, by Lisa Stoddard, discusses the concept of purpose-driven understanding at the level of the direct implementer ABA therapist. The second presentation, by Erin Herbe, is a program evaluation of the effects of transitioning from all-trials data collection to first trial data collection in a multiple baseline across three children with autism. The symposium concludes with a discussion by Dr. Amanda Adams. |
Keyword(s): data collection, principles, probe data |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts working with children with autism and interested in staff training and data collection issues |
|
What's the Point? Purpose-Driven Applied Behavior Analysis at the Implementer Level |
(Theory) |
Lisa Stoddard (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.), Jennifer L. Harris (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.), JONATHAN TARBOX (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids) |
Abstract: Procedural integrity has been emphasized as a critical piece of applied behavior analysis (ABA) service delivery and research, since the beginnings of our field. Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968) emphasized the importance of ABA procedures being described with technological precision, so that they can be replicated by others. Accordingly, the need for consistency is almost universally emphasized when training entry-level ABA therapists. A common practice across service delivery agencies has been to train entry-level ABA therapists to implement treatment protocols with a high degree of precision but training entry-level therapists on the overall purpose of individual programs may be less common. This presentation will revisit this common practice and discuss potential strengths and limitations. A behavioral conceptual analysis will be made in terms of therapist attending behavior and what various training practices may inadvertently result in (e.g., therapists paying more attention to data collection than to the teaching interaction, etc.). Potential directions for research and practice will be discussed. |
|
Data Schmata: Evaluating the Real-Life Effects of Switching to First-Trial Data Collection |
(Applied Research) |
ERIN HERBE (FirstSteps for Kids), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Jenna Stauffer (FirstSteps for Kids) |
Abstract: Collecting data during every discrete trial in the context of early intensive behavioral intervention for children with autism is the standard measurement system that has been recommended for decades. A small amount of existing research suggests that first-trial data collection may produce much the same results, thereby requiring less time and effort of therapists. However, little or no previous research has evaluated the effects of changing entire client programs from all-trials data collection to first-trial data collection, the very transition that would need to be done if first-trial data were to be adopted on a larger scale. The current program evaluation studied the effects of changing discrete trial data collection from all-trials to first-trial, across the entire EIBI programs of three children with autism. The results showed no consistent change in learning rate or in learning opportunities. Furthermore, parents and therapists consistently reported preference for first-trials data collection. |
|
|
|
|
Ethical Considerations and the Application of Restraint |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall D |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Britany Melton (Endicott College) |
Discussant: Samantha Russo (Endicott College) |
CE Instructor: Britany Melton, M.A. |
Abstract: Ethics are paramount in human services, especially behavior analysis (Goldiamond, 2002). The Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) has developed a code of ethics to determine ethical behavior in practitioners (Board, B. A. C. (2014). The development of this skill set, in practitioners, is of the utmost importance to continue to move the field forward. Located within the code of ethics is section 5, titled Behavior Analysts as Supervisors (Board, B. A. C., (2014). The BACB has recently released new supervision guidelines that outline a more stringent process to allow supervision to occur based on data collected and analyzed. Within applied behavior analysis, psychology and other human services the use of behavior skills training (BST), fluency, and other proven teaching methodology much be used to establish competency of skills is well established (St. Lawrence, J. S., Jefferson, K. W., Alleyne, E., & Brasfield, T. L. (1995). This however has not been readily applied to ethical behavior decision-making (Trevino & Youngblood, 1990). This paper will discuss how BST and other proven teaching methods can be applied to teach competency to decision making when ethical issues arise in clinical practice utilizing restraint. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Clinical Application, Ethics, Restraint |
Target Audience: Practitioners and Clinicians |
|
The Use of Contingent Restraint in a Clinical Setting |
JESSICA ZAWACKI (PAAL), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Gloria Satriale (PAAL) |
Abstract: PBS was developed in the 1990s as a way to address challenging behavior and enhance the quality of life of individuals with varying disabilities. While the use of reinforcement is essential and one of the most powerful tools in the Applied Behavior Analysis tool box, when all reinforcement and other positive strategies have been explored and are not success in addressing dangerous, challenging behaviors other methods of intervention must be considered. Contingent restraint is an intervention that has been used to successfully decrease or eliminate self-injurious or aggressive behaviors with individuals with developmental disabilities. ABAI hold specific standards addressing the use of contingent restraint and all guidelines were adhered to during the implementation of a restraint protocol with an adolescent diagnosed with autism who engaged in severe self-injury and aggression. Functional assessment indicated both behaviors were maintained by escape. Aggression had an additional reinforcing component of making aggressive contact with staff and self-injury had an additional automatic component. The protocol was carefully monitored and over 180 days' results yielded significant decreases in both target behaviors with an increase in compliance and mastery of critical life skills contributing to an overall better quality of life for the participant and his family. |
|
Reducing Restraint Duration With an Adult Population |
JESSICA BURNS (Eden Autism), Samantha Russo (Eden Autism; Endicott College), Christopher Tallmadge (Eden Autism) |
Abstract: Restraint has been a controversial component of treatment plans and emergency safety plans in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (Bailey et al., 2010). At times restraint may be necessary to maintain safety for clients and for staff members. The literature supports that injury rates are lower for both staff and clients when restraint is used as a component of a behavior support plan rather than as an emergency procedure (Williams, 2010). When restraint is included in behavior support plans it is a primary ethical concern for clinicians to fade restraint in the safest manner possible. The purpose of the current study was to replicate and extend on the methods used in Luiselli, Pace & Dunn (2006). |
|
|
|
|
Using Behavioral Pharmacology to Improve Opioid Use Disorder Treatment |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B |
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Kelly Dunn, Ph.D. |
Chair: Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire) |
KELLY DUNN (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Kelly Dunn is an Associate Professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences at Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. Dr. Dunn has an MS in Applied Biopsychology and a Ph.D.f in Human Behavioral Pharmacology. She has been involved with numerous studies related to substance abuse disorder, including clinical trial evaluations of novel medications for opioid and alcohol use disorders, as well as cigarette smoking. She has served as the site manager for several industry-sponsored trials of novel opioid products and behavioral treatments. Dr. Dunn is the principle investigator on four NIDA-funded studies that evaluate different aspects of opioid use disorder. She has published more than 40 articles in peer-reviewed journals, has editorial board appointments on the Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment and Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology, has received numerous honors in recognition of her research from national organizations, and regularly presents data at national meetings. She is an active member of several national organizations, provides regular media interviews and talks to local and national press on the topic of opioid use disorder, and is a member of several regional substance use-related advisory boards. Dr. Dunn is committed to improving access and quality of treatment for opioid use disorder. |
Abstract: The United States is in the midst of an opioid epidemic. Opioid use disorder is largely maintained through positive reinforcing mechanisms (a euphoric high following use of opioid agonists like heroin and OxyContin), and negative reinforcement (relief from the prominent withdrawal syndrome following removal of the drug in persons with opioid physical dependence). Opioid use disorder is distinct from other forms of drug use disorder in that numerous FDA-approved medications are available to address the positive and negative reinforcing aspects of opioid use disorder, including provision of opioid agonists for an extended period (maintenance) or reductions in doses over time (detoxification) to enable relapse prevention treatment. Yet, despite these resources a large number of patients do not succeed in treatment. Our research is using behavioral pharmacological paradigms to better understand mechanisms underlying individual differences in opioid response. The overall goal of this research is to inform development of new medications and methods to more effectively tailor treatment regimens to individuals. This talk will provide an overview of some human laboratory studies being conducted to inform clinical treatment of opioid use disorder and will present the results from some ongoing behavioral pharmacological efforts to examine mechanisms underlying individual response to opioids. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts, licensed psychologists, graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand the rationale for using different medications to treat of opioid use disorder; (2) understand how behavioral pharmacology can be used to inform clinical care of opioid use disorder patients; (3) discuss how pervasive individual differences in response to opioids are and how they may inform differential risk for acquiring opioid use disorder and/or response to treatment. |
|
|
|
|
Clinical Training and Practice Beyond Autism |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom AB |
Area: CBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University) |
Discussant: Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University) |
CE Instructor: Michelle Ennis Soreth, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The symposium will outline a brief history of behavior analysis and emphasize the broad scope of its philosophy, its science, and its practice. While early behavior analysis aspired to find solutions for virtually all matters of human concern, modern behavior analysis has been subdivided into clinical, applied, and basic domains, and current research and training of behavior analysts tend to be focused on service provision in autism spectrum and other developmental disorders. Consequences of such narrow training will be discussed, first in terms of curriculum design and training missions, and then in terms of the practical implications of narrow training. To preserve ABAI's mission to contribute to the wellbeing of society, behavior analysts need training consistent with the regulatory frameworks supporting a broad scope of practice and the tools necessary to effectively address contextual factors that impact science and practice with diverse populations. The symposium is relevant to students, practitioners, and researchers who have an interest to train, practice, or study the philosophy and the science of behavior analysis broadly. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Clinical training, diversity, scope |
Target Audience: The symposium is relevant to students, practitioners, and researchers who have an interest to train, practice, or study the philosophy and the science of behavior analysis broadly. |
|
Scope of Practice in Behavior Analysis: The Sins of the Father Are to be Laid Upon the Children |
(Theory) |
THOMAS J. WALTZ (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: While behavior analysis can be applied to all areas of human concern, it is difficult for behavior analysts to obtain training consistent with professional standards and regulations that govern working with clinical presentations other than Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and Intellectual/Developmental Disabilities (IDD). It is a tragic irony that the majority of evidence-based behavior therapies for psychological disorders have their roots in behavior analysis, yet it is rare for Association for Behavior Analysis International or Behavior Analyst Certification Board accredited training programs to produce graduates eligible to legally and ethically use these therapies. These training limitations reflect the failure of early leaders in our field to track professional practice metacontingencies, and it will take a substantial and coordinated effort by the behavior analysis community to realign our training programs with the demands of the regulatory environment. An overview of the regulatory landscape for broad scope of practice service provision will be provided and the essential elements of training programs for behavior analysts to be qualified to work in diverse settings and diverse clients as clinical psychologists will be described. Changing training programs will come at great cost, but will be necessary for behavior analysis to thrive beyond ASD and IDD. |
|
Increasing Behavior Analysts' Sensitivity to the Impact of Social Contingencies |
(Service Delivery) |
LILLIAN ELLIS (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: In 1967, the year of the Detroit riots, Martin Luther King Jr. emphasized that behavioral science plays a role in social movements. He challenged attendees of the American Psychological Association's annual conference to examine their assumptions about what constitutes "maladjustment" in social conditions that demand change rather than complacency. He asked whether a failure to adjust might not be the contextually appropriate response. More than half a century later, we propose it is time for behavior analysts to heed MLK's call and investigate how social contingencies might influence and skew our views of "inappropriate" or "maladaptive" behavior and inadvertently perpetuate assumptions or practices that are inconsistent with the science and the philosophy of behavior analysis. Unexamined assumptions might affect how we treat people with marginalized identities, among them older adults and people with disabilities, people with persistent mental health diagnoses, women, ethnic and racial minorities, members of the LGBT community, and people with lower socioeconomic status. We suggest that broad training in behavior analysis is required to safeguard the field's humanism, and we will give clinical/applied examples to support our argument. |
|
|
|
|
Capture and Control: Promoting and Preventing Distraction by Reward-Related Stimuli |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9 |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Kyonka, Ph.D. |
Chair: Elizabeth Kyonka (University of New England) |
MIKE LE PELLEY (University of New South Wales Sydney) |
Mike Le Pelley is an Associate Professor in the School of Psychology at UNSW Sydney (Australia). He completed a Ph.D. in Experimental Psychology at the University of Cambridge, studying the role of associative learning processes in human behavior. After his Ph.D., Mike held the Sir Alan Wilson Fellowship at Emmanuel College, University of Cambridge, followed by a move to a lectureship at Cardiff University, In 2011 he was awarded an Australian Research Council Future Fellowship and moved to the University of New South Wales (as it was then known) in Sydney, Australia. Since 2015 he has been working as a faculty member at UNSW Sydney (as it is now known), and since 2017 he has also been a Mercator Fellow at the Philipps University of Marburg, Germany. Most of Mike's research has a component of associative learning in it; for example recent projects have investigated the influence of reward learning on attention (using behavioral studies, eye-tracking, and EEG), the contribution of learning and prediction processes to schizophrenia, and how basic learning mechanisms can explain examples of so-called �metacognitive� behavior in nonhuman animals. |
Abstract: Selection is central in everything we do, from the highest-level decisions (which candidate should I vote for?) to the lowest (where should I move my eyes next?). So what determines when a stimulus will be selected for action, versus being ignored? Research on attentional selection has shown that stimuli with distinctive physical features (color, brightness, loudness, etc.) can exert control over our behavior even when this conflicts with the goal of our current task; for example, when driving we might be distracted by a loud noise from the back seat. Recent work has gone further by demonstrating that distraction is not purely a function of the physical salience of stimuli: it is also influenced by prior learning about association with reward. I will review evidence for this value-modulated attentional capture effect from behavioral studies, eye-tracking, and EEG, showing that rewards exert a rapid and pervasive influence on attentional selection. This effect is somewhat analogous to demonstrations of sign-tracking in nonhuman animals, and (much as for sign-tracking) preliminary evidence indicates it might be related to development of addictive behaviors. Finally, I will describe evidence suggesting that counterproductive effects of reward on attention can be reduced, if not overcome, via instrumental conditioning. |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts interested in the psychology of learning and attention, and in psychological mechanisms of addiction. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how various experimental techniques (behavioral studies, eye-tracking, and electroencephalography) have been used to study the influence of reward learning on attentional behavior; (2) describe how the effect of rewards on behavior might reflect the interaction of Pavlovian and instrumental conditioning processes; and (3) describe evidence showing that the relationship between rewards and attention might relate to the occurrence of addictive behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
Prompt-Dependency or Prompt-Maintained Behavior? An Analysis of Prompts as Consequences |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C |
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Elbert Blakely (Quest, Inc.; Florida Institute Technology) |
CE Instructor: Elbert Blakely, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Prompt-dependency is a common problem amongst individuals with developmental disabilities. Individuals who are “prompt-dependent” often appear to simply wait to be prompted rather than engaging in the target behavior, regardless of the power of the reinforcement available to them for completing said behavior. Because practitioners cannot simply allow the individuals they work with to wait indefinitely, prompting often becomes a necessary component in these situations. In this symposium, presenters will posit that we should re-examine the way that we look at prompts and instead of only treating them as an antecedent to the target behaviors, should also explore their impact as a consequence for the behaviors occurring during this “active-waiting” period. Is it possible that the prompts being used to encourage the performance of a target behavior are actually reinforcing the active-waiting behaviors that precede them? Presenters will discuss ways to analyze and treat prompts as consequential stimuli, or reinforcers, and the types of treatment procedures that may be informed by this re-labeling. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): functional analysis, functional assessment, Prompt dependency, prompt-dependency |
Target Audience: Practitioners |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) further understand the relationship between prompting and "active waiting"; (2) understand and replicate two types of functional assessments related to prompting; (3) more accurately hypothesize the function of "active waiting." |
|
Evaluating the Use of Signaled Extinction to Promote Independence and Decrease Emotional Responding Associated With Prompt Maintained Behavior |
(Applied Research) |
TARA OLIVIA LOUGHREY (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities), Jessica Cadette Dunn (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities), Maria Soto (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities) |
Abstract: Prompt maintained behavior is a commonly reported concern for individuals receiving intervention services (Hume, Loftin, & Lantz, 2009). Reliance on adult prompts can contribute to poor long-term outcomes for adults with autism. This study will evaluate the use of signaled extinction (removal of adult prompts) with the use of a work alone card to promote independence and reduction of emotional responding during various activities in which the participant had demonstrated mastery. The intervention was selected following a functional analysis on prompt maintained behavior. Signaled extinction versus a control condition will be evaluated using multielement and reversal designs across different activities with an adolescent with autism in a school setting. The results are discussed in terms of the utility for adolescents and young adults with histories of prompt maintained behavior. |
|
Prompts as Consequences: An Investigation of Stimulus Functions |
(Applied Research) |
GRANT MICHAEL INGRAM (Florida Institute of Technology), Elbert Blakely (Quest, Inc.) |
Abstract: Traditionally behavior analysts have evaluated prompts in terms of their stimulus properties as antecedent stimuli that evoke a desired response. Indeed, Cooper, Heron, and Heward (2007) defines them as "supplementary antecedent stimuli used to occasion a correct response in the presence of an SD that will eventually control behavior" (p. 287). However, prompts, specifically their termination or presentation, can also be consequences of behavior. For example, the termination of prompts is often an element of the "demand" condition in functional analyses, which have been studied extensively (see Hanley, Iwata, & McCord, 2003 for a review). Moreover, prompts can be delivered as an element of error correction. However, research has not yet investigated whether prompts, apart from other procedures, can function as negative or positive reinforcers. Thus, the current set of experiments evaluates the effects of prompt presentation and termination on tantrum and choice behavior. |
|
A Brief Functional Analysis of Prompt-Maintained Behavior |
(Applied Research) |
LOGAN MCDOWELL (The Tikvah Center) |
Abstract: Prompt dependency, or the tendency for individuals to “actively wait” for prompts rather than engaging in a target behavior, is one potential side effect of prolonged exposure to discrete, trial-based learning. It has been suggested that the term prompt dependency should be replaced by a more function based label, such as prompt-maintained behavior. This change shifts the focus to the behaviors that occur prior to, and are potentially reinforced by, the delivery of a prompt. In this study we attempted to analyze these behaviors using a brief functional analysis. First we identified which behaviors commonly occurred prior to prompting, and then we exposed the participant to different prompt levels dependent upon his performance of those behaviors. Results demonstrated that the participant did not perform the behaviors in the alone condition, and that there was a degree of differentiation in the frequency of these behaviors between the different prompt levels. These results may have important implications when designing treatments for individuals who engage in prompt-maintained behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Anyone Can Do It: Impact of Behavior Skills Training and Practice-Based Coaching to Train Professionals Across Settings |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom C |
Area: TBA/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Rose A. Mason (Purdue University) |
CE Instructor: Rose A. Mason, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Improvement in skills for individuals with developmental disabilities and autism requires highly concentrated exposure to evidence-based interventions delivered with a high degree of procedural integrity. Thus, maximizing progress necessitates interventions be available across settings and that those professionals charged with delivery be well-trained. Accomplishing this requires identification of training methods that are not only effective but feasible within the natural contexts. Behavior skills training (BST) and Practice-Based Coaching (PBC) are two professional development strategies with evidence of increasing skills for service providers across a variety of contexts including schools, clinics, and day treatment programs. However, strategies aimed at increasing the efficiency and sustainability of both types of professional development are needed. This symposium will present studies that explore variations in both methods, such as group delivery and self-monitoring, to train day treatment service providers, teachers, and future behavior analysts in day treatment programs, schools, and clinics. Suggestions for future research and implications for practice will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): Behavior-Skills Training, Coaching, Developmental Disabilities |
Target Audience: BCBAs who provide training and professional development for teachers and service providers in community centers and/or day treatment programs as well as BCBAs that supervice BCBA supervisees |
Learning Objectives: Attendees will: 1. Understand the importance of follow-up and treatment 2. Learn steps to behavior skills training and practice-based coaching 3. Identify effective variations to increase efficiency and maintenance of training protocols |
|
Effects of Behavioral Skills Training on Staff Implementation of Functional Communication Training |
EMILY GREGORI (Purdue University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Catharine Lory (Purdue University), So Yeon Kim (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities often engage in challenging behavior (Emerson et al., 2001). Direct service providers (DSP) who serve adults with IDD are often unprepared to manage severe behavior problems (Manente et al., 2010). Behavioral skills training (BST) is a training package that has been used to train educators, parents, and paraprofessionals to implement a variety of behavioral interventions. However no studies have evaluated the effects of BST on DSP implementation of FCT. Three DPSs and three adults with IDD (i.e., consumers) participated in the current study. We evaluated the effects of a brief 30 min BST session on DSP implementation of FCT using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across DSP and consumer dyads. Additionally, we evaluated the effects of FCT on consumer challenge behavior and communication. Results indicated that BST was effective in increasing DSP fidelity of FCT. However, an additional coaching phase was necessary for DSPs to reach mastery criteria. Immediately following the implementation of FCT, consumer challenging behavior decreased to near zero levels, and appropriate communication increased. Finally, DSPs were asked to complete a social validity questionnaire. Findings suggest that BST is an efficient, effective, and socially valid method to train DSPs in FCT. |
|
Comparing Instructor Feedback and Self-Monitoring Within a Behavior Skills Training Package to Train Preservice Behavior Analysts to Conduct Preference Assessments |
Regan Weston (Baylor University), GABRIELA JUANITA RIVERA (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Kristin O'Guinn (Baylor University), Supriya Radhakrishnan (Baylor University) |
Abstract: Behavior skills training (BST) has been shown to be an effective strategy for teaching new skills. Current research indicates that feedback and modeling may be the most active components of BST for teaching some skills. Self-monitoring may be a viable option for sustained training effects, thus increasing the potential for continued skill across time. Given the evidence suggesting its efficacy for use as a training package, BST should be considered as an option for training future behavior analysts to implement behavior change strategies. Further, training future practitioners to engage in self-monitoring skills may enhance training and promote generalized skills across time. The current study compares two BST training packages, one with instructor feedback and one with self-monitoring, in an multielement design embedded within a multiple baseline across participants design to train masters level graduate students to conduct preference assessments. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the effects of instructor feedback and self-monitoring on treatment integrity outcomes by determining whether instructor feedback and self-monitoring are effective strategies to promote desirable outcomes when training preservice behavior analysts to conduct preference assessments. |
|
Implementation of Practice-Based Coaching With Teachers: Impact of Group Training to Increase Fidelity of Implementation of Discrete Trial Training |
ROSE MASON (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Evidence-based practices have the potential to improve outcomes for students with developmental disabilities yet these practices are rarely implemented accurately. For example, teachers are not supported during the implementation process and are rarely evaluated on the degree to which the specific intervention has been conducted as intended. Therefore, the exact implementation of an evidence-based practice is limited and has been characterized as "one shot" due to the lack of systematic follow-up necessary to sustain the evidence-base practice. Teachers have reported little follow-up training on the programs they were expected to use and therefore utilized the components that "worked for them." The failure to implement these practices to fidelity and sustain the use of these practices is considered to be a large part of the poor outcomes experienced by students in special education programs. Research notes that teachers must receive instruction and feedback from instructors in order to implement evidence-based practice (Kennedy & Thomas, 2012; Lane, Bocian, MacMillan, & Greshman, 2004). Furthermore, numerous researchers have documented increased implementation of evidence-based strategies when instruction, coaching, and feedback are provided. Practice-based coaching is one method for accomplishing this yet is often resource prohibitive when provided on a teacher-by-teach basis. Group practice-based coaching, however is one option to train teachers to a high degree of fidelity with fewer personnel resources. Utilizing a multiple-baseline design across groups of teachers, this study evaluated the functional relationship between implementation of practice-based coaching in a group format and increases in teachers' fidelity of implementation of discrete trial training for students with developmental disabilities. Implementation of practice-based coaching resulted in an immediate increase in percentage of steps implemented correctly for all groups with each individual teacher reaching the criterion of 85% accuracy within three coaching sessions. Social validity and implications for practice will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Communicating to the Public: Podcasts, Psych 101, Technology, and Other Ways to Reach Lots of People |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom D-F |
Area: TBA/CSS; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Scott A. Miller, M.S. |
Chair: Brendan James Böhr (Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis) |
SCOTT A. MILLER (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
MIRANDA DRAKE (Behavior Plus) |
SHANE SPIKER (New Architects, LLC) |
Abstract: Recent graduates and current graduate students working out the world have found innovative ways to communicate the science of behavior with a large ranging audience. These are there stories. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: undergraduates, graduate students, teachers, practitioners |
Learning Objectives: At the end of this presentation, audience members will be able to 1) List at least two strategies for reaching a wide audience to disseminate behavior analysis 2) Explain how behavior analysis can be incorporated into a general psychology course 3) Describe how technology can be used to disseminate behavior analysis |
Keyword(s): dissemination |
|
|
|
|
Recent Advances in Teaching Social and Communication Skills to Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom G |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sarah J. Pastrana (University of British Columbia) |
Discussant: Lorraine Otte (Endicott College) |
CE Instructor: Sarah J. Pastrana, M.S. |
Abstract: Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is a neurodevelopmental disorder characterized by repetitive and invariant behaviors and impairments in social communication skills (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). Deficits in social communication skills among individuals with ASD often affect both vocal and nonvocal communication. Social communication deficits can interfere with an individual's ability to develop and maintain relationships (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). This symposium will include four presentations related to social and communication skills in individuals with ASD. The first study conducted an assessment of conversation skills with college students diagnosed with ASD and provided intervention based on the three most significant deficits identified. The second study evaluated the effects computer-based training and role-play with peers on the conversation skills of adults diagnosed with ASD. The third study evaluated the effects of joint video modeling on the vocalizations and play actions of preschool children diagnosed with ASD. The final study compared the effects of response-contingent stimulus pairing and operant discrimination training on conditioning neutral vocal stimuli as reinforcers for children diagnosed with ASD. We will discuss the implications of the studies in terms of teaching social and communication skills to individuals diagnosed with ASD. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Computer-based instruction, Conditioning procedures, Conversation skills, Social skills |
Target Audience: Clinicians, practitioners, researchers |
|
College Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder: Assessing and Teaching Conversation Skills |
CHRISTINE STIEHL (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Taylor Custer (University of Houston Clear Lake), Brittany Zey (University of Houston Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Many individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) currently attend college, and increasing numbers of students with ASD are expected to enroll in the upcoming years. Within this population, pragmatic language and behavior is often a primary deficit. However, limited investigation of assessment and intervention for social language deficits in postsecondary students with ASD has resulted in a paucity of evidenced-based support for this population. In this study, we extended an assessment of conversation skills initially administered to a child and two adolescents with ASD (Hood, Luczynski, & Mitteer, 2017) to college students with ASD and provided intervention based on the three most significant deficits identified. Intervention consisted of Behavioral Skills Training (BST) with additional in-situ training if the skill did not initially generalize to novel conversation partners and settings. Results for one participant thus far suggest that extending the modified assessment to adults with high-functioning ASD may be appropriate as an initial evaluation of weak pragmatic abilities. Results also provide empirical support for implementing BST to improve conversations skills with this population. |
|
Improving Conversation Skills of Adults With Autism in a Group Setting via Computer-Based Training |
TAYLOR CUSTER (University of Houston Clear Lake), Christine Stiehl (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that behavioral skills training (BST) is highly effective in teaching new skills to individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), but implementation may be challenging in a group format. In the current study, we combined computer-based training (CBT) and role-play with peers to simultaneously target the conversation skills of five adults diagnosed with ASD. Experimenters initially identified three unique conversation skill deficits for each participant. During training, participants received the definition, rationale, and video demonstrations of their individualized target behaviors via CBT. Participants then practiced the skills by speaking with other participants during 5-min conversations while receiving delayed feedback from the experimenter. Generalization probes with non-training peers and typically developing adults were conducted throughout all phases. Three participants mastered all three target skills, one participant mastered two target skills, and one participant mastered one target skill across eight, 2-hour sessions. Eleven of the total 12 skills targeted during the training generalized to novel peers and typically developing adults. Maintenance was assessed 6 weeks following the training conclusion. Ten of the 12 skills maintained at the 6-week follow-up session. Results have implications for developing effective, practical approaches for teaching conversation skills in a group format. |
|
Effects of Joint Video Modeling on Verbalizations of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
ANA DUENAS GARCIA (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) require explicit interventions that target pretend play behaviors with their peers (Ingersoll, 2010; Hume, Bellini & Pratt, 2005). In Joint Video Modeling (JVM) researchers present a video model to both a typical peer and a child with ASD simultaneously, and contrive opportunities to imitate behaviors observed in the video. JVM has been demonstrated effective for teaching scripted responses but gains in unscripted responses have not been observed. The present investigation, evaluated the effects of JVM with three preschool children with ASD in an inclusive preschool setting. A multiple probe across participants design was used to evaluate the effects of JVM on scripted and unscripted verbalizations and play actions during baseline, intervention and generalization probes. The participants demonstrated an increase in scripted and unscripted verbalizations during pretend play with typically developing peers. Consistent with previous investigations (MacDonald e 2009; Maione & Miranda, 2006) JVM may be an effective intervention for increasing novel pretend play among children with ASD. |
|
Comparison of Response-Contingent Stimulus Pairing and Operant Discrimination Training to Establish Vocal Stimuli as Reinforcers |
SARAH J. PASTRANA (University of British Columbia), Laura L. Grow (Garden Academy) |
Abstract: Conditioned reinforcers are used frequently in behavioral interventions for individuals with developmental disabilities. It is common to use several reinforcers in behavioral interventions to account for changes in preference over time and to reduce the likelihood of satiation (Moher, Gould, Hegg, & Mahoney, 2008). Conditioning procedures are effective for increasing the number of stimuli that function as reinforcers. Although a number of studies have evaluated the effects of different conditioning procedures, additional research is needed to identify the most effective method(s) of establishing conditioned reinforcers. The purpose of the current study was to compare the effectiveness of response-contingent stimulus pairing (RCSP) and operant discrimination training (ODT) to condition vocal stimuli as reinforcers. Five individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder between the ages of 6 and 12 years old participated in the study. An adapted alternating treatments design was used to evaluate the effects of RCSP and ODT on neutral vocal stimuli. The effects of the conditioning procedures on neutral vocal stimuli were idiosyncratic across participants; both conditioning procedures were effective in increasing responding to previously neutral vocal stimuli for three of the five participants. Clinical implications of the study outcomes will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Emerging Reliability and Validity Properties of the PEAK Relational Training System |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom F |
Area: AUT/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Mariah Patz (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Seth W. Whiting (Central Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Brooke Diane Walker, M.S. |
Abstract: Traditional applied behavior analytic treatment options for individuals with autism have been empirically supported and implemented in clinical practice for many years. The impact of these treatments have been pivotal for reducing challenging behavior and increasing skill repertoires for individuals with autism. Although these traditional methods have provided significant change for many people, as a science we must continue to explore new technologies and improve methodologies for teaching new skills and complex repertoires. One of these new technologies includes the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System (PEAK), which is comprised of four assessment and curriculum modules that range from traditional verbal behavior to teaching complex relational skills through relational training. The current symposium will explore how the PEAK Relational Training System promotes relational learning and how these skills are correlated with measures of intelligence, executive functioning, challenging behavior, and other verbal assessments. Construct validity will also be examined for newly released PEAK pre-assessments. Additionally, samples of how the skills in the PEAK system align with normative age groups will be examined.The implications of these psychometric properties and relational responding for the treatment of individuals with autism will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): PEAK, Relational Training |
Target Audience: Clinicians, ABA Therapists, BCBA's, RBTS, Students of Behavior Analysis |
|
An Updated Analysis of the Reliability, Validity, and Effectiveness of the PEAK Relational Training System: Relationships to Intelligence, Executive Functioning, and Internal Construct Validity |
BECKY BARRON (Southern Illinois University), Dana Paliliunas (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The PEAK Relational Training System is an assessment and curriculum guide that targets language and cognitive skills for children with autism and other disabilities. These assessments and curriculum programs target skills through four types of training: Direct training, promoting generalization, equivalence-based training, and relational training. Between 2014 and 2016, four modules were released and were quickly picked up by parents, teachers, and clinicians. The purpose of the current presentation is to provide an up-to-date analysis of the reliability, validity, and overall effectiveness of this system. Correlations between the PEAK assessments and other common assessments of intelligence, executive functioning, basic learning concepts, challenging behavior, and other verbal behavior assessments suggest that PEAK is a reliable and predictable measure in relationship to these other assessments. Construct validity of the assessments will be discussed when comparing parent and clinician indirect reports to direct assessment of children’s skills. Finally, the effectiveness of PEAK as it relates to improvements in intelligence scores will also be discussed. |
|
The Relationship Between the PEAK Direct Training Pre-Assessment and Indirect Assessment and Implications for Clinical Practice |
Hayden Rizer (The University of Southern Mississippi), Laura-Katherine K Barker (The University of Southern Mississippi), Robyn Brewer (The University of Southern Mississippi), Breanna Newborne (The University of Southern Mississippi), Madeline Potter (The University of Southern Mississippi), JAMES MOORE (The University of Southern Mississippi; Canopy Children's Solutions) |
Abstract: When considering evidence-based treatments for clients, it is imperative for practitioners to research the validity of any assessments used. Utilizing assessment tools that are empirically supported and thoroughly researched aid practitioners in delivering effective and efficient interventions. The purpose of the present study was to examine the assessment components in the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge (PEAK) Relational Training System Direct Training Module for children with autism. Research is warranted on the psychometric properties of the PEAK DT module assessments to ensure practitioners have an accurate depiction of the utility of the indirect and pre-assessment packages, and their respective agreeance with direct assessment scores. With a better understanding of the statistical relations between factor scores, our field as a science can benefit by ensuring that we are administering assessments that best serve our clients, in addition to bridging communication gaps between applied behavior analysis and other scientific communities. Assessments were completed for 30 children with autism, with parents having completed indirect assessments, and pre-assessment and direct assessment packages completed in a clinical setting, and agreement was calculated across each PEAK DT Factor. Results indicate that the PEAK DT Preassessment yields moderate agreement with the PEAK DT Indirect completed by parents, and that the Preassessment appears to predict performance on the Direct Assessment module. IOA was collected across 40% of sessions and averaged 95%. |
|
Assessing Performance on the PEAK Equivalence Module Pre-Assessment in a Normative Sample and a Sample of Children With Autism |
KYLE E. ROWSEY (University of Southern Mississippi), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Given the rising number of individuals diagnosed with autism and other developmental disabilities or intellectual impairments, it is imperative that treatment address the behavioral deficits and excesses associated with these individuals' diagnoses. While treating these issues is of utmost importance, we also need to find effective, and efficient, empirically-based treatments. One method of potentially increasing the efficiency of training is to use derived relational responding to facilitate the acquisition of targeted skills. The current studies seek to assess how a sample of typically developing individuals compare to a sample of individuals with autism on a behavior analytic assessment: The PEAK Equivalence Module. (PEAK-E; Dixon, 2015). Two experiments were conducted to assess the performance of these individuals on the PEAK-E. The results of their performance were then analyzed to determine at what age various skills assessed by the PEAK-E Pre-Assessment might be expected to emerge in a typically developing population, and how the results of the PEAK-E Pre-Assessment with individuals with autism relate to the results of their typically developing peers. The results and implications of these findings will be discussed. |
|
An Investigation of the Validity of PEAK Transformation: An Assessment of Relational Responding, Normative Sampling, and IQ |
BROOKE DIANE WALKER (Invo-Progressus Therapy), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Assessing higher-level verbal repertoires of individuals with autism and related intellectual disabilities is crucial due to the language and cognitive deficits experienced by this population as well as is the need for valid assessment tools for data-driven and individualized treatment. In addition to, curricula or instructional protocols that produce changes toward improvement of language and cognitive skills are vital to the overall well being of these individuals. Several assessments and instructional guides are available to behavior analysts however few have demonstrated evidence of validity, reliability, and/or utility in its effectiveness in producing causal changes in higher-level cognition and adaptive ability. The presentation will present correlational data between PEAK-T with IQ (WISC-V) as well as provide preliminary normative sample data of PEAK-T-PA with neurotypical children. |
|
|
|
|
Communication-Based Interventions: Refinements and Extensions |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall A |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Megan A. Boyle (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Tyra P. Sellers (Utah State University) |
CE Instructor: Megan A. Boyle, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Establishing an appropriate mand repertoire is an important first step during interventions for individuals with challenging behavior, complex communication needs, or both. Although mands are the most frequently studied verbal operant from the functional taxonomy proposed by B.F. Skinner (Sautter & LeBlanc, 2006), much is still unknown about the instructional circumstances that are critical to their acquisition and maintenance. The first talk describes research that compared the efficiency with which practitioners might bring established mands under discriminative control (via multiple schedules) while maintaining low levels of problem behavior using arbitrary or naturalistic stimuli. The second talk in this symposium describes a study which evaluated the probability of mand acquisition during a modified functional communication training (FCT) program in which instruction was only provided when functional reinforcers were abolished. The third talk describes the antecedents and consequences necessary to bring mands for "when" under appropriate environmental control and highlights a training protocol that incorporated these variables into an effective intervention for three participants. The final talk describes research which evaluates the effectiveness of a training protocol designed to teach care providers to implement discrimination training with high fidelity. The symposium ends with a discussion that synthesizes emergent themes. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Challenging behavior, Communication training, Mands |
Target Audience: Master's and doctoral-level practitioners and researchers |
Learning Objectives: 1. Learn how to incorporate naturally occurring stimuli into FCT 2. Learn how to incorporate caregivers into FCT 3. Learn various methods of thinning reinforcement schedules following FCT |
|
Comparison of Naturalistic and ArrangedDiscriminative StimuliDuring Schedule Thinning Following Functional Communication Training |
MEGAN A. BOYLE (Missouri State University), Kara Forck (Missouri State University), Kaitlin Curtis (Missouri State University), Brittany Fudge (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: Following FCT, it is common to thin the schedule of reinforcement through a multiple schedule in which components are signaled via "arranged," or arbitrary, SDs. For example, colored cards are often used to signal SD and S-delta periods. A few published studies have also reported the use of "naturalistic," or socially valid SDs, including caregivers talking on the phone ("busy") and caregivers reading ("not busy") (Kuhn, Chirighin, & Zelenka, 2010; Leon, Hausman, Kahng, & Becraft, 2010; Shamlian et al., 2016). Even fewer have reported comparisons between the types of schedule-thinning stimuli (cf. Shamlian et al., 2016). The current study replicates and extends the schedule-thinning literature by comparing rates of mand differentiation and problem behavior during schedule thinning following FCT with arranged and naturalistic SDs with a child with autism. The current study will also replicate procedures used by Betz, Fisher, Roane, Mintz, and Owen (2013) by evaluating the extent to which arranged and naturalistic SDs facilitate rapid schedule thinning (i.e., increasing the duration of S-delta periods without gradual thinning). |
|
Evaluating the Effect of Establishing Operations on Response Acquisition During Functional Communication Training |
JOSEPH MICHAEL LAMBERT (Vanderbilt University), Jessica Torelli Roane (Vanderbilt University), Nealetta Houchins-Juarez (Vanderbilt University), Savannah Tate (Vanderbilt University), Jessica Lee Paranczak (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Previous applied research has shown that independent manding is not likely emerge when functional communication training (FCT) is implemented in conjunction with dense schedules of noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) but does emerge when it is implemented after NCR schedules have been leaned. One interpretation of these data may be that clients are unlikely to acquire mands when functional reinforcers are abolished and that FCT is optimally effective in the presence of relevant establishing operations (EO). However, it is also possible that participants learned mand-consequence relations during FCT + NCR but only demonstrated learned relations when it became necessary to do so; the first time that both discriminative stimuli and EOs were simultaneously present. The purpose of this study was to evaluate whether indepedendent manding would emerge during no-prompt probes (i.e., when therapeutic contingencies were enforced but not trained) following training sessions that exclusively occurred in contexts in which functional consequences were abolished as reinforcers. |
|
Teaching the Mand, "When?" to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
TALIA CRABB (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders struggle with many verbal operants, including mands, and especially mands for information, as the relevant consequence is not an immediate tangible stimulus. The purpose of this study was to extend the work of Shillingsburg et al. (2011), Somers et al. (2014), and Landa et al. (2017) by teaching three children with autism spectrum disorder to mand, "when?" under appropriate antecedent and consequence control. In other words, the current study sought to teach children to request information in appropriate and relevant contexts. Trials were alternated between previously mastered mands for information, AO (item), AO (information), and EO conditions across 5 unavailability statements, 17 items, multiple instructors, and multiple settings. All three participants learned to mand, "when?" under appropriate antecedent control and demonstrated generalization with novel instructors and in natural situations. Other mands for information (i.e., "where?") were maintained. Recommendations for future research on manding for information will be discussed. |
|
Parent-Implemented Multiple Schedules |
CLAUDIA CAMPOS (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Anna Garcia (University of South Florida), Jennifer Rebecca Weyman (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is a commonly used treatment for individuals who engage in severe problem behavior. Functional communication training, however, has some limitations in application. Individuals may engage in the communication response at high rates and during inappropriate situations, leading to responses being unreinforced by parents and caregivers in the natural environment. Multiple schedules have been used to thin the schedules of reinforcement within the context of FCT because they maintain appropriate levels of the communication response and low levels of problem behavior by establishing stimulus control over the appropriate response. Multiple schedules have been implemented in a variety of settings and by different trainers. However, to date, no research study has trained parents to implement multiple schedules. Therefore, the purpose of this study is to train parents to use multiple schedules consisting of fixed ratio (FR 1) / extinction (EXT) components to thin schedules of reinforcement in children with developmental and intellectual disabilities. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Coaching Methods to Improve Sport and Fitness Performance |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom DE |
Area: DEV/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University) |
Discussant: Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Raymond G. Miltenberger, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavioral coaching methods apply behavior analytic principles and strategies (e.g., positive and negative reinforcement, task analyzing skills, and behavioral skills training) and have been used to improve performance across a variety of sport and fitness skills (e.g., Luiselli, Wood, & Reed, 2011). Previous research has demonstrated the effectiveness of various behavioral coaching strategies to teach a variety of sport and fitness skills, such as soccer (Brobst & Ward, 2002), football (Harrison & Pyles, 2013; Stokes, Luiselli, & Reed, 2010), dance (Quinn, Miltenberger, & Fogel, 2015), basketball (Kladopoulos & McComas, 2001), and golf (Fogel, Weil, & Burris, 2010). This symposium reviews four studies designed to evaluate (a) the TAGteach intervention package to teach beginner yoga poses to novice adult yoga practitioners, (b) a negative reinforcement procedure to improve passing performance of female college lacrosse players, (c) behavioral skills training to improve field hockey hits of young players, and (d) auditory feedback to improve throwing a "right cross" in adult mixed martial arts students. Across all studies, results demonstrated the effectiveness of these behavioral coaching methods to improve independent performance of these sports and fitness skills. Results are discussed in terms of implications, limitations, and considerations for future research. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): auditory feedback, negative reinforcement, sports performance, TAGteach |
Target Audience: Graduate students Teachers and coaches Behavior Analysts |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the components of the TAGteach intervention package. 2. Describe the use of negative reinforcement to improve performance of college athletes. 3. Describe the use of auditory feedback to increase sports performance. 4. Describe the application of behavioral skills training to teach sports skills to young athletes. |
|
Comparison of TAGteach Error-Correction Procedures to Teach Beginner Yoga Poses to Novice Adult Practitioners |
TALIA MARIA ENNETT (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University) |
Abstract: TAGteach is a multi-component intervention package involving the use of teaching with acoustical guidance (TAG), a teaching procedure that uses an audible stimulus (e.g., click sound) to indicate that a desired behaviour has occurred (Fogel, Weil, & Burris, 2010). TAGteach has been found to effectively improve performance in sports (Fogel et al., 2010), dance (Quinn, Miltenberger, & Fogel, 2015), surgical techniques (Levy, Pryor, & McKeon, 2016), and walking (Persicke, Jackson, & Adams, 2014). An adapted alternating treatments design was used to compare the effectiveness and efficiency of the standard TAGteach error-correction procedure and a modified TAGteach error-correction procedure to teach four novice adult yoga practitioners beginner yoga poses. Results showed that both error-correction procedures were effective for all participants; however, the relative efficiency of these error-correction procedures remains unclear. Results are discussed in terms of implications, limitations, and considerations for future research. |
|
Improving Passing Performance of Women's College Lacrosse Players |
JESSE DEPAOLO (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology), Ada C. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: This study examined the use of negative reinforcement to improve performance of female college athletes. Twelve varsity lacrosse players who attended a private college in the Southeastern United States participated in the study. The team coaches wanted players to "put names on passes" defined as saying the name of a player who should catch the ball at least one second before the catch. A total of 100 passes were recorded during a practice and for every 20 passes that included a name, the players had to run one less of five mandatory end-of-practice sprints. The intervention was evaluated using an ABAB design. Results indicated that negative reinforcement was successful for improving names on passes but performance did not sustain when the intervention was removed. Players rated the intervention as acceptable but only 7 out of 12 thought it should continue to be used in future practices. |
|
The Effect of Behavioral Skills Training on Shot Performance in Field Hockey |
KELSEY O'NEILL (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis procedures have been used to improve sports performance and enhance player safety across a wide variety of sports. Some sports that have been evaluated include, but are not limited to, soccer, football, dancing, pole vaulting, basketball, and golf. A sample of the application of behavior analysis to enhancing sports performance consists of behavioral coaching, performance posting, goal setting, TAGteach, and more recently, behavioral skills training. Behavioral skills training is an active learning process that consists of instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback of a target behavior. The current study evaluated the effects of behavioral skills training on three common field hockey hits, a slap shot, drive, and sweep for three young field hockey players. The procedures were evaluated in a multiple baseline across behaviors for three players. Results showed increases in each type of shot once intervention was implemented for each player. Results also indicated that participants felt more confident in their shot performance once intervention was implemented. |
|
Using Auditory Feedback to Improve Striking for Mixed Martial Artists |
FRANK KRUKUASKAS (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Paul F. Gavoni (Kaleidoscope Interventions) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate auditory feedback to increase the effectiveness of throwing a "right cross.” Auditory feedback was evaluated in multiple baselines across participants design with 4 mixed martial arts students, two males and two females, 25-54 years old. The percentage of correct steps of the right cross improved substantially following the introduction of the auditory feedback, and maintained at 90% or more for all participants during follow-up. |
|
|
|
|
Human Competence Revisited: 40 Years of Impact |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom G |
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
CE Instructor: Ramona Houmanfar, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Thomas Gilbert’s book (1978) titled “Human Competence” took us beyond training toward a rigorous approach to improving performance in organizations. His behavior engineering model has guided behavior analytic research and applications with an emphasis on parsimony, elegance and usefulness of associated methodologies. Throughout the years, the powerful partnership between Tom and Marilyn Gilbert leading to the publication of Human Competence, and many revolutionary training modules and consulting reports perhaps has not received the well-deserved acknowledgement given its impact and influence. By drawing upon their pioneering work in behavior analysis, Marilyn Gilbert and colleagues will highlight the impact of this partnership by providing an overview and discussion of Tom and Marilyn Gilbert’s unpublished account of human competence during the latter part of Tom Gilbert’s life. Moreover, the presentations will highlight the foundational influence of Gilberts’ Human Competence on recent technological advancements in instructional design and behavioral systems applications. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Academicians, students, and practitioners who are interested in performance improvement in organizations. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the foundation (concepts, principles, methodology) underlying Behavioral Engineering Methodology and applications in organizations; (2) discuss future directions of BEM and emerging trends in Organizational Behavior Management; (3) list behaviors and results that align with the mission of their organization(s) that are worthy performance targets. |
|
Gilbert and the Educational Revolution |
MARILYN B. GILBERT (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: This presentation will provide an overview of the Gilberts' contribution to instructional design technologies that have revolutionized teaching practices in many educational settings. Gilberts' model focuses on designing the environment in which the student learns instead of changing the student. With the behavior engineering model, those responsible for performance improvement and maintenance can diagnose for, make priorities among, and plan performance improvement solutions in the classroom. |
Marilyn Gilbert studied Latin and mathematics at Montclair University in New Jersey. Her MA from Columbia University was in English and Comparative Literature. But it was a marriage that brought her to behavior analysis. There, she has applied editing and technical writing skills she learned while working in Boston's key engineering firms. She edited the first edition of Schedules of Reinforcement, by Charles B. Ferster and B. F. Skinner. In Indianapolis, she became 'mother' of JEAB after editing and typing the first two editions. She then continued to edit JEAB for the next five years. Tom Gilbert named Marilyn Mathetisist 1, as she and Tom became partners in both life and work. She edited all his writings, including Human Performance, and she and Tom wrote Thinking Metric together. She has published several textbooks on math and writing. Currently, she teaches writing English by ear online at the University of North Texas and plans to publish a textbook for students. She has also developed a course on Tom's Levels of Performance for Tucci Learning's new Teaching Machine. She also hopes to publish unpublished writings that Tom has left for behavior analysts everywhere to read and to use. |
|
The Legacy of Tom Gilbert's Accomplishment Based Performance Improvement |
CARL V. BINDER (The Performance Thinking Network, LLC) |
Abstract: Tom Gilbert replaced what he called "the cult of behavior" with a focus on valuable accomplishments produced by behavior, a major contribution that launched a seismic shift for those who followed. This shift has been challenging, not only for applied behaviorists, but also for ordinary people. We are more accustomed to observing and discussing behavior, whether precisely or not, than identifying the valuable accomplishments produced by that behavior, especially when the accomplishments are less tangible than deliverables or widgets, for example decisions, relationships, or recommendations. Another of Gilbert's major contributions, the behavior engineering model, extended the variables of behavior influence from contingencies of reinforcement to a framework including physical and social elements of the work environment, prior repertoire, variations in reinforcement value, and other factors that are seldom relevant in research with starved laboratory animals in simplified experimental chambers. But Gilbert's labels for the cells in his behavior engineering model were not self-explanatory, and open to interpretation, challenging consistent comprehension, communication, and application. The presenter has adapted and refined these two contributions—a focus on accomplishments and a more complete model of behavior influences—using simple visual models and user-tested plain English to enable rapid communication and collaboration among performance experts, their clients and stakeholders. This presentation describes developments based on Gilbert's contributions, as they have evolved over several decades, and summarizes practical implications for enabling leaders, managers, performance professionals, and individual contributors at any level and in any function in organizations to collaborate for continuous performance improvement. |
Dr. Carl Binder is CEO of The Performance Thinking Network, LLC, where he develops performance consultants, leaders and managers in organizations worldwide. Starting in 1970 as a student with B.F. Skinner at Harvard, he worked for ten years in B.H. Barrett's Behavior Prosthesis Lab, conducting laboratory and classroom research and training teachers. An early contributor to Precision Teaching, he was mentored by Ogden Lindsley and Eric Haughton. In 1982, he founded his first consulting firm, Precision Teaching and Management Systems, Inc., and became active in the International Society for Performance Improvement (ISPI) where his mentors included Tom Gilbert, Joe Harless, Robert Horn and Donald Tosti. He founded Product Knowledge Systems, Inc., a Boston consulting firm specializing in sales enablement for Global 1000 companies. Carl is currently known for Six Boxes Performance Thinking, a plain English viral approach to organizational performance improvement. APA Division 25 honored Carl with the Fred S. Keller Award (2004), ISPI recognized his contributions to performance improvement with Honorary Lifetime Membership (2009) and the Thomas F. Gilbert Award (2012), and the OBM Network gave him its Lifetime Achievement Award (2015). Contact Carl at carlbinder@sixboxes.com and learn more about his work at www.sixboxes.com and www.fluency.org |
|
Mathetics for Instructional Design and Delivery |
KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: Although only briefly mentioned in Human Competence, Tom Gilbert wrote extensively about his method for teaching learners new concepts, principles, facts and skills, which he called mathetics. Mathetics included a generic instructional delivery procedure with three phases: (a) demonstrating skills, concepts, and principles to learners; (b) guiding learners as they practice; and (c) testing students to see if they have achieved mastery. Mathetics also incorporated procedures for designing instructional materials, such as how to identify and organize stimuli and responses from instructional goals, and how to incorporate behavioral procedures such as shaping and back chaining during instruction. I will describe mathetics and how it has been adapted as the core of instructional delivery in Engelmann's Direct Instruction and our own Morningside Model of Generative Instruction (MMGI). I will also describe the content of two important unpublished chapters that Gilbert wrote, which contain new ideas and procedures for mathetical design and delivery. |
Dr. Kent Johnson founded Morningside Academy, in Seattle, Washington, in 1980, and currently serves as its Executive Director. Morningside is a laboratory school for elementary and middle school children and youth. Morningside investigates effective curriculum materials and teaching methods, and has provided training and consulting in instruction to over 140 schools and agencies throughout the USA and Canada since 1991. Over 50,000 students and over two thousand teachers have used the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction. Dr. Johnson is also a co-founder of Headsprout, Inc., a company that develops web-based, interactive, cartoon-driven instructional programs, including Headsprout Early Reading and Headsprout Reading Comprehension. Examine them at www.headsprout.com
Dr. Johnson is recipient of the 2001 Award for Public Service in Behavior Analysis from the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis, the 2010 Edward L. Anderson Award in Recognition for Exemplary Contributions to Behavioral Education from the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, the 2009 Ernie Wing Award for Excellence in Evidence-based Education from the Wing Institute, the 2006 Allyn and Bacon Exemplary Program Award from the Council for Exceptional Children, Division for Learning Disabilities, and the 2011 Ogden R. Lindsley Lifetime Achievement Award in Precision Teaching from the Standard Celeration Society. |
|
Gilbert's Behavioral Engineering Methodology as Foundation for Behavioral Systems Engineering: Control Systems to Interlock Behavior |
MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (Praxis2LLC) |
Abstract: In high reliability organizations (HROs), procedural adherence to highly structured work plans is crucial to achieving organizational goals and averting catastrophes. BP's oil rig disaster in the Gulf of Mexico (Macondo) was a bellwether event signaling the importance of managing interlocking human factors in HROs. Gilbert's BEM and vantage points provide a strong foundation for behavioral systems engineering to establish and maintain adherence to work routines in highly engineered, highly technical environments (e.g., aviation, nuclear power, oil & gas exploration, medicine). Two behavioral challenges face managers of HROs. First, crews need to follow well established procedures with little deviation to achieve milestones. Second, on occasion, crews encounter anomalies not addressed in standard work instructions. During these crises, crews must stop following standard procedures, assess changing conditions and adapt their behavior to the unexpected events in order to avert catastrophe. Behavioral systems engineering integrates human behavior with automated systems to adapt complex processes to changing contexts. Thus management of human behavior is one factor in a highly engineered system that can be designed to respond to both challenges (maintain routines, adjust to crises). This paper considers Gilbert's analysis for designing control systems of crew members' behavior in HROs. |
Mark P. Alavosius, Ph.D. is President of Praxis2LLC, providing behavior science to high performance organizations. He is a graduate faculty in psychology at the University of Nevada, Reno and was a faculty member at Western Michigan University and West Virginia University. He earned his BA from Clark University (1976) MS (1985) and Ph.D. (1987) in Psychology from the University of Massachusetts at Amherst. He is on the editorial boards of the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management and Behavior and Social Issues. He was president of the Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis and program coordinator for the CSE (Community, Social, Ethics) area of ABAI. He helped found BASS (Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies, an ABAI SIG) and served as the first chairperson. He has been a Trustee of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies for many years and chaired their Commission for the Accreditation of behavioral safety programs from 2010–2016. His interests are in developing behavioral systems to improve work performance in the areas of health, safety and the environment. Dr. Alavosius was PI of Small Business Innovations Research Grants from CDC/NIOSH to test behavioral safety technologies for small employers. Dr. Alavosius has over 30 publications and 150 conference presentations. |
|
|
|
|
ABA and the Ethics of Neurodiversity |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F |
Area: PCH/PRA; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Shawn P. Quigley (Melmark) |
Discussant: Joshua K. Pritchard (Southern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Joshua K. Pritchard, Ph.D. |
Abstract: While the neurodiversity movement gains traction among individuals with developmental disabilities and their families, the behavior analytic literature is nearly silent on the topic. Lack of knowledge of the neurodiversity movement threatens to undermine behavior analysts ability to understand client goals while misconceptions about ABA found in some quarters of the neurodiversity literature can lead potential clients to be unnecessarily hostile toward behavior analysis. As such, an improved appreciation for neurodiversity has implications for the ethical provision of high-quality behavior analytic services. Symposium attendees will: (a) be introduced to the neurodiversity perspective and the primary concerns proponents of neurodiversity have with ABA interventions; (b) be able to articulate the commonalities between a behavioral worldview and a neurodiversity perspective that make the two natural allies; (c) be able to identify ways in which the neurodiversity perspective can be integrated into behavior analytic interventions; and, (d) be able to discuss the intersection between neurodiversity and the ethics. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): ethics, neurodiversity |
Target Audience: Practicing BCBAs, BCaBAs, RBTs, as well as others with a general interest in autism, intellectual disabilities, and/or neurodiversity. |
Learning Objectives: Symposium attendees will: (a) be introduced to the neurodiversity perspective and the primary concerns proponents of neurodiversity have with ABA interventions; (b) be able to articulate the commonalities between a behavioral worldview and a neurodiversity perspective that make the two natural allies; (c) be able to identify ways in which the neurodiversity perspective can be integrated into behavior analytic interventions; and, (d) be able to discuss the intersection between neurodiversity and the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts. |
|
Are Neurodiversity and ABA Compatible? |
ABRAHAM GRABER (University of Texas at San Antonio), Jessica Emily Graber (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Abstract: Neurodiversity, a movement closely allied with a general disability rights perspective, rejects a pathological view of autism and other diagnostic categories found in the DSM-5. Rather, the proponent of neurodiversity holds that "mental disorders" are a type of diversity, fundamentally no different than gender, race, or religion. The neurodiversity perspective is gaining prominence and there is growing literature exploring the implications of the neurodiversity perspective across a variety of domains. Unfortunately, a notable and unanswered strand in this literature is profoundly antagonistic toward applied behavior analysis (ABA), viewing ABA as an arch-nemesis of neurodiversity. In contrast to this strand in the literature, given ABA’s emphasis on environmental causes and the plasticity of behavior, ABA is a natural ally of the neurodiversity movement. The parallels between the neurodiversity perspective and ABA have important implications for the how behavior analysts should conceptualize and implement therapy. Understanding the parallels between the neurodiversity movement and ABA can be important for involving clients in the planning process and articulating these commonalities can help remove environmental barriers to the successful implementation of a behavior-change program. |
|
Mentalistic Explanations for Autistic Behavior: A Behavioral Phenomenological Analysis |
DON DAVIS (San Antonio Independent School District) |
Abstract: In this paper autism is analyzed as a hypothetical construct to explain how an Autism Spectrum Disorder diagnosis functions to derail scientific investigations of autistic behavior. To support this argument, we employ a series of behavioral phenomenological investigations to analyze potential sources of control over the verbal behavior of parents, who were asked to observe their children with autism and record explanations for each occurrence of problem behavior. Autistic behaviors were recorded cumulatively, and the parents' explanatory responses were then mapped onto the cumulative records to identify the controlling relations for each response. We then analyzed the parents' responses for mentalistic explanations for the children's problem behaviors. Parent reports are discussed in terms of the prevalence of mentalisms, the stimulus control exerted by autistic behavior, the relationship between parent and child, the conditioning of parents' observations throughout and across observation sessions, and how fictional explanations function for the speaker. We conclude with a discussion of the role of behavioral phenomenology in elucidating the histories of reinforcement provided by the verbal communities of parents of children with autism. The ethical implications of understanding the function of mentalisms will be discussed in relation to third-party involvement in services. |
|
An Analysis of Autism as a Functional Tint of the Environment |
LEE L. MASON (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Abstract: The term "neurodiversity" is frequently used to discuss autism spectrum disorder as a variation in functioning rather than a disorder of the individual. This arm of disability studies is directly in line with molar behaviorism, which seeks understanding through temporally-extended patterns of behavior instead of appealing to molecular causality. The explanations for autism, like that of all behavior, are found outside of the person. Given a particular history of reinforcement, the present environment may be either enabling or disabling; what Uexküll (1926) referred to as the "functional tinting" of controlling stimuli. The purpose of the present discussion is to describe a theoretical model for how autistic behavior is conditioned over time, with implications for behavior-analytic intervention. We use the word autism to describe teleological patterns of behavior that are distributively skewed from the Gaussian bell curve, and propose that the term autistic best describes the convergent multiple control over behavior that is otherwise perfectly neurotypical given the circumstances. Accordingly, our goal as behavior analysts is never to change the individual, but to demonstrate how environmental modifications can shift a population of responses back towards the center, thereby reducing the "tint" and increasing access to a greater number of environmental affordances. Reconceptualizing autism in this way can inform the individualized tailoring of behavior analytic services as well as help shape behavior analytic program objectives. |
|
How "Special" Education Impedes Social Justice for Individuals With Disabilities |
ALONZO ALFREDO ANDREWS (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Abstract: To receive special education services in the United States public schools, students must meet the eligibility criteria for one of the 13 disability categories designated by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (2004). To access services, predefined criteria from one of these examples must adversely affect the student's academic performance to a "disabling" degree. But aside from qualifying the student for services, these disability labels serve a number of other functions for the students who receive them. Here we argue that the use of disability labels results in equivalence formations that relate the specific behavior of one individual classified with a particular category with all members of that set. Disability labels point to the history of reinforcement of the individuals who carry them, but they do not necessarily dictate a particular teaching methodology or instructional intervention. In this way, "disability" is examined as a function of the environment instead of a characteristic of the person. DSM-5 diagnositic classifications, special education categories, and insurance codes, all of which compose the infrastructure for providing access to much needed services may also be the antithesis of effective intervention. The ethical implications of this understanding of disability labels will be discussed in relation to a client's right to effective treatment. |
|
|
|
|
Giving the History of Behavior Analysis Away in Teaching Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom A |
Area: PCH/TBA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Philip N. Hineline (Temple University - Emeritus) |
CE Instructor: Edward K. Morris, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The purpose of this symposium is to promote teaching the history of behavior analysis (HoBA) across the curriculum by giving it away. Many behavior-analytic curricula could be strengthened by teaching a stand-alone HoBA course or by systematically integrating HoBA with the content of other courses (e.g., on research methods, principles, application, theory, ethics). Few instructors, though, are historically trained to teach a stand-alone course or to integrate HoBA into their courses. This symposium is designed to help. It will consist of four presentations: (a) one on teaching HoBA as a course unto itself and one each on teaching HoBA in courses on (b) the conceptual foundations of behavior analysis (e.g., radical behaviorism), (c) the experimental analysis of behavior (i.e., basic principles, processes), and (d) applied behavior analysis (e.g., dimensions, interventions). The latter three presentations will address teaching HoBA as a one-week stand-alone unit in their courses and/or as integrated into the courses' other units (e.g., operationism, reinforcement, social validity). All four presentations describe assigned and recommended readings and rationales for including them. [Footnote: The symposium's title was inspired, in part, by George Miller's 1969 presidential address to the American Psychological Association.] |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): HoBA |
Target Audience: Instructors of behavior analysis courses wanting to integrate the history of behavior analysis into their curriculum and courses. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe and explain the historical readings assigned in an EAB course 2. Describe and explain this historical readings assigned un an ABA course 3. Describe and explain the historical readings assigned in a course of the conceptual foundations of behavior analysis |
|
A Course on the History of Behavior Analysis |
(Theory) |
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The purpose of this presentation is to describe a one semester, stand-alone course on the history of behavior analysis (HoBA) that meets the ABAI-accredited doctoral program requirement for a course on the field’s conceptual foundations. Teaching HoBA is one means of meeting that requirement. The presentation offers an overview of the course content (400 B.C.E-present). Describes the course requirements (e.g., quizzes, take-home assignments, projects). Reviews the assigned texts (e.g., Leahey, 2013; Rutherford, 2009). And, covers the course topics, beginning with an overview of the field’s history, the academic department’s history, and historical methods. Among the topics is the Scientific Revolution, the assent of science in psychology, the psychology of adaptation, John B. Watson and classical behaviorism, neobehaviorism and Interbehavioral psychology, B. F. Skinner and the experimental analysis of behavior, cognitivism and the putative cognitive revolution, B. F. Skinner’s contributions to applied behavior analysis, and the history of applied behavior analysis. For each topic, the assigned readings are described, along with rationales for their inclusion, and the recommended readings are reviewed. |
|
Conceptual Foundations:
The Historical Development of Radical Behaviorism |
(Theory) |
JAY MOORE (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Abstract: B. F. Skinner’s interest in history and philosophy of science began during his graduate school days. One of his strongest interests at the time was epistemology. This led to a uniquely behavioral view of verbal behavior, especially of scientific verbal behavior. As his career progressed, he also developed views on a host of other theoretical, philosophical, and conceptual matters, among them, operationism, scientific reasoning and methods, theories, explanation, mentalism, methodological behaviorism, private events, pragmatism, and selection by consequences as a causal mode. Collectively, these views have come to be called radical behaviorism. As a result, we now say that radical behaviorism is the underlying philosophy of science for the twin scientific domains of behavior analysis: the experimental analysis of behavior and applied behavior analysis. Certain aspects of radical behaviorism also influence the third domain of behavior analysis: the delivery of professional behavior analytic services. This presentation will examine the development and nature of several of these radical behaviorist views, for example, as illustrated by Skinner and others, as well as how those views differ from traditional views. |
|
Experimental Analysis of Behavior: Confluences of Science and History in the EAB Course |
(Theory) |
KENNON ANDY LATTAL (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The experimental analysis of behavior (EAB) has a rich history that encompasses philosophy, technology, branches of psychology, and other sciences, all operating in the cultural and political contexts of their times. In reflecting the confluence of these forces at any point in history, the EAB course is a history course, although the history usually subliminal. This paper will describe how to increase the visibility of historical forces in an EAB course at the discipline’s cutting edge and how they might be integrated into the course. Integration might start with the contributions of individuals and the Zeitgeist to the evolution of a science, as well as the role of conceptual frameworks and conflicts in providing the impetus for change in science. Examples of historically significant experiments and research trends can be prepared as a stand-alone unit or integrated into the content throughout the course. Another way of driving home the historical roots of contemporary research is through directed and focused class discussions of these themes at different points in the course. Integrative exam questions related to historical forces are another means of encouraging students to consider contemporary research from a historical perspective. |
|
Applied Behavior Analysis: History of Behavior Analysis in ABA |
(Theory) |
STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The American Historical Society notes that all subjects of study need justification and that understanding their histories can help explain why they are worth studying. The subject matter’s history can help us understand how people behave, why they behave this way, and factors that cause change. It can provide identity and lessons in ethics. Furthermore, it can help develop “good citizens” in behavior analysis – behavior analysts who are well-informed and understand how our science impacts the lives of those with whom we work. Incorporating historical readings and discussion into applied behavior-analytic coursework may be important in developing well-rounded “good citizens” in the behavior-analytic community. This presentation will provide a syllabus for a graduate-level, principles of behavior course taught from an applied perspective. A reading list of historical content related to each unit will be provided, along with a rationale for selecting these articles. Finally, an overview of how these readings might be integrated into a specific unit will be provided. Throughout the presentation, history of behavior analysis will be used to provide the contextual backdrop for current applied best practices in the applied behavior analytic course. |
|
|
|
|
Translational Research in Applied Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom A |
Area: PRA/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jessica Catherine McCormack (The University of Auckland) |
Discussant: SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri) |
CE Instructor: SungWoo Kahng, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In recent years, emphasis has been placed on bringing the experimental and applied branches of behavior analysis together. Translational research helps to bridge the gap between basic and applied research. Translational research can take a number of forms, from extensions to humans and proof of concept research, to experimental analysis of applied practices to understand underlying mechanisms. The present symposium presents a range of studies from three different labs connected by the theme of translational research. Researchers will present work form the following areas: factors involved in token reinforcement effectiveness (Weyman), training structures that may reduce resurgence in differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (Diaz-Salvat), discrimination difficulty as a moderator for the effectiveness of the differential outcomes procedure, which uses specific reinforcement to enhance conditional discrimination learning (McCormack), and applications of the differential outcomes procedure to teach verbal behavior (Perez-Bustamante). These studies provide examples of research along the spectrum of translational research, consisting of extensions to humans, human operant studies, and clinical extensions of basic processes. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): differential outcomes, resurgence, token economies, translational research |
Target Audience: Pracitioners in ABA. |
|
Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior Versus Response Cost: Effects of Several Variables in Token Economies |
(Applied Research) |
Faith Reynolds (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), JENNIFER REBECCA WEYMAN (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: A token economy is a system in which an individual earns tokens and later exchanges those tokens for back-up reinforcers. Previous researchers have compared the use of differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) and response cost within token economies. Some studies suggest that DRO is more effective, while others suggest that response cost is more effective. These conflicting results may have been due to procedural variations within the token economies such as the immediacy of token delivery and the inclusion of verbal feedback with the delivery of tokens. The purpose of the current study was to compare the effects of and preference for token economies incorporating DRO, immediate response cost, and delayed response cost with college students. We also examined the influences of verbal feedback and no verbal feedback. We found that an immediate response cost was most effective when verbal feedback was not used and all conditions were equally effective when verbal feedback was used. |
|
Effects of Varied Response Options and Serial Training on Resurgence |
(Applied Research) |
CLAUDIA C DIAZ-SALVAT (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Serial-response training may mitigate resurgence of a target response when compared to teaching a single alternative response. However, previous evaluations did not control for the number of available response options across conditions. It is unclear whether effects were due to the treatment manipulations or to extinction-induced variability. The two experiments described here investigated the variables that mitigate resurgence of the target response and increase persistence of alternative responses in previous serial-response training evaluations. Twelve undergraduate students enrolled in a psychology course at West Virginia University participated. In Experiment 1, we replicated previous findings by comparing serial and single response training while varying the number of response options. One component, serial-response training, involved reinforcing each of four alternative responses sequentially. Another component, single-response training, involved reinforcing a single alternative response. In Experiment 2, we compared effects of teaching several alternative responses to teaching a single alternative response on resurgence and persistence when the number of response options were held constant. When we controlled for the amount of available response options, results were undifferentiated across the two components. |
|
Stimulus Complexity as a Moderator of the Differential Outcomes Effect |
(Applied Research) |
JESSICA CATHERINE MCCORMACK (The University of Auckland), Javier Virues Ortega (The University of Auckland), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland) |
Abstract: The differential outcomes effect is the phenomenon whereby uniquely pairing reinforcers with discriminative stimuli, learning is faster and more accurate than standard conditional discrimination training. This procedure has been shown to enhance acquisition of matching-to-sample in humans, particularly in clinical populations with learning or memory deficits, but does not appear to have been incorporated into practice. This may be because the procedure is more onerous to carry out than standard conditional discrimination training. However, where standard conditional discrimination fails to produce mastery, it may be appropriate to incorporate this procedure in training.
In this study, we explore one of the conditions under which the differential outcomes procedure may be preferred to standard conditional discrimination training. College students were taught to discriminate between different language characters, which were categorized as either simple or complex. We compared the effect of differential outcomes training across simple stimuli and complex stimuli. While few students demonstrated the differential outcomes effect when learning simple stimuli, the majority benefited from the differential outcomes procedure when learning complex stimuli. This study suggests that difficulty, in terms of stimulus complexity, may be a moderator of the differential outcomes effect, and may provide guidance to practitioners on when the differential outcomes procedure should be incorporated into discrimination training. |
|
The Effect of Differential Outcomes Pre-Training on Tact Acquisition |
(Applied Research) |
Jessica Catherine McCormack (The University of Auckland), AGUSTIN GONZALO PEREZ-BUSTAMANTE (University of Auckland), Javier Virues Ortega (The University of Auckland), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland) |
Abstract: The differential outcomes procedure has been shown to enhance conditional discrimination learning in human populations, especially in clinical populations with learning or memory impairments. In animals, the effects of the procedure are more pronounced when subjects are pre-exposed to the stimulus-outcome pairings before training. In this study we compared the effects of pre-exposure to differential outcomes on tact acquisition of six primary school children with developmental disabilities. Differential outcomes pre-training was embedded in a receptive-to-expressive training structure similar to that used in early intensive behavioral interventions based on the UCLA model. That is, participants were exposed to the differential outcomes procedure prior to tact training via matching-to-sample listener training. Most participants showed faster acquisition of tacts when pre-exposed to the differential outcomes pairings, when compared to non-differential outcomes training. Additionally, participants also showed improved maintenance and generalization to a novel therapist. The study provides evidence for the effectiveness of the differential outcomes procedure in teaching verbal behaivour, as well as potential effectiveness of the differential outcomes procedure in teaching lasting and generalized behavior changed. |
|
|
|
|
Extending Functional Analysis and Treatment to Nonhuman Animals |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom D |
Area: AAB/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell) |
CE Instructor: Terri M. Bright, Ph.D. |
Abstract: For decades, functional analysis and treatment has been the gold standard for identifying environmental causes of problem behavior and developing function-based treatments in human applied settings. While the extension of functional analysis and treatment of nonhuman animals is not new, it is also an area with unlimited opportunity for demonstrating species generality. This symposium presents data-based evidence of successful functional analysis, treatment, and extensions for compulsive behavior in a border collie, feather-plucking in a black vulture, and undesirable vocal behavior in a guinea pig. This symposium presents continued empirical evidence of the utility and feasibility of functional analysis and treatment to nonhuman species. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): functional analysis, pets, reinforcement thinning, zoo |
Target Audience: This symposium is geared toward any animal care professionals as well as professional behavior analysts working with animals (pets or exotics) or having an interest in applied behavior analysis in animals. |
|
Functional Analysis and Treatment of Visual Fixation in a Border Collie |
(Applied Research) |
LINDSAY RENEE MEHRKAM (Monmouth University), Victoria Self (University of Florida), Nicole R. Dorey (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Visual fixation in border collies presents as a type of canine stereotypy that can lead to poor animal welfare, including self-injurious behavior and strained owner-pet relationships, potentially resulting in relinquishment of the animal. In this study we conducted a multielement and pairwise functional analysis (FA) with a border collie who had a history of engaging in visual fixation around vacuum cleaners. FA results clearly demonstrated that behavior was maintained by movement of the vacuum cleaner. Differential reinforcement of an alternative response (DRA) plus fading in of vacuum cleaner movement was implemented as a function-based treatment for visual fixation, using toy play with a preferred leisure item (determined via a multiple-stimulus without replacement, MSWO, preference assessment) as the alternative response. Our results show an immediate decrease in visual fixation compared to baseline sessions, which is sustained across movement fading levels and which is observed to return to baseline levels during reversal phases. Finally, reinforcement thinning as well as extension phases demonstrated that these low levels of visual fixation were maintained across leaner schedules of praise and across untrained scenarios and during a one-year follow-up. We concluded that DRA plus fading can be a long-term effective treatment for visual fixation in the border collie when treatment is determined via functional analysis methodology. This study also provides further evidence that functional analyses can be used successfully with non-human animals. |
|
Functional Analysis and Treatment of Self-Injurious Feather Plucking in a Black Vulture (Coragyps atratus) |
(Applied Research) |
KRISTEN LEE MORRIS (Rollins College), Sarah Slocum Freeman (Rollins College) |
Abstract: Feather plucking (FP) is a maladaptive behavior observed in captive avian species. This self-injurious behavior results in damage to and removal of feathers and skin tissue, resulting in animal welfare and financial consequences. The etiology and maintenance of FP have been hypothesized through medical and environmental processes, yet a definitive solution has not been found. The current study investigated the environmental variables maintaining the FP of a Black Vulture (Coragyps atratus), as well as evaluated a function-based treatment for this behavior. The behavior was found to be maintained by positive reinforcement in the form of contingent attention. Treatment consisted of noncontingent reinforcement followed by schedule thinning to shape up a treatment schedule more compatible with caretaker's schedules. Results further demonstrate the validity of function-based assessment and treatment with captive animals. |
|
A Functional Analysis and Treatment of a Domestic Pet Guinea Pig's Loud Squeaking Behavior |
(Applied Research) |
KIMBERLY TRUONG (SEEK Education), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), James E. King (SEEK Education; University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: In an initial study, a guinea pig's loud squeaking (sometimes called "wheeking") was subjected to a functional analysis assessment and treatment. Loud squeaking occurred in the presence of an auditory stimulus of the rustling of plastic bags followed by food pellet delivery. A functional analysis was inconclusive, but indicated a possible automatic function. Treatment involved differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) that led to progressive reductions in loud squeaking. In 1-year follow up probes, occurrences of loud squeaking following bag rustling remained low. Subsequently, loud squeaking began to occur in previously unobserved conditions (i.e., opening of the refrigerator door). The current study examined procedures to assess and reduce loud squeaking in the newly observed conditions. Results from the previous and current study, as well as the practitioner's experiences on assessing and treating non-human animal problem behaviors are discussed. Implications are also discussed, including extending applied technologies to guinea pig owners, increasing satisfaction with guinea pig ownership, and reducing surrenders. Additionally, procedures and results indicate utility for functional analysis and behavior interventions for non-humans in a home setting. |
|
|
|
|
Evaluating Behavioral Parent Education Programs to Improve Family Routines for Children With Autism |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall B |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Meme Hieneman (Positive Behavior Support Applications) |
Discussant: Laura Lee McIntyre (University of Oregon) |
CE Instructor: Meme Hieneman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Approximately 1 in every 4 children with autism experience significant behavioral challenges (Kaat & Lecavelier, 2013). Behavioral parent training has been demonstrated to be effective, especially when the principles can be applied within the context of family life (Lucyshyn et al., 2015). Unfortunately, only about one-half of parents complete such training, and many do not implement strategies consistently (Chacko et al, 2016). Stress has been suggested as primary contributors to this nonadherence (Dumas, Wolf, Fisman, & Culligan, 2009). Therefore, it may be beneficial to integrate practices known to protect parents against such risks? such as mindfulness (Singh et al., 2014) ? into behavioral parent training, an approach we refer to as Practiced Routines (PR). Two studies (a randomized comparison trial and single-case design) that evaluated the effects of the PR parent training program will be presented. The PR program teaches parents to apply comprehensive, function-based behavioral and mindfulness practices within the context of natural family routines. This training is designed to be delivered in three weeks with homework in between. Whereas the participants showed significant improvements in parent and child outcomes, both studies showed variability in responding. This may indicate that there is a need for adaptations in administration, including possibly multiple levels of intervention targeted to parents? and/or children?s needs. Abstract 1: A randomized trial was used to evaluate PR and an active comparison condition (Teaching Routines; TR). TR was a self-directed online program focused on using applied behavior analysis principles to teach daily routines (e.g., task analysis, environmental arrangement). The PR program included similar content, but focused more on functions and incorporated mindfulness practice. In addition, PR was facilitated by parent educators via online meetings. Seventy-seven parents participated in the PR group and 79 participated in TR. Outcome measures included child behavior ratings (adaptive and maladaptive), knowledge about ABA principles, parental stress, self-efficacy, mindful parenting, and family quality of life. Statistical analyses indicate that both groups experienced significant improvements across measures immediately following treatment and at follow-up. Post treatment, the PR group reported improvement in child adaptive behavior, which TR did not. Parenting stress reduction was evident at both post-treatment and follow-up for the PR group. Differences in knowledge were the only condition effects, with PR demonstrating significantly more knowledge gains at both posttest and follow-up. Data and examples of the program elements will be displayed, along with a discussion of methodological issues that could have led the results and implications for additional research. Abstract 2: A concurrent randomized multiple baseline across three mother-child dyads single-case design was employed to evaluate the effects of the Practiced Routines program delivered face-to-face. Three mothers and their children (ages three, five, and eight years old) with autism spectrum disorder participated. Data were collected during naturally-occurring family routines (playtime with sibling, cleaning up toys, and dinner). Increases in parent behavioral strategy use were observed for two of three mothers. Child challenging behavior decreased for two of three dyads. Visual analysis combined with a standardized mean difference analysis (Hedge?s g) revealed mixed results, with a medium effect found for increases in behavioral strategy use and small-moderate effects found for decreases in parent stress and child challenging behavior at the study level. One mother qualified for follow-up coaching, which involved performance feedback that further increased the level of her independent use of behavioral strategies. All three mothers rated the social validity of the program favorably. Implications for research and practice will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): family routines, mindfulness, parent training, parenting stress |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts |
|
Randomized Comparison Trial to Evaluate Two Online Parent Education Programs Focused on Improving Family Routines for Children With Autism |
MEME HIENEMAN (Positive Behavior Support Applications), Jordan Pennefather (IRIS Educational Media) |
Abstract: A randomized trial was used to evaluate PR and an active comparison condition (Teaching Routines; TR). TR was a self-directed online program focused on using applied behavior analysis principles to teach daily routines (e.g., task analysis, environmental arrangement). The PR program included similar content, but focused more on functions and incorporated mindfulness practice. In addition, PR was facilitated by parent educators via online meetings. Seventy-seven parents participated in the PR group and 79 participated in TR. Outcome measures included child behavior ratings (adaptive and maladaptive), knowledge about ABA principles, parental stress, self-efficacy, mindful parenting, and family quality of life. Statistical analyses indicate that both groups experienced significant improvements across measures immediately following treatment and at follow-up. Post treatment, the PR group reported improvement in child adaptive behavior, which TR did not. Parenting stress reduction was evident at both post-treatment and follow-up for the PR group. Differences in knowledge were the only condition effects, with PR demonstrating significantly more knowledge gains at both posttest and follow-up. Data and examples of the program elements will be displayed, along with a discussion of methodological issues that could have led the results and implications for additional research. |
|
Concurrent Randomized Multiple Baseline Study to Evaluate a Mindfulness-Infused Behavioral Parent Education Program Focused on Improving Family Routines for Children With Autism |
TRACY JANE RAULSTON (Pennsylvania State University), Patricia Zemantic (University of Oregon), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: A concurrent randomized multiple baseline across three mother-child dyads single-case design was employed to evaluate the effects of the Practiced Routines program delivered face-to-face. Three mothers and their children (ages three, five, and eight years old) with autism spectrum disorder participated. Data were collected during naturally-occurring family routines (playtime with sibling, cleaning up toys, and dinner). Increases in parent behavioral strategy use were observed for two of three mothers. Child challenging behavior decreased for two of three dyads. Visual analysis combined with a standardized mean difference analysis (Hedge's g) revealed mixed results, with a medium effect found for increases in behavioral strategy use and small-moderate effects found for decreases in parent stress and child challenging behavior at the study level. One mother qualified for follow-up coaching, which involved performance feedback that further increased the level of her independent use of behavioral strategies. All three mothers rated the social validity of the program favorably. Implications for research and practice will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Parent Coaching Interventions to Build Relationships and Manage Health for Children With Autism |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall D |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Emily Gallant (Caldwell University) |
Discussant: Sandra R. Gomes (Somerset Hills Learning Institute) |
CE Instructor: Kevin J. Brothers, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This presentation will discuss two parent-coaching interventions employed for a number of families in a private school for children with autism. We consider the two outcomes targeted (i.e., a generalized repertoire of managing contingencies of reinforcement, and children's healthy weight and body mass index) critical to address early in intervention, with important long-term benefits as they are maintained. Though the same general procedures are used across families within each intervention, a number of variables are individualized during implementation. This flexibility within a standardized framework allows delivery of parent coaching that is efficient, but also effective. First, we will discuss an intervention to teach parents skills of managing contingencies of reinforcement for their children with autism in various settings and contexts. Next, we will describe a multidisciplinary approach to teach weight management skills to parents for their children with autism. To conclude, we will discuss the benefits of this program-level approach to parent coaching interventions in the greater context of systems-based provision of behavioral intervention services. The presentation will thus offer both interventionists working directly with children/parents, and those in management/supervision roles, insights into useful parent coaching procedures for two very different skills related to autism intervention. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): contingency management, parent coaching, weight management |
Target Audience: The target audience is BCBA-D's, BCBA's, or other behavior analysis professionals who directly teach children with autism, provide coaching to children's parents on interacting with and teaching their children with autism, are interested in behavior-analytic weight management interventions, and/or implement or are interested in behavioral systems analysis. |
|
A Coaching Intervention Package to Teach Parents Contingency Management of On-Task and Undesirable Behaviors of Their Children With Autism |
KEVIN J. BROTHERS (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Emily Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute; Caldwell University), Sandra R. Gomes (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Caralyn Harris (Somerset Hills Learning Institute) |
Abstract: We employed a systematic approach to coaching parents of young children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to become skillful agents of behavior change across a variety of settings, contexts, and child behavior. Specifically, parents were taught to manage contingencies: (a) at school, at home, and in the community; (b) surrounding children's initiations, anticipated undesirable behaviors, and undesirable behaviors occurring in vivo; and (c) with expectations of child behavior and across specific activities individualized to child needs and parent concerns. Dependent variables were (a) percentage of opportunities during which a parent correctly managed contingencies, (b) percentage of intervals with children's on-task behavior, and (c) percentage of intervals in which children engaged in undesirable behavior (e.g., stereotypy, disruptive behavior). Treatment effects across parents are positive, with parents increasing contingency management skills from baseline to criterion levels across a variety of settings, contexts, and child behaviors with rapid acquisition across numerous successive phases. In all cases, these were associated with concomitant increases in children's on-task behaviors to criterion levels and decreases in child undesirable behaviors to zero- or near-zero levels. Variability in skill acquisition patterns across parents, settings, contexts, and child behaviors are discussed, as is the impact of each individualized condition sequence. |
|
A Nursing and Behavior-Analytic Collaboration to Teach Weight Management Skills to Parents of Children With Autism |
DEBRA BROTHERS (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Emily Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute;
Caldwell University), David Kelleher (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Edgar D. Machado (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Jennifer Rodzinak (Somerset Hills Learning Institute) |
Abstract: The school nurse, in collaboration from classroom teachers, teacher supervisors, and the school's executive director, implemented a parent-coaching intervention package to help reverse unhealthy trends in children's body mass index (BMI). Overweight and obesity, especially among children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), is a growing national concern with imminent and lifelong health implications. Via routine school screenings, three children and two young adults with ASD were identified as overweight, obese, or underweight. Parents were coached to measure and report children's food consumption, increase the proportion of healthy foods in the child's diet by reducing servings of nutritionally poor foods (e.g., cookies, chips), increasing servings of nutrient-rich foods (e.g., vegetables, fruits), and increasing daily physical activity using a shaping procedure. Coaching at school and/or at home and supplemental teaching to increasing food repertoires at school were implemented based on individual student needs. Results indicate reversal of trend in BMI for all five students; two students achieved healthy-range BMI, and two achieved BMI designations healthier than those prior to intervention. Improved outcomes are predicted for the fifth student by time of presentation. Outcomes represent an effective, individualized, school-based multidisciplinary collaboration of behavior analysts, health professionals, and parents to manage unhealthy weight in students with ASD. |
|
|
|
|
Evaluating the Effects of Pre-Session Pairing as an Antecedent Manipulation |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom H |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Leny D. Velasquez Velasquez (Centre for Autism Services Alberta) |
Discussant: Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
CE Instructor: Leny D. Velasquez Velasquez, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Early intervention literature recommends the use of pairing at the onset of treatment and as a component of ongoing therapy. Pre-session pairing is designed to function as an antecedent intervention to improve the therapeutic environment by decreasing interfering behavior during structured teaching (e.g., discrete trial teaching). Pre-session pairing consists of multiple types of interactions between a therapist and client in an unstructured format (e.g., play) and procedures are described as a therapist delivering preferred tangible items and/or activities to a client prior to introducing demands. Given the frequency with which pre-session pairing is utilized in clinical practice, the empirical support for the procedure is limited. It is currently unknown how pre-session pairing functions as an antecedent manipulation. The current symposium aims to further clarify the procedures effect on motivating operations and behaviors that are evoked by said motivating operations. The first study examined how pre-session pairing affects motivating operations for social positive and social negative reinforcement through the use of a progressive-ratio schedule. The second study examined how three therapeutic conditions (pre-session pairing, free play, and DTI-only) implemented as antecedent interventions can affect rates of acquisition of skills commonly targeted in early intervention programming. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): antecedent manipulations, pre-session pairing, progressive ratio |
Target Audience: Practitioners and individuals in academia are the target audience for this talk. |
Learning Objectives: Attendees will learn procedural components of pre-session pairing. Attendees will learn how pre-session pairing can function as an antecedent manipulation. Attendees will learn how to conduct a progressive-ratio schedule assessment. |
|
Effects of Pre-Session Pairing on the Value of Social Positive and Negative Reinforcement |
(Applied Research) |
ASHLEY MARIE LUGO (Southeast Missouri State University), Natalia Giuffra (ABA Consulting Services) |
Abstract: Pre-session pairing is a rapport building procedure implemented immediately prior to an instructional session. Although several studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of pre- session pairing as an antecedent intervention, the underlying mechanisms that make pre-session pairing successful are still unknown. The purpose of the present study was to examine how pre- session pairing functioned as a motivating operation manipulation. This study used a progressive ratio (PR) reinforcer assessment to quantify the reinforcing value of attention and escape for three typically developing preschool aged children. Three experimental conditions were alternated during the multielement phase. The conditions were: pre-session pairing + progressive ratio (PSP+PR), unstructured free play + progressive ratio (FP+PR), and progressive ratio only (PR Only). Dependent measures included breaking point, cumulative frequency, and items put away independently. Results from the attention arrangement suggested pre-session pairing decreased the value of attention and abated attention maintained behavior. Results from the escape arrangement were inconclusive as patterns of responding differed across all participants. |
|
Evaluating the Effects of Pre-Session Pairing on Skill Acquisition |
(Applied Research) |
ALLISON JEANETTE WOLZ (Southeast Missouri State University), Ashley Marie Lugo (Southeast Missouri State University), Lacey Duckworth (Southeast Missouri State University), Melissa L. King (Southeast Missouri State University Autism Center) |
Abstract: Pairing procedures have been demonstrated to be effective in reducing social avoidance and challenging behavior often exhibited during instructional sessions. However, no studies conducted thus far have examined how pairing conducted pre-session (i.e., pre-session pairing) can affect acquisition of novel tasks. This is particularly relevant, as pre-session pairing is a antecedent intervention commonly utilized in early intervention programming. The present study utilized an adapted alternating treatments design to compare the effects of pre-session pairing to two alternative therapeutic conditions (i.e., free play and DTI-only) on acquisition of tasks commonly found in early intervention programming. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analytic Strategies for Enhancing Quality of Life in Individuals With Developmental Disabilities |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall C |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
CE Instructor: Stacie Bancroft, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Quality of life may in part be measured by the extent to which our time is filled with satisfying work and leisure experiences. Development of independent broad leisure and vocational repertoires for individuals with developmental disabilities may require a range of interventions. This symposium will review a series of behavior analytic procedures used to enhance leisure and vocational repertoires and subsequently improve quality of life for individuals with ASD. The first paper will present on the effects of a procedure for transferring stimulus control over initiating leisure from a verbal directive to natural cues in the environment. The second paper will examine methods for increasing preference for leisure activities. The third presentation will review a case study in which behavior analytic technologies were used to produce job skills and ultimately to arrange for job placement. Clinical implications and areas for further research will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Increasing Preference, Leisure, Stimulus Control, Vocation |
Target Audience: BCBA's |
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will learn methods for transferring stimulus control 2. Attendees will be able to describe procedures for increasing the value of leisure activities 3. Attendees will be able to describe procedures for training job skills to individuals with DD |
|
Generation of Contextually Relevant Stimulus Control for Initiation of Leisure Activities |
(Applied Research) |
STEPHANIE MUSE (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children), Sean Ferris (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Elaina Strampach (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Adults with developmental disabilities can experience a significant amount of unstructured downtime (Rynders & Schleien, 1991). Even when leisure activities are taught to fill this time, they are often left under the control of vocal directives. In contexts with limited caretakers or staffing resources, clients may be left without the proper discriminative stimuli to occasion initiation of leisure activities during downtime. Transferring stimulus control from vocal directives to natural cues may be necessary for independent initiation of leisure. Participants in this study included four adolescents diagnosed with autism. During Phase 1, we used behavior chaining to teach the use of a leisure menu under the control of a vocal directive. During Phase 2, we used a prompt hierarchy to transfer stimulus control from the vocal directive to naturally occurring cues such as being alone in a room with no activities in process. For all four participants, we successfully transferred stimulus control from a vocal directive to natural environmental cues. Generalization and maintenance was also demonstrated. Interobserver agreement was collected in over 33% of sessions with all agreement scores above 90%. Implications for leisure repertoires and quality of life will be discussed. |
|
When Teaching Leisure Isn't Enough: Increasing Preference for Leisure Activities by Embedding Natural Reinforcers |
(Applied Research) |
FATIMA ZAHRAH ZAIDI (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Adela Castellon (New England Center for Children), Corey Anderson (New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Abstract: Teaching leisure activities to mastery is an important first step in providing individuals with developmental disabilities with a broad-based leisure repertoire that can provide enrichment during periods of low structure. However, unless engaging with the newly acquired activity arranges new reinforcement, independent sustained participation in the activity may be unlikely absent arbitrary reinforcers. The purpose of the present study was to, in Study 1, evaluate whether teaching a leisure activity to mastery resulted in increased preference for the activity. Participants included two adolescent young men diagnosed with ASD. Preference was assessed using an engagement-based preference assessment, the Brief Response Restriction (BRR). If teaching the skill to mastery was ineffective at elevating preference for the activity we evaluated, in Phase 2, we evaluated the effect of embedding an existing reinforcer that would typically co-occur with the activity. We taught complex leisure skills to mastery for both participants and increased preference of all trained activities. Implications for development of broad-based leisure repertoires will be discussed. IOA was collected in 33% of sessions with an agreement score of 91%. |
|
Beyond Teaching Skills: A Model for Turning Skill Acquisition Into Employment |
(Applied Research) |
KIMBERLY DIGGS (The Autism Community Therapists), Kevin J. Schlichenmeyer (The Autism Community Therapists) |
Abstract: The job market provides unique challenges for individuals with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), as evidenced by poor outcomes with job placement (i.e., unemployment rates as high as 90%) and job compensation. Currently, Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has provided limited contributions to more optimal outcomes, despite having an ideal technology. That is, there are a plethora of data showing the effectiveness of skill acquisition procedures pertaining to basic vocational skills (e.g., folding laundry, sweeping, envelope stuffing, etc.). By contrast, there is relatively little data on the effect of ABA therapy on job placement and job compensation. The purpose of this case study will be to outline how ABA technologies were utilized to establish both essential job skills (e.g., table setting, table cleanup, restaurant navigation, accepting feedback, etc.) and job placement for a 22-year-old male diagnosed with an ASD. Further, we will outline a model for managing the unique nature of job placement. The model provided will review employment matching, goal development, collaboration between service delivery teams, employee trainings, and transition planning. The outlined approach was shown to be successful across two job sites (i.e., a pizza shop and a coffee shop), as the participant has sustained employment with minimal support at the time of this study at both locations. |
|
|
|
|
Broadening the Lens of ABA: Understanding and Treating Psychopathic, Callous and Unemotional, and Anxious Behaviors |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom AB |
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University) |
CE Instructor: Jeannie A. Golden, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts shy away from addressing behaviors related to psychopathology, callousness and unemotionality, and anxiety. These diagnoses and their symptoms involve private events and are therefore difficult to operationally define, observe and measure. However, Friman and others have suggested that behavior analysts should not ignore these important areas because they will then be studied only by non-behaviorists. Unfortunately, non-behaviorists view aberrant behaviors in individuals with psychiatric disorders as symptoms of underlying constructs and use the diagnosis as a reason for these behaviors, proposing more global treatments such as therapies or medications. On the other hand, behaviorists view those behaviors as serving an environmental function that can be replaced with a more acceptable behavior serving the same function. The behavioral perspective would also include an analysis/understanding of establishing operations in the form of private events, physical sensations, bio-behavioral states, psychological feelings, covert tacts/mands and learning history with particular discriminative stimuli for reinforcement or punishment. The presenters in this symposium will present their analyses of these areas from a behavioral perspective and provide treatment strategies or research methodologies that are based on these analyses. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Anti-Social Behavior, Anxiety-Related Behavior, Autism, Callous-Unemotional Behavior |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts, psychologists, psychiatrists, counselors, social workers, teachers, direct care staff, administrators |
Learning Objectives: At the completion of this symposium, participants will be able to: 1. Describe the role of social reinforcement and signs of damage in the behaviors of individuals diagnosed with ASD and CU traits 2. Describe the role of motivating operations and discriminative stimuli in the behaviors of individuals with CU traits 3. Describe how wearable biomarker technology can be used to address stress, anxiety and problem behavior among individuals diagnosed with ASD |
|
The Development of Antisocial Behavior: Signs of Damage, Callous and Unemotional Traits, and Autism |
(Theory) |
ANDRE V. MAHARAJ (Florida International University), Logan McDowell (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities) |
Abstract: The development of anti-social behavior may be due to a decreased sensitivity to certain types of social reinforcement, as well as social punishment. One class of stimuli that is especially relevant to the development of prosocial interaction is signs of damage. Skinner proposed that aggression is primarily reinforced by inflicting harm, and that the reinforcement utility was learned, as well as innate. Signs of damage, such as screaming, crying, or the sight of bruises or blood, are said to function as such reinforcers. However, these signs typically occur at the end of a confrontation, and may instead be functioning as discriminative stimuli for preventing further attack. Interestingly, response similarities have been demonstrated between children with callous and unemotional (CU) traits, and children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). We consider work that has investigated the reactions to social reinforcement and signs of damage among children diagnosed with ASD and CU traits, and discuss the relevance with regard to the development of antisocial behavior, diagnostic classification, labeling, and treatment. |
|
Callous-Unemotional Traits: Learned Behavior Related to Motivating Operations |
(Theory) |
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University), Kathryn Gitto (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: In the Diagnostic & Statistical Manual- V there is a subset of individuals with conduct problems and anti-social behaviors described as having callous-unemotional traits. These individuals appear to have a limited repertoire of emotional behaviors (e.g., lacking fear, guilt, and empathy). These so-called traits could instead be learned behaviors that were functional in environments where children experienced abuse, neglect, and unpredictable contingencies. Traditional psychologists view these traits as symptoms of underlying constructs, while behaviorists view these so-called traits as behaviors serving an environmental function. Components that are often missing in the analysis of these behaviors include: 1) motivating operations in the form of private events (thoughts and feelings); and 2) learning history with specific Sds for reinforcement or punishment. These traits could act as motivating operations mediating the salience and effectiveness of various reinforcers and punishers. The presenter will discuss how functional assessments and analysis of learning history and motivational operations can facilitate the development of efficacious treatments for these individuals. |
|
Using Wearable Biomarker Technology to Address Stress, Anxiety, and Problem Behavior Among Individuals With Autism |
(Applied Research) |
JESSE (WOODY) W. JOHNSON (Northern Illinois University), Toni R. Van Laarhoven (Northern Illinois University), Anna Hammond (GlenOaks Therapeutic Day School), Michael Carter (GlenOaks Therapeutic Day School) |
Abstract: Up to 80% of children and youth with ASDs experience clinically significant anxiety (Leyfer, Folstein, Bacalmen, et al., 2006). Individuals with ASDs and comorbid anxiety are at increased risk for displaying externalizing behavior problems, social avoidance, and difficulties establishing/maintaining peer relationships across environments (Davis, Hess, Moree et al., 2011). New research is beginning to investigate the effectiveness or wearable biosensor devices to measure physiological indicators of stress and anxiety in naturalistic settings (Lakudzode & Rajbhoj, 2016). The purpose of this presentation is to describe how physiological information obtained from wearable devices can be used to alert clients or practitioners to the need for interventions and relaxation techniques aimed at recognizing the body's anxiety response. We will also provide case study examples to illustrate how these devices can be used to teach the individuals to self-regulate or use coping and/or relaxation strategies, which in turn could improve the ability of individuals to navigate life demands with greater effectiveness. |
|
|
|
|
Experimental Analysis of Gambling |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Rancho Santa Fe 1-3 |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Tyler S Glassford (Saint Louis University) |
CE Instructor: Tyler S. Glassford, Other |
Abstract: Behavior analytic research to date has revealed that gambling behavior is influenced by a variety of environmental variables, such as verbal behavior and the contingencies of reinforcement associated with the games themselves. For instance, while slot machines operate on a random ratio reinforcement schedule, structural variables (e.g., outcomes such as near misses or losses disguised as wins) have been shown to influence how people gamble. While emerging research on environmental variables continues, more information is needed in regards to functional relationships between environmental variables, verbal behaviors, and gambling. Therefore, the current symposium will highlight environmental aspects that control gambling. The first paper will discuss the effect of rules on blackjack. Four participants were exposed to two rule conditions to determine how rules may impact the degree to which gamblers 'let it ride' or place larger bets upon winning a hand. The second paper will discuss a new methodology useful in assessing the maintaining variables of gambling (e.g., access to social attention, escape from gambling termination, bonus points and rewards, and sensory stimulation). Finally, the third paper will discuss the effects of losses disguised as wins on preference for slot machines. Future directions for research and clinical practice will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Functional Assessment, Gambling, Rule-governed behavior |
Target Audience: The target audience for the present symposium will be BCBA's, BCaBAs, and psychologists. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify environmental variables that influence gambling behaviors (2) Label verbal behavior mechanisms that mediate gambling responses (3) Identify reinforcement schedules and illusion of reinforcement schedules in gambling contexts (i.e., losses disguised as wins) |
|
Let it Ride: Effect of Rules on Risky Bets |
TYLER S. GLASSFORD (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University) |
Abstract: Gambling is a popular activity in the United States. Past research on gambling behavior has focused on rule following. The purpose of the present study was to (a) replicate the findings of Dixon (2000) and (b) extend the findings to risky choice making. Four participants, two male, were exposed to an electronic blackjack game and different rules throughout the study in a multiple baseline design. Participants were first exposed to a faulty rule followed by a correct rule in a multiple baseline design. Each participant first played without rules during baseline. Following baseline the experimenter told the participants a faulty rule, that let it ride bets increased the odds of winning. Following a period of play under the faulty rule, participants were informed that the let it ride bets did not increase odds of winning, and were in fact riskier wagers. All participants significantly increased risky betting during the faulty rules condition, and three participants decreased risky betting following the presentation of the correct rule. The present study replicated past findings by demonstrating that rule following can be weakened rather than eliminated through contact with contradictory rules. |
|
Exploring Functional Relations of Gambling |
KRISTEN CHUVALA (Saint Louis University), Tyler S. Glassford (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University), Emily Dzugan (Saint Louis University), Shelby Bates (Saint Louis University) |
Abstract: Functional assessments are useful in informing treatment, but can often be time consuming. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to develop and test a rapid functional assessment for gambling behavior. To assess the effect of different consequences on gambling behavior a multielement design with a withdrawal component was used. A concurrent random ratio and fixed interval 30s schedule was used to deliver reinforcement on four five-reel casino replica slot machines. The tangible machine provided points toward earning a preferred item. The attention machine produced conversation from an experimenter, while the escape machine provided additional play time. The sensory machine simulated a slot machine typically found in a casino environment. Five recreational gamblers were exposed to a forced choice prior to a ten-minute free play phase. Experimenters then restricted participants from the most played machine for two minutes before allowing access to all machines again. Results for four of five participants indicated two preferred machines of varying strength. Results for the fifth participant were undifferentiated. The results suggest that this functional assessment can quickly identify potential functions of gambling behavior, which would allow therapists to design and begin effective treatment more quickly. |
|
Losses Disguised as "Wins" and Slot Machine Preferences |
RYAN C. SPEELMAN (Pittsburg State University), Kyle E. Rowsey (University of Southern Mississippi), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Karl Gunnarsson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: "Losses Disguised as Wins (LDWs)" are slot machine outcomes in which the payout of a given spin is a fraction of the original bet. These losses are "disguised" when paired with visual and auditory stimuli associated with a win. The current research investigated the influence of LDWs on preference amongst game options as well as preferences between concurrently available slots. Naturalistic observation of multiline slot play revealed gamblers overwhelmingly preferred 20 lines, given the option between 20, 10, 5, and 1 line. An analysis of each of the 4 game options revealed LDWs parametrically increased as additional lines were played, despite no observed economic advantage. These data suggest LDWs may in part influence choice allocation amongst varying number of lines. This phenomenon was replicated in a laboratory setting where participants chose amongst concurrently available computerized slot machines where payout magnitudes were manipulated and systematically decreased for slots offering LDWs. Again players showed preference for slots with this game mechanism regardless of actual payouts suggesting gamblers attend to lights and sounds in some cases more than wins and losses. These findings have clear implications for treatment providers seeking to understand addictive mechanisms and slot machine preferences. |
|
|
|
|
The Essential Need for RBT's in Schools |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom G |
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Roz Prescott, M.A. |
Chair: Christina Whalen (RethinkEd) |
ROZ PRESCOTT (Rethink) |
XIOMARA LEE (Denver Public Schools) |
KATHLEEN QUAGLINO (Stamford Public Schools) |
Abstract: Although many clinical practices are requiring the Registered Behavioral Technician (RBT) credential, it is still uncommon to see RBT's working in the schools. Teachers and paraprofessionals can benefit from the RBT credential to give them the basic ABA knowledge that they need to manage behavior, develop IEP goals, build skills in students, and further their own careers. Select schools in the U.S. are embracing the RBT credential and working to provide the training and supervision for their teachers and paraprofessionals. Schools face certain barriers to doing this such as professional development time (particularly for paraprofessionals), cost, and buy-in from district leadership. This panel will discuss the essential needs for RBTs in the school system, the barriers to training and supervision, and challenges in scaling district wide. The ethical considerations for schools will be discussed as well as future directions for providing schools with the education and tools that they need to give teachers and paraprofessionals the ABA training that they need. School districts from Colorado and Connecticut will present their data and procedures for RBTs in their districts, as well as how they plan to utilize RBTs with students, and expand opportunities for staff to get the credential. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts of all levels working within school districts or working with school districts. |
Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will be able to describe the specific issues in school districts related to getting staff RBT certified. 2) Participants will be able to discuss potential solutions for providing RBT training and preparing staff for getting a credential. 3) Participants will be able to discuss potential solutions for supervision of RBT's in school districts. 4) Participants will be able to identify the benefits of the RBT credential for students, staff, school leadership, and parents. |
Keyword(s): Paraprofessionals, Professional Development, RBT Credential, Teachers |
|
|
|
|
Computer Assisted Instruction: Evaluations of Headsprout and Edmark |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom HI |
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Helena Lydon (National University of Ireland Galway) |
CE Instructor: Helena Lydon, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium presents a series of three studies designed to examine the use of Computer Assisted Instruction (CAI) on teaching reading to both adults with intellectual disabilities and children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The first paper was a clustered randomized comparison design was used to investigate the Edmark Reading Program (ERP) and to compare its efficacy in teaching reading outcomes in its table-top (n =16) and CAI (n=15) versions. The second paper evaluates the effects of Headsprout Early Reading in the developing of reading with six adults with learning disabilities. A multiple baseline probe design across participants was used. The third paper presents the outcomes of a parent led intervention. Participants across groups were matched according to level of entry of the reading intervention and were subsequently randomly assigned to either an experimental (n = 13) or control (n = 13) condition as recruited. The study used a between-groups design to evaluate the effects of Headsprout on the reading outcomes and print motivation of children with ASD. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Computer Assisted, Edmark©, Headsprout©, Reading |
Target Audience: BCBA |
Learning Objectives: To inform BCBA's about the use of Edmark Reading Programme for teaching reading to children with autism spectrum disorder To inform BCBA's about the effects of Headsprout Early reading for young adults with intellectual disabilities To inform BCBA's about having parents as the key interventions in teaching reading to children with autism spectrum disorder |
|
The Edmark Reading Program: A Comparison of Computerized and Table Top Presentation in Reading Outcomes in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Amanda Nally (National University of Ireland, Galway), JENNIFER HOLLOWAY (National University of Ireland, Galway), Olive Healy (Trinity College Dublin), Helena Lydon (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: A clustered randomized comparison design was used to investigate the Edmark Reading Program (ERP) and to compare its efficacy in teaching reading outcomes using both table-top and software format. A sample of 31 participants with a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder were assigned to conditions using cluster random sampling. Participants were exposed to ERP in one of two conditions, table-top presentation (TTI) or computerized assisted instruction (CAI), for one full school semester. Assessments of reading ability were conducted before and after exposure to ERP on word reading, accuracy, rate, phonemic awareness, vocabulary, and reading comprehension. This study demonstrated that when ERP, TTI and CAI formats were compared, there were statistically significant differences found in favor of TTI on reading accuracy, reading rate, and phonemic awareness, specifically first sound fluency. Results indicate the efficacy of the table-top presentation of the reading program in these particular reading outcomes. The findings are discussed in light of existing research and the cost-benefit of both presentations |
|
Teaching Early Reading Skills to Young Adults With Moderate Intellectual Disabilities Using Headsprout Early Reading |
HELENA LYDON (National University of Ireland, Galway), Gemma Sheridan (National University of Ireland, Galway), Amanda Nally (National University of Ireland, Galway), Jennifer Holloway (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: Many adults with Intellectual disability can have difficulty gaining reading skills acquisition. A multiple probe design across six participants was used to examine the effectiveness of Headsprout Early Reading. Participants were assigned to dyads (based on baseline probe), with two participants placed on the same baseline. Accuracy of sprout cards was the dependent variable selected for decisions in relation to implementation. Results indicated that Headsprout Early Reading had high social validity across participants, their parents and facilitators of the program. Outcome results also indicated an improvement in reading accuracy and fluency for all participants. |
|
Investigating the Use of Headsprout Reading Programme by Parents in the Home Environment With Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
AMANDA NALLY (National University of Ireland, Galway), Jennifer Holloway (National University of Ireland, Galway), Olive Healy (Trinity College Dublin), Helena Lydon (National University of Ireland Galway) |
Abstract: A between-groups design was used to evaluate the Headsprout on the reading outcomes and print motivation of a sample of 26 children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Headsprout was implemented by parents in their homes, who received training on in the identification of learning difficulties whereby additional support was provided to participants based on these specific learning problems. Results demonstrated that participants who received Headsprout showed greater gains in word reading, non-word reading, and the target sound and words of Headsprout. The results of print motivation demonstrated that only the print material specific to the program had an increase in preference at post-tests. Findings indicate that this reading program can be successfully implemented with children with ASD by parents in the home environment, with the addition of adaptations and learning support. |
|
|
|
|
Technology and Innovation in Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom E |
Area: PCH/OBM; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Ellie Kazemi, Ph.D. |
Chair: Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge) |
JANET S. TWYMAN (Center on Innovations in Learning) |
JASON C. VLADESCU (Caldwell University) |
FLORENCE D. DIGENNARO REED (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Technology is advancing at an unprecedented rate and is likely to continue to progress in a global society with high demands for efficiency. As technology evolves, new devices and new applications are emerging, which allow behavior analysts to develop more efficient, accessible, and personalized systems. The members of this panel bring considerable knowledge and experience in this content area and will advise on how various technologies (e.g., computer applications, e-learning, virtual reality, robotics, telehealth) can be leveraged to enhance application and dissemination of behavior analysis. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts that function as practitioners, supervisors, educators, innovators, and researchers. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to describe how technology has been leveraged by the panelists in various applications of behavior analysis. 2. Attendees will be able to describe how technology has been used for data collection. 3. Attendees will be able to describe how elearning has been used to enahnce teaching. 4. Attendees will be able to describe how videos have been used to increase performance skills of staff. |
|
|
|
|
Social Media: The Power, Potentials, and Pitfalls of Networking, Ethics, and Finding Your Niche |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C |
Area: PRA/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Ryan Lee O'Donnell, M.S. |
Chair: Corey L. Robertson (ABA Tech; Florida Tech) |
RYAN LEE O'DONNELL (RYANO, LLC) |
GIA BISCONTINI (Biscontini Behavior) |
DIAH ASKARI (Behavior Man) |
Abstract: The rise of entrepreneurship in behavior analysis and other professional arenas has created waves across the globe, changing forever the ways in which businesses operate. Social media has become a ubiquitous tool critical for marketing, branding, engaging and disseminating content. As LinkedIn, Instagram and Facebook cement themselves into our personal and organizational lives, we must as a field approach with care and creativity in order to remain aligned to our unique models and ethical boundaries. In this panel we discuss our experiences in networking, ethics and finding our niche while using social media in behavior analysis. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts in Practice, including but not limited to those with credentials from the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). |
Learning Objectives: Identify best-practices for marketing behavior analytic content ethically on social media. Identify best-practices for branding behavior analytic content on social media. Identify best-practices for engaging and disseminating behavior analytic content on social media. |
Keyword(s): dissemination, ethics, networking, social media |
|
|
|
|
It's All in How You Package It: The Impact of Different Methods of Disseminating ABA to the General Public |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom C |
Area: TBA/CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lilly Alejandra Flores-Fiumara (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Melissa R. Nosik (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
CE Instructor: Melissa R. Nosik, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In spite of the growing knowledge and application of the scientific principles of behavior, these principles have not been extensively disseminated to the general population (Carr & Fox, 2009). The use of current technology to enhance the dissemination of ABA has been proposed by behavior analysts in the past (Axelrod, Moyer, & Berry, 1990; Plaud, 1996), and many behavior analysts have advocated for the use of conversational language rather than technical language (Bailey, 1991; Binder, 1991; Foxx, 1996; Lindsley, 1991; Rolider, Axelrod, & Van Houten, 1998). More research is needed to assess the impact of language used for disseminating ABA within specific cultural groups. Additionally, it is important to investigate what modalities (e.g., YouTube videos, interactive presentations, presentation slides, etc.) are most impactful in helping the general public learn about Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), as well as which modalities lead to individuals making favorable statements about ABA. This symposium presents the findings from recent studies that assessed the perspectives of adults who were not affiliated with ABA, and explores the potential utility of Internet videos, presentation slides, and interactive exercises to disseminate key concepts related to ABA. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): African American, Disseminating ABA, General public, YouTube videos |
Target Audience: This symposium is appropriate for BCBAs and BCaBAs |
Learning Objectives: Following this presentation, attendees will be able to: 1) Describe the critical variables involved in videos, PowerPoint presentations, and active response activities as they relate to disseminating ABA. 2) Select advantages and disadvantages of technical and conversational language in disseminating ABA. 3) State several considerations related to disseminating ABA to specific cultural groups. |
|
Disseminating Applied Behavior Analysis: The Effects of Using YouTube
Videos on the Public's "Like" and "Dislike" Responses About Applied Behavior
Analysis |
HITOMI WADA (Instructional ABA Consultants), Fawna Stockwell (Upswing Advocates; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Ashley E. Bennett (Touchstone Health Services) |
Abstract: The present study utilized YouTube videos covering various topics related to ABA, and videos used either technical language or conversational language to describe behavioral principles. While watching each video, participants from the general public made "like" and "dislike" responses using a keyboard. Results showed that, with the exception of one participant, all of the participants' self-reported attitudes toward ABA became more favorable after watching the videos. The majority of participants showed increases in correct responses to factual questions about ABA from pretest to posttest. Participant ratings were generally favorable across all videos, and the results showed nuanced responding with regard to preferences for technical language as compared to conversational language. |
|
The Effects of Different Multimedia Presentations About Applied Behavior Analysis on the Responding of African American Adults |
MAYA WILLIAMS (Helping Hand Center), Fawna Stockwell (Upswing Advocates; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Ashley E. Bennett (Touchstone Health Services) |
Abstract: The current study examined the effect of three different multimedia presentations about applied behavior analysis (ABA) on the responding of African American adults. Assessments measured participants' levels of factual knowledge about ABA before and after each presentation, which included two PowerPoint presentations (one interactive, one non-interactive) and an emotional narrative video about ABA. Participants responded to questions about their evaluations of each of the three presentation styles, as well as a final questionnaire comparing all three presentations. The results showed that all participants felt more informed about the field of ABA after participating in the study and that the majority of participants would recommend ABA therapy to their future colleagues, clients, family, and friends based on the presentations in the study. Additionally, correct responding on the post-assessment increased as a result of the successive presentations for the majority of participants, with the two PowerPoint presentations showing similar levels of effectiveness. Overall, the participants showed a slight preference for the Colorful Interactive presentation, which included videos of various ABA concepts and a response card activity. Implications for dissemination of ABA to the African American community will be discussed within the context of the study's results. |
|
|
|
|
A Complex Adaptive Systems View of Language and Second Language Development |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9 |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Judah B. Axe, Ph.D. |
Chair: Judah B. Axe (Simmons College) |
DIANE LARSEN-FREEMAN (University of Michigan; University of Pennsylvania) |
Diane Larsen-Freeman (Ph.D., Linguistics, University of Michigan) is a Professor Emerita in Linguistics and Education at the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, and a Professor Emerita at the Graduate SIT Institute in Brattleboro, Vermont. She is currently a Visiting Senior Fellow in Educational Linguistics at the University of Pennsylvania. Her books relevant to the B.F. Skinner lecture are Language as a Complex Adaptive System (co-edited with Nick Ellis, Wiley-Blackwell) and Complex Systems and Applied Linguistics (co-authored with Lynne Cameron, Oxford University Press). The latter won the Kenneth W. Mildenberger book prize, awarded by the Modern Language Association. |
Abstract: Language is a complex adaptive system (CAS). Its evolution, development in learners, and use are historically contingent and emergent. Its patterns emerge from social interaction in an environment, which both structures and is structured by iterative language use. Frequently-occurring patterns provide the system some stability; however, change is immanent in the system, brought about by its users co-adapting to an ever-changing environment. It is this co-adaptation that is the source of creativity and innovation in meaning making in a pragmatically appropriate manner. This view of language as a CAS represents a challenge to more traditional views of second language development. It suggests that there is neither linguistic innateness nor an endpoint to the development, certainly not one that is isomorphic with native speaker use. It at least partly explains why there is ubiquitous variability in the process and why given the nature of the process the learner's linguistic system is free to develop along alternative trajectories. These claims will be supported with both corpus and longitudinal developmental data. |
Target Audience: Researchers and practitioners interested in theories of language and language development. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) describe some of the fundamental characteristics of language as a complex adaptive system; (2) compare these characteristics with those of the rational behaviorism of B.F. Skinner; (3) assess the value of a view of language as a complex system for practitioners |
|
|
|
|
Innovations in Functional Analysis and Function-Based Interventions to Reduce Challenging Behavior for Children With Autism |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom F |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University) |
Discussant: Jennifer Ninci (University of Hawaii at Manoa) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Ninci, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will include two presentations. The purpose of the first study was to evaluate the effects of a treatment based on the results of a trial-based functional analysis (TBFA) that utilized isolated and synthesized reinforcement contingencies. Across all participants, challenging behavior occurred during most during synthesized TBFA condition, but only occurred during one of the two isolated conditions. During the treatment evaluation, participants were taught three responses that corresponded to each of the conditions evaluated in the TBFA. All participants allocated responding to the response that matched one of the isolated contingencies, suggesting challenging behavior for was maintained by isolated reinforcement contingencies. The purpose of the second study was to evaluate the effect of demand fading on the resurgence of challenging behavior following functional communication training. Participants with autism who engaged in escape-maintained challenging behavior participated. During the treatment evaluation, functional communication training with demand fading was compared to functional communication training with a dense schedule of reinforcement. Resurgence of challenging behavior in each condition was assessed. Results indicate idiosyncratic responding across participants and suggest the need for further investigation of intervention variables that affect resurgence. The discussant will summarize implications for practice and directions for future research. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): function-based intervention, functional analysis, resurgence |
Target Audience: The target audience for this symposium is behavior analysts who work with children with autism and other developmental disabilities who engage in challenging behavior. |
Learning Objectives: Following symposium attendance, attendees should be able to: 1. Describe trial-based functional analysis procedures 2. Identify intervention procedures matched to functional analysis results 3. Describe how resurgence can affect long-term reductions in challenging behavior |
|
Treatment Evaluation Following Synthesized Trial-Based Functional Analysis |
Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Emily Gregori (Purdue University), Catharine Lory (Purdue University), So Yeon Kim (Purdue University), MARIE DAVID (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Various methods have been developed to enhance the efficiency of functional analyses. One of these methods includes synthesizing all variables suspected of maintaining challenging behavior into a single test condition. The purposes of the current study were to (a) compare synthesized and isolated reinforcement contingencies in a trial-based functional analysis (TBFA) and (b) to evaluate treatment based on the results of the TBFA. Three children with autism participated in the current study. Results of the TBFA were consistent across all three children. Challenging behavior was observed during most of the synthesized trials. However, when reinforcement contingencies were evaluated in isolation, challenging behavior was sensitive to only one of the two contingencies. To clarify the results of the TBFA, we implemented functional communication training. Each child was taught three mands that corresponded to the contingencies tested in the TBFA. During treatment sessions, children most frequently selected the response corresponding to one of the isolated reinforcement contingencies. Additionally, challenging behavior immediately decreased. These results suggest that challenging behavior for all three participants was sensitive to isolated reinforcement contingencies. |
|
An Evaluation of the Effect of Demand Fading on the Resurgence of Challenging Behavior |
SUPRIYA RADHAKRISHNAN (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Abby Hodges (Baylor University), Amy Nicole Feind (Baylor University) |
Abstract: Resurgence, or the reoccurrence, of challenging behavior often occurs following successful treatment with functional communication training. It is important to identify treatment variables that reduce the resurgence of challenging behavior. The current study assessed the impact of demand fading (i.e., increasing the number of demands required prior to reinforcing mands) on resurgence of challenging behavior. Two participants with autism who engaged in escape-maintained challenging behavior participated in this study. Following the functional analysis, the efficacy of functional communication training was assessed within a reversal design. Throughout the functional communication training phases, the child participants were taught two mands during alternating sessions. In the second functional communication training phase, one of the two mands was associated with demand fading, while the other mand was associated with a consistently low task requirement (i.e., dense schedule of reinforcement). Following the treatment evaluation phase, resurgence was assessed in an extinction phase. Results of the resurgence evaluation varied by participant, with one participant engaging in challenging behavior across both conditions and the other participant not engaging in challenging behavior across either condition. We plan to conduct similar procedures with two additional participants and anticipate that data collection will be complete in February 2018. |
|
|
|
|
Addressing the Unique Social Needs of Individuals With High-Functioning Autism |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall C |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Charlotte Mann (Western New England University; University of St Joseph) |
CE Instructor: Charlotte Mann, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Adolescents and young adults with high-functioning autism (HFA) frequently have the content knowledge and vocational skills necessary to participate with typically developing peers in educational and employment settings. Their full integration in these settings, however, can be negatively impacted by differences in how they participate in verbal communities and resolve both social and non-social problems they encounter. We will present two empirical studies conducted with adolescents with HFA, one in which we taught problem-solving strategies that participants then successfully applied to solve novel problems in the natural environment. In the second study, we applied a stimulus equivalence framework to intraverbal interactions, to describe a novel outcome measure for assessing derivational stimulus control over intraverbal behavior. In addition, we reviewed literature on altering the prosody behavior of individuals with HFA. We will provide recommendations for clinicians on how to develop problem-solving and social skills in individuals with HFA, and for researchers interested in furthering our scientific understanding of these topics. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): high-functioning autism, intraverbal behavior, problem-solving, prosody behavior |
Target Audience: We will be making recommendations appropriate for practitioners and researchers, particularly relevant to those who work with individuals with high-functioning autism. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to identify procedures that have been effective in teaching problem-solving skills that can generalize to novel scenarios in educational and vocational contexts. 2. Participants will learn to apply a stimulus equivalence framework to examine intraverbal interactions. 3. Participants will be able to identify what researchers have learned about the prosody behavior of individuals with high-functioning autism. |
|
Generalization of Problem-Solving Skills to Vocational and Educational Settings by Individuals With High-Functioning Autism |
(Applied Research) |
REGAN MADORE (The Gengras Center), Nicole C Groskreutz (University of Saint Joseph), John D. Molteni (University of Saint Joseph), Sarah Lessard (The Gengras Center), Laura B. Turner (University of Saint Joseph) |
Abstract: To be successful in educational and vocational settings, individuals with disabilities must be able to use problem-solving strategies to determine effective and socially acceptable responses to problems that arise. We investigated the effects of teaching individuals with high-functioning autism (ASD) to discriminate problem and non-problem situations, and apply a problem-solving strategy in response to problems. During training sessions, participants were exposed to non-problem scenarios, problem scenarios they were not directly involved in, and problem scenarios including both social and non-social solutions. Participants learned to discriminate problems from non-problems, classify whether they were directly involved in the problems, and generate solutions to the problem scenarios during interviews that followed each training session. In addition, during in vivo scenarios that we staged prior to and throughout training, both participants successfully applied the problem-solving strategies learned to solve novel problems in educational and vocational settings. Data collected thus far suggest that it may be beneficial for clinicians to apply these procedures to teach other adolescents or young adults with autism an effective problem-solving strategy. |
|
Conditioning Derivational Stimulus Control Over Intraverbal Behavior of Adolescents With Autism |
(Applied Research) |
ALEXANDRIA ARRIAGA (University of Texas at San Antonio), Lee L Mason (University of Texas at San Antonio), Alonzo Alfredo Andrews (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Abstract: Conditioning stimulus control over intraverbals, the operant class of social behavior, is a primary function of the verbal community. Addressing intraverbal deficits, however, continues to be a challenge for researchers, due to the lack of precise measures, as well as practitioners, because of the sparse literature on establishing discriminations between various verbal stimuli. Applying a stimulus equivalence framework to intraverbal interactions, this paper describes a novel outcome measure for assessing derivational stimulus control over the intraverbal behavior of adolescents with high-functioning autism. Using two-sentence affordance narratives, we evaluated the relative control of reflexive, symmetrical, and transitive stimuli over participants' responses to who, what, and where questions. Results show a derivation gradient analogous to the generalization gradients described by Guttman and Kalish (1956). Across the three variations of Wh- questions, reflexive questions generated the strongest responding, while transitive questions provided the weakest levels of stimulus control. Error analyses show response prepotencies across each level of derivation. Implications for future research and practice will be discussed. |
|
Assessment and Treatment of Prosody Behavior in Individuals With High Functioning Autism: A Review and Call for Research |
(Theory) |
CHARLOTTE MANN (Western New England University; University of St. Joseph), Amanda Karsten (Western New England University; Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Differences in prosody behavior between individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and their typically developing peers have been considered a central feature of ASD since the earliest clinical descriptions of the disorder (e.g., Kanner, 1943). Differences in prosody pose a particular concern for individuals with high functioning autism (HFA) who operate in environments designed for typically developing people. The purpose of this review is to examine the state of the literature focused on altering the prosody behavior of individuals with HFA and to provide recommendations for researchers who are interested in contributing to the scientific understanding of prosody. |
|
|
|
|
OBM and ACT: A Synergistic Powerhouse for Health and Wellbeing |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom G |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Julie M. Slowiak, Ph.D. |
Chair: Todd A. Ward (bSci21 Media, LLC) |
JULIE M. SLOWIAK (University of Minnesota Duluth) |
Julie M. Slowiak, Ph.D., BCBA, Pn1 works as an Associate Professor of Psychology at the University of Minnesota Duluth and is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. She assisted with the proposal and development of a new masters graduate program in psychological science, served as Chair of the Teaching and Learning Committee within the shared faculty governance system, and assisted with the formation of the UMD Wellness Collaborative for which she is Co-Chair. Dr. Slowiak has taught and developed undergraduate and graduate courses on statistics, research methods, organizational behavior management, organizational psychology, personnel psychology, applied behavior analysis, organizational systems and development, personnel training and development, and worker wellbeing. Nominated by both faculty and students, she has received multiple awards at UMD to recognize excellence in teaching and advising. Dr. Slowiak is the founder of InJewel LLC and a personal and professional coach and consultant. She is an expert in the science of human behavior with an emphasis on performance management, behavioral systems analysis, employee motivation, and general behavior change. Current projects include facilitating performance management and leadership development workshops to local organizations, providing ongoing, voluntary organizational consultation to a animal shelter, and providing healthy lifestyle behavior change coaching to individuals. |
Abstract: Successful and thriving communities must adopt a strategic and adaptable approach health and wellbeing to create a sustainable culture of health. Now, while there is an increasing focus on mental health around the globe, is the time to broaden the reach of our science to support individual health and wellbeing. As behavioral scientists and practitioners, have the knowledge to apply our science to help individuals and the communities within which they live, learn, work, and play override their “default” actions, cultivate resilience, and develop supportive environments. In particular, the corporate world presents behavioral scientists with tremendous opportunities for large-scale interventions designed to increase psychological wellbeing, fueled by demand from lost revenue that could improve the lives of millions around the world. In this presentation, I will share my story and describe my experiences teaching others how to support everyday behavior and wellbeing using behavioral science. I will also share how my self-study in the area of acceptance and commitment training (ACT), along with my background in organizational behavior management (OBM), has enhanced my own life and has provided me with knowledge, skills, and tools to be a more effective teacher, coach, and consultant. Finally, I will share insights about the struggles I have encountered as an entrepreneur while conveying our science to those outside the field and how collaboration with other professionals is a key component to transforming culture on a large scale. |
Target Audience: Professionals, including behavior analysts, working with behavior change in any context, interested in doing practical work to support the health and wellbeing of individuals and organizations; psychologists, behavior analysts, practitioners, and graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) describe how behavioral science can support everyday behavior and wellbeing; (2) describe how the combination of OBM and ACT provide a unique perspective for the development of a strategic, adaptable, and sustainable approach health and wellbeing; (3) and describe why we might modify our language in a way that is functional for the rest of the world. |
|
|
|
|
PDS: Establishing Conditioned Reinforcement for Reading and Writing and Incorporating Functional Writing Contingencies in the General Education Setting |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom DE |
Area: DEV/EDC; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Lara Gentilini, M.A. |
Chair: Lara Gentilini (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
COLLEEN CUMISKEY MOORE (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
JENNIFER WEBER (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
JENNIFER LEE (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: The acquisition of conditioned reinforcement for academic stimuli and subject areas is a critical educational objective—particularly conditioned reinforcement for reading and writing. When established, conditioned reinforcement for reading serves as an academic function, including increased reading comprehension repertoires. There are also academic benefits to establishing the reinforcement value of writing, as reinforcement for writing and the ability to write to communicate may not develop incidentally. Research has established conditioned reinforcement for writing through an observational procedure—specifically observing a writer communicating with his or her reader. It is also necessary to develop a functional writing repertoire, in which students come under the functional reinforcement of writing to affect the behavior of a reader. Functional writing can extend to other types of writing (i.e., writing math algorithms), where students contact the natural consequences of writing effective math algorithms and acquire functional reinforcement for solving new types of math problems. The purpose of this panel is to provide an overview of the protocols used to establish conditioned reinforcement for reading and writing and procedures for teaching functional writing repertories, as well as to explain the significance of such reinforcement value and repertories in the general education setting. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: The target audience for this panel includes teachers as strategic scientists, as well as those interested in learning more about the application of behavior analysis in the general education setting. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (a) describe the procedures for, and educational significance of, conditioning procedures for reading and writing, and (b) state the procedures for teaching a functional writing repertoire, and describe the ways that functional writing can extend to other types of writing (i.e., writing math algorithms) in a general education setting. |
Keyword(s): conditioning reading, conditioning writing, functional writing, general education |
|
|
|
|
What is Delay Discounting, and Why Should I Care? |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Amy Odum, Ph.D. |
Chair: Elizabeth Kyonka (University of New England) |
AMY ODUM (Utah State University) |
Amy Odum is a Professor in the Department of Psychology at Utah State University. Her research interests are in basic behavioral phenomena, such as response persistence, sensitivity to delayed outcomes, conditional discriminations, and environmental influences on drug effects. Her work has been funded by the National Institute on Drug Abuse and the National Institute of Mental Health. She completed a post-doctoral fellowship at the University of Vermont's Human Behavioral Pharmacology Laboratory after earning her Ph.D. and MA in Psychology, specializing in Behavior Analysis, from West Virginia University. She received a BS in Psychology from the University of Florida. Dr. Odum has been Associate Editor for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and President of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and Division 25 of the American Psychological Association. She is a Fellow of ABAI and is currently Editor-in-Chief of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. |
Abstract: Delay discounting is, most simply, the decline in the value of temporally remote outcomes. Delay discounting represents a true success story for the experimental analysis of behavior: A procedure, born in the pigeon laboratory, extended in literally thousands of experiments across species, populations, domains, and fields of inquiry. What exactly is it though? Questions linger among behavior analysts about the validity, utility, and meaning of the procedures and processes. This presentation will try to address those types of questions as well as talk about exciting new directions and applications of delay discounting to problems of human concern. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: Pending. |
|
|
|
|
Measuring Student Progress on Goals in Public Schools: Results from Two Large Intervention Projects |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom HI |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Laura J. Hall (San Diego State University) |
Discussant: Samuel L. Odom (University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill) |
CE Instructor: Laura J. Hall, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have lamented the infrequent use of behavioral strategies in public schools. This symposium will focus on: the process used to implement and measure progress on individualized goals for students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The targets typically addressed in the goals and the progress on goals as a result of training and coaching from two large-scale, Institute on Education Sciences, funded projects will be presented. One study focused on the implementation of Classroom Pivotal Response Training in 109 classrooms grades pre-K to fifth, and the second, the Center on Secondary Education for Students with Autism Spectrum Disorder (CSESA), measured the results from a multi-component intervention in 60 high schools and 547 students across three states. Both studies used Goal Attainment Scaling (GAS) to measure progress with individual goals by developing a scalable assessment that enables comparison across goals and students developed by Ruble (2010). Working with teachers, target goals are created in observable and measurable terms using a 5-point scale. Sample single-case design graphs will be presented to supplement the GAS goal results. Information about ways to assist school personnel with the foundational skills of designing and measuring goals is important for all providing support in the schools. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Goal writing, Progress monitoring, School context, Teacher coaching |
Target Audience: Professionals working in schools with a BCBA |
|
Goal Attainment Scaling to Measure Student Outcomes in Classroom Pivotal Response Teaching |
JESSICA SUHRHEINRICH (San Diego State University), Sarah Reith (San Diego State University), Melina Melgarejo (San Diego State University), Janice Chan (University of California, San Diego), Aubyn Stahmer (University of California, Davis) |
Abstract: Autism interventions proven to be efficacious in controlled research settings are often not well integrated into school settings, demonstrating the need for adaptation for classroom use. Classroom Pivotal Response Teaching (CPRT) is a behavioral intervention for children with ASD adapted from Pivotal Response Training (Stahmer, Suhrheinrich, & Rieth, 2017). This paper provides an overview of a large-scale community effectiveness trial of CPRT and the use of Goal Attainment Scaling (GAS) to measure student progress toward individualized learning goals. Randomized waitlist-control design was used with 109 preschool and elementary classrooms over three years. Teachers (n=109) and students (n=256) from 17 school districts participated. Individualized learning goals using GAS methodology (Ruble et al., 2010) were used to measure change in student functioning over each academic year. Data collection involved teacher interview, observation, and review of data collection records. Child participants were 5.8 years old (r=3 to 11), 83% male and 46% Hispanic with cognitive functioning in the low-average range (M=69.68; SD=20.67). Overall group differences were limited, however a factorial ANOVA with contrasts indicated students in the CPRT group demonstrated significantly more progress on social goals (t(64)=3.60, p<.001). Results indicate GAS is a feasible method for standardizing measurement of student IEP goals. |
|
Goal Attainment Scaling in a Large Scale Randomized Clinical Trial for High School Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
BONNIE KRAEMER (San Diego State University), Laura J. Hall (San Diego State University), Kara Hume (University of North Carolina at Chapel HIll), Leann Smith-Dawalt (Waisman Center, University of Wisconsin), Jessica Steinbrenner (University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill), Samuel L. Odom (University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill) |
Abstract: The Center on Secondary Education for Students with ASD (CSESA) recently completed an RCT to evaluate a comprehensive intervention model for high school students with ASD (n=547). The CSESA model targets four core domains: social competence, academics, independence and transition. Sixty high schools across three states (California, Wisconsin, North Carolina) participated in the IES funded project with 30 schools randomly assigned to the intervention (TX) and 30 to the services as usual (SAU) group. 303 participants across the 30 TX schools received a comprehensive intervention implemented over a 2-year period and 244 participants received usual services. Outcome data was collected at three time points and consisted of direct and indirect measures. This paper will present Goal Attainment Scale (GAS) outcome data for the TX vs SAU participants across the four domain areas and total. Each GAS goal was measured on a 5-point scale with 0 indicating no progress (baseline) and 4 indicating the goal was exceeded. Results indicate that post intervention GAS goals were higher overall (2.38 vs 2.18) and in each of the four target domains for TX vs SAU participants. Implications for using GAS as an outcome measure in large-scale projects and in schools will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Various Socially Relevant Skills Using a Stimulus Equivalence Training Framework With Commercially Available Learning Tools |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom G |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Bryan J. Blair (Endicott College) |
CE Instructor: Bryan J. Blair, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In recent years, research in the area of Equivalence-Based Instruction (EBI) has demonstrated that a variety of skills can be taught using basic EBI experimental preparations, including undergraduate and graduate academic content and behavior analytic skills. However, many questions remain (e.g., training/testing protocols, response-prompting, class sizes, reinforcement schedules, instructional feedback etc.). The three studies included in this symposium further investigated the use of equivalence-based procedures to teach typically developing adults complex socially relevant behavior (graphical analysis, identify medical conditions, and sight-singing). The three skills that were taught are ones that have proven to be very difficult to teach with traditional approaches. In addition, the three studies extended the literature to demonstrate that EBI can also result in the emergence of topographically dissimilar (e.g., selection-based vs. tact) responses. These emergent responses are analogous to the primary socially relevant skill for the target learner. In addition, inexpensive commercially available web-based applications were used for all training and testing. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): derived, emergent, s, stimulus equivalence, typically developing |
Target Audience: Practicing BCBAs |
|
Teaching the Visual Analysis of Graphs With Equivalence-Based Instruction: A Replication and Extension Using Commercially Available Learning Tools |
BRYAN J. BLAIR (Endicott College), Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated alarmingly low interrater agreement when visually inspecting trends in single-subject designs (see Wolfe, Seaman, & Drasgow, 2016). Typical didactic instruction of visual analysis for behavior analysts has yielded poor and unreliable results (Roane, Fisher, Kelley, Mevers, & Bouxsein, 2013). As such, a refined technology to improve the reliability among behavior analysts is warranted. Recently, developing research has focused on the emergence of untrained and novel responding with the use of Equivalence Based-Instruction (EBI) (Rehfeldt, 2011) and multiple-exemplar training (MET) for a variety of academic skills. Blair et al. (in preparation, 2017) demonstrated the efficacy of EBI for teaching the visual analysis of graphs. The current study extended and replicated Blair et al. (2017) by using commercially available learning tools for the EBI training platform and also included transfer-of-function probes (i.e., tacts). Initial results suggest that these learning tools are effective in establishing equivalence classes with undergraduate student participants and resulted in better generalization than previous studies, and that written tacts emerged with high accuracy. |
|
Training Sight-Singing Using Equivalence-Based Instruction; A Preliminary Investigation |
PAUL MAHONEY (Endicott College; Amego, Inc.), Bryan J. Blair (Endicott College) |
Abstract: The current study evaluates the application of equivalence-based instruction to teach sight-singing two adults. Sight singing is defined as the singing of the correct notes as indicated on sheet music. Generally, this is considered a difficult task to master by learners of music. The purpose of this study is as follows: to extend the application of equivalence-based instruction to a relatively novel content-area (i.e., singing), assess if generalization occurs to a novel response topography (i.e., participant vocalization of identified note pitch), and to apply commercially-available technology to the instruction. To train sight-singing, equivalence-based instruction technology was applied using commercially available technology. Following an initial baseline in which all relations were assessed (AB, AC, BA, CA, BC, CB, and BD), match-to-sample (MTS) training was conducted using the commercially-available technologies. Equivalence tests and an evaluation of a novel response topography will be conducted. This study will determine if sight-singing can be taught using equivalence-based instructional procedures. |
|
Using Equivalence Based Instruction to Teach the Identification of Asymmetrical Head Shapes in Infants: A Preliminary Analysis |
ELIZABETH KIRBY (Endicott College; Hopeful Journeys Educational Center), Bryan J. Blair (Endicott College), Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College) |
Abstract: The current study evaluated the application of Equivalence-Based Instruction (EBI) to teach identification of symptomatic and asymptomatic head shapes in infants. EBI methodology employs match to sample presentation. In this study components were presented using commercially available computer based technology. This technology was used while maintaining instruction and application in an EBI model. The use of this EBI technology allowed the experimenter to quickly teach complex skills to a variety of individuals. Subsequently teaching nurses who generally interact with infants in a pediatrician's office provides the potential for earlier diagnosis of the targeted medical conditions that produces asymmetrical heads; craniosynostosis, and plagiocephaly. Craniosynostosis affects one child in every 2,000 children (Proctor, 2014). Plagiocephaly affects 20-25% of infants in the united states (CDC, 2017). Early diagnosis of craniosynostosis provides more treatment options, with the opportunity of lowering medical costs (Hashim, Patel, Yang, Travieso, Terner, Losee, & Mayes, 2014). The application of EBI will enhance the early identification of craniosynostosis and plagiocephaly in infants as well as demonstrate the use of a commercially available technology in the application of EBI. |
|
|
|
|
The Impact of a Leadership Training Package on Organizational Measures |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom E |
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Alyssa Kavner, M.A. |
Chair: Alyssa Kavner (Easterseals Southern California) |
JENNIE MYHRA (Easterseals Southern California) |
KIMBERLEY ANDREA ENLOE (Easterseals Southern California) |
JACQUELINE B. GANLEY (Easterseals Southern California) |
Abstract: Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) is an area of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) which uses behavior analytic principles to improve employee performance, staff training, and management strategies (Reid & Parsons, 2000). The field of OBM is moving towards taking on a systems perspective when analyzing possible solutions to organizational problems (Abernathy, 2008, 2014; Brethower, 2001; Diener, McGee, & Miguel, 2009; Methot et al., 1996; Tosti & Herbst, 2009) including when attempting to improve employee performance. This approach emphasizes aligning leader behavior to organizational goals to improve organizational outcomes. Additionally, use of OBM strategies included in training procedures have been shown to effectively produce overall changes in employee behaviors (Langeland et al., 1997; Methot et al., 1996; Shapiro & Kazemi 2017). Panelists will discuss an intervention to train organizational leaders in departments consisting of several levels of management to improve outcomes on measures related to service line strategic goals. Similar to the study conducted by Szabo et al. (2012), the intervention consisted of didactic training paired with modeling and role-play with feedback, regularly scheduled meetings and use of performance scorecards. Specifically, panelists will discuss an overview of the scorecard system implemented in a human services organization and the leadership training package designed to increase associates use of that scorecard system. Additional discussion will include how performance assessment tools were used to further evaluate regional needs in implementing interventions to improve management strategies related to targeted organizational measures on the scorecard system. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Managers Supervisors Company Owners |
Learning Objectives: Identify effective components of a Leadership Training Package for their Supervisors Identify and execute the steps for leading others in aligning staff to organizational priorities Identify the necessary components of assessing an organization's need for specific interventions |
Keyword(s): Leadership, OBM, Scorecards, Training |
|
|
|
|
Rapid Prompting Method: Facilitated Communication in Sheep's Clothing and a Threat to the Delivery of Effective Interventions |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom A |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Paul A. Dores, Ph.D. |
Chair: Matthew C. Howarth (Verbal Behavior Associates) |
PAUL A. DORES (Psychologist in Private Practice; Verbal Behavior Associates) |
GINA GREEN (Association of Professional Behavior Analysts) |
PAMELA TOWNSEND (Dannis Woliver Kelley) |
Abstract: Soma Rapid Prompting Method (RPM) is a methodology that purports to build communication and academic skills in learners with autism and other diagnoses using intensive verbal, auditory, visual, and tactile prompts. Use of RPM is often accompanied by extraordinary claims that learners exhibited exceptional skill levels, and even genius-like talents, even though most had shown no signs of such skills before RPM was used and no scientific research supports those claims. This panel discussion will address the similarities between Rapid Prompting Method and Facilitated Communication (FC) and threats that both represent to the effective implementation of applied behavior analysis interventions (for example, when false communications produced via RPM or FC replace actual, independent communication, or those methods supplant proven intervention methods). Objective procedures for testing the authorship of messages produced via RPM or FC and the ethical and legal challenges they pose for ABA practitioners and school districts will also be discussed. |
Target Audience: All ABA practitioners and educational professionals: BCBAs, BCaBA, School Psychologists |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the panel discussion, participants will be able to: 1) Identify the barriers to applying effective interventions when encountering non-evidence based practices. 2) List the ethical issues surrounding Rapid Prompting Method 3) Describe the Iaws and regulations around the usage of RPM in schools |
|
|
|
|
Effective Supervision: How to Balance Requirements of University Programs, Human Service Agencies, and Third-Party Payers |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom B |
Area: PRA/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Anna M. Young, Ph.D. |
Chair: Anna M. Young (Montana State University, Billings) |
ELLIE KAZEMI (California State University, Northridge) |
REBECCA RENEE WISKIRCHEN (Western Michigan University) |
TERESA CAMILLE KOLU (Cusp Emergence) |
Abstract: Amidst the ever-changing landscape of updated requirements for the Behavior Analyst Certification Board's Task List(s) and Experience Standards, agency directors often face organizational challenges balancing the needs of clients and their families, resource allotment, and third-party payers. The panelists in this session will highlight specific ethical and supervisory challenges that may exist when students working under BACB Experience Standards, human service operations (e.g., services for autism spectrum disorder), and a variety of payers (e.g., insurance, waivers, school funds, etc.) collide in the pursuit of socially valid behavioral treatment. Policies, procedures, training protocols, and parent handbooks can be developed with the purpose of supporting cooperation and increasing collaboration. When requirements change from any stakeholder, others must adapt and reflect the changes in practice. Building a culture that is responsive to change in many ways benefits the whole agency. Participants in this session will gain an understanding of recent BACB supervisory changes, related challenges presented by third-party payers, and creative solutions that have been developed in order to balance collaborative efforts. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Target Audience: BACB Supervisors, Agency Directors, Billing/Insurance Managers, University Contact Faculty for BACB Practicum Programs |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify current and future BACB Experience Standards that may impact supervisee training in human service agencies (clinic, home-based, and school settings). 2. Gain an understanding of factors that may impact ethical supervision in practicum settings (e.g., requirements by third-party payers, family expectations, privacy policies). 3. Develop proactive solutions to challenges that may result from a clash between practicum supervisees, third-party payers, and agency policies. |
|
|
|
|
Functional Analysis and Function-Based Interventions in Practice |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom DE |
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento) |
Discussant: Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge) |
CE Instructor: Tara A. Fahmie, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Experimental functional analyses are generally underutilized in practice settings given concerns regarding the time required to complete an experimental analysis. Trial-based functional analyses developed in recent years can address this concern, however, the time required to train practitioners to conduct such analyses can also contribute to underutilization. The first study in this symposium presents instructional methods that can be used to efficiently train practitioners to implement trial-based functional analyses. The second study in the symposium addresses a common practitioner concern of encountering an extinction burst when the identified reinforcer for a problem behavior is first withheld. Data on the prevalence of extinction bursts in applied behavior analytic research between the years of 2000 and 2017 are presented and implications concerning behavior intervention plans are discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: practitioners and researchers |
|
The Effects of Detailed Written Instructions and a Task Analysis Data Sheet on Staff Implementation of Trial-Based Functional Analysis |
(Applied Research) |
KRISTIN GRIFFITH (California State University, Sacramento), Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento), Jenifer Price (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: This study examined the effectiveness of detailed written instructions (WI) and a task analysis data sheet (TA DS) in training three undergraduate students with no previous coursework in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) to conduct trial-based functional analyses (TBFA). This study extended previous research by using instructional materials that were written using conventional language and did not include information on the principles of ABA or the underlying rationale for functional analysis methodology. Although the WI and TA DS produced significant increases in performance and reliable data collection on the targeted problem behavior, small-group performance feedback training was necessary to achieve mastery across all trial types. Results offer a socially valid training package to teach paraprofessionals to conduct TBFAs in applied settings. |
|
The Prevalence of Extinction Bursts in Applied Behavior Analytic Research |
(Applied Research) |
MIA BROUSSEAU (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids) |
Abstract: An extinction burst is a temporary increase in the rate of a previously reinforced behavior when extinction is first implemented. Previous research has suggested that extinction bursts may be less prevalent than is commonly believed by practitioners (Lerman & Iwata, 1995). The current study is a replication of Lerman and Iwata’s 1995 review. We analyzed 100 cases of extinction in peer reviewed publications between the years of 2000 and 2017 and found that only 14% of cases demonstrated an extinction burst, a number even lower than the 24% reported by Lerman and Iwata. Furthermore, only 8% of the cases we analyzed implemented extinction alone, compared to 50% in the Lerman study. Changes in conceptions of what constitutes a complete behavior intervention plan are discussed, as are implications for practitioners. |
|
|
|
|
Ethical Supervision of ABA Services Across Diverse Service Providers and Settings |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Megan G. Kunze, M.A. |
Chair: Jessica Franco (University of Texas at Austin) |
MEGAN G. KUNZE (University of Oregon) |
BERENICE DE LA CRUZ (Autism Community Network) |
LUPE CASTANEDA (Behavior Pathways, LLC) |
Abstract: Board Certified Behavior Analysts supervise diverse service providers, those working toward their initial certification and those needing ongoing supervision (e.g., BCaBAs, RBTs), in different settings. Supervision may include behavior skills training with students at universities, teachers in schools, BCaBAs and RBTs in clinics and homes, and parents in homes and in the community. Effectiveness of the supervision may vary across these settings and supervisees (Dixon et al. 2016; Neely, Rispoli, Gerow, & Hong 2016; Stahmer et al., 2015). Thus, supervisors need to plan appropriate means of teaching and assessing in the various circumstances (Carr & Nosik, 2017). While the BACB provides extensive training and resources on the standards for effective supervision of those seeking certification, we have less information on how to adapt to the changing supervision needs across settings, especially for those who are receiving on-going supervision. Panelists will share their experience on various supervision scenarios they have encountered with diverse service providers in different settings. Panelists will discuss ethical issues that may arise during supervision and guidance on how to uphold the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2016). Participants are encouraged to ask questions and seek recommendations about their own experiences. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: This presentation is geared toward BCBAs who are supervisors of RBTs and BCaBAs. Participants will have the opportunity to ask questions about their experiences as a supervisor and ethical challenges involved in fulfilling the role. |
Learning Objectives: Participants will have the opportunity to: 1. reflect on their own professional experiences as well as learn from the panel and audience participants, 2. gain knowledge of current research on supervision practices of BCBAs for BCaBAs and RBTs, and 3. advance understanding of the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2016). |
|
|
|
|
Online Teaching 2018: Lessons Learnt and Next Steps |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom C |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Dipti Mudgal (Ball State University) |
CE Instructor: Dipti Mudgal, Ph.D. |
Abstract: As providers of quality education via online platform, we are consistently striving to excel and keep up with the changing nature of our students and technology. Over the years, each one of us has evolved as a teacher while navigating through uncharted territories of teaching ABA online. With the fast changing structure of technology, we have to adapt fairly rapidly and modify our content. It has been a great shaping process for us as teachers and we have acquired some many interpersonal, educational, and technological tools along the way. The aim of this symposia is to discuss what we have learned about teaching and delivery of instruction in an online format. We will also be discussing the unique and complicated challenges we face as compared to an on-campus program. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): online education |
Target Audience: Academia, graduate students, supervisors, clinicians, and trainers. |
|
Finding the Modus Operandi for Student Success in Behavior Analysis Programs |
SHANNON TITUS DIERINGER (Ball State University), Kimberly Martell (Ball State University) |
Abstract: The demand for quality online education for training future behavior analysts is at an all-time high; and we, as online educators, are required to ensure educational excellence. Over the past five years we have seen the characteristics of our students change dramatically. We often have students in our courses that are full-time employees who also have other multiple competing task demands with little time to engage in schoolwork during the typical 9-5 work day. As a result, we have had to adapt our teaching styles and strategies to fit their needs. We strive to create a learning environment that encourages positive interaction among peers and instructors. This presentation will discuss some of challenges we have faced in our quest to provide high quality instruction of applied behavior analysis coursework in an online venue. We will also discuss some "tricks of the trade" to engage students in the learning process thereby increasing their likelihood for success in the field of applied behavior analysis. |
|
A Framework for Incorporating Student Preference in Online Courses |
LAURA L. DUDLEY (Northeastern University), Nicole M. Davis (Northeastern University), Hanna C. Rue (Autism Spectrum Therapies) |
Abstract: One of the major differences between on-ground and online courses is the nature of class discussions that take place within those courses. Discussion formats may include asynchronous written discussions, synchronous written discussions, synchronous video discussions, asynchronous video discussions, or some combination of the above. This presentation offers a framework for how one might assess student preference for discussion format, as well as how one might assess outcomes when students are given the option of choosing discussion format. This framework for incorporating student choice may be applied to other areas of course participation, such as lecture format and assignments. |
|
Online Programs: Thinking Outside the Box |
VERONICA J. HOWARD (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
Abstract: Alaska is the 43rd most internet connected state; only 78% of Alaskans have broadband coverage. Local studies highlight the significant cost for internet access in rural villages, the slow internet speeds (as low as 19.2 kbps in some communities), and intermittent quality of internet connection. Given these limitations, delivering a professional training program comes with significant challenges. How can we best train the future generation of behavior analysis in a state spanning over twice the area of Texas, with limited access to the infrastructure enjoyed by many in the continental united states? This presentation will highlight some of the challenges and successes of teaching online and blended courses at an open-enrollment Alaska university. |
|
|
|
|
A Comprehensive Evaluation of a Practical Functional Assessment Model |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall B |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Julia Iannaccone (Queens College) |
Discussant: Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center) |
CE Instructor: Joshua Jessel, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, and Hanratty (2014) developed a functional assessment format intended to be practical and efficient. The process begins with an open-ended interview, the information of which is used to inform the unique contingencies evaluated in an analysis with a single synthesized test condition and a matched control. This symposium includes a comprehensive evaluation of the reliability, validity, generality, and efficiency of the functional assessment model. Study 1 of this symposium evaluates the reliability of the open-ended interview used to design the subsequent analysis by comparing the results of multiple interviewers. In Study 2, multiple contextually relevant variables are assessed to determine the generality of the treatment procedures in natural settings informed by the functional assessment in a consecutive case series analysis. Study 3 evaluated the efficiency of the functional assessment by reanalyzing session duration to determine the extent to which analysis duration can be reduced without detriments in interpretations of functional control. Comparative validity measures of the practical functional assessment and a traditional functional analysis format were obtained in Study 4 by conducting both formats with each of the adult participants. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): functional assessment, problem behavior, reliability, validity |
Target Audience: BCBAs, BCBA-Ds, BCaBAs, licensed psychologists, and other behavior analytic providers who are looking for information on how to conduct or how to teach someone to conduct a practical functional assessment and treatment model. |
|
Is Functional Assessment Reliability Necessary to Produce Valid Treatment Outcomes? |
ADITHYAN RAJARAMAN (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Holly Gover (Western New England University), Robin K. Landa (Western New England University), Kelsey Ruppel (Western New England University) |
Abstract: The interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA; Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014) is an efficient functional analysis that has led to the development of effective skill-based treatments for severe problem behavior (Ghaemmaghami, Hanley, & Jessel, 2016; Hanley et al., 2014; Santiago, Hanley, Jin, & Moore, 2015). The indirect assessment used in this functional assessment process takes the form of a semi-structured interview with caregivers that informs the design of a subsequent analysis. The reliability of the process of conducting an interview and designing an analysis from the interview has, however, not been assessed. This study aimed to (a) provide multiple measures of the reliability of the semi-structured interview and analysis design process and (b) assess the efficacy and generality of treatments derived from a functional assessment process on baselines established from an independent process. Results showed that reliability largely depended on the lens with which agreement was measured across two independent assessments; the assessment process was reliable on a general level but unreliable on a more specific level. The variability imposed by the unreliability of the assessment process did not negatively influence treatment utility, as the effects of the treatment designed in one context transferred to the other context. |
|
Effectiveness of the IISCA and Skill-Based Treatment in a School Setting |
JESSICA SLATON (Nashoba Learning Group), Jessica Lee (Nashoba Learning Group), Chelsey King (Nashoba Learning Group), Rachel Sawyer (Nashoba Learning Group), Ashley Loomer (Nashoba Learning Group), Katlyn Phillips (Nashoba Learning Group), Ceara Carroll (Nashoba Learning Group) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is recognized as the treatment of choice for problem behavior, and is more likely to be effective when a pre-treatment functional analysis (FA) is conducted first. However, practitioners report rarely conducting FAs, and there is a paucity of research on implementing FCT in natural settings (e.g., schools, homes) with relevant caregivers (e.g., teachers, parents) using contextually appropriate schedules of reinforcement and with socially validated outcomes maintained over time. Hanley et al. (2014) reported an FA and skill-based treatment (including FCT) that relied on synthesized reinforcers and was effective and socially validated. Jessel et al. (in press) obtained similar results when applying this FA and treatment model across a larger participant sample, but did not report data on long-term maintenance or generalization. The current project presents the first few data sets in an ongoing consecutive controlled case series of the IISCA and skill-based treatment in a school setting with children with autism. All sessions were conducted in the child’s typical school environments (e.g., classroom, library, gym) by multiple direct care staff, with problem behavior reduced an average of 97% from baseline. Secondary positive effects (e.g., reduction of restraint), social validity, and maintenance data will also be reported. |
|
A Re-Analysis of Session Duration During Full- and Single-Test Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analyses |
JOSHUA JESSEL (Queens College), Rachel Metras (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Catherine E Wiist (University of North Texas), Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
Abstract: Improving the analytic efficiency and control of functional analysis may reduce common barriers to its practical utility and increase the use of empirically-supported procedures for identifying the functions of problem behavior in clinical settings. We conducted this study to determine if the efficiency of the recently developed interview-informed, synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA) could be improved without detrimental effects on control. In Study 1 we reanalyzed IISCAs conducted for the problem behavior of 18 children. We reinterpreted rates of problem behavior during the first 5 min and 3 min of the 10-min sessions and evaluated any changes in the level of control (i.e., strong, moderate, weak). In addition, the first test-session of each full IISCA was reanalyzed at the varying session durations to determine the possibility of obtaining functional control over problem behavior in, what has been termed, the single-test IISCA. In Study 2 we conducted 8 consecutive IISCAs with 3-min sessions to validate the results of the reanalysis. We found that strong levels of control over problem behavior can be maintained when conducting IISCAs with sessions as brief as 3 min. |
|
Use of the Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis With Adults in a Day Program |
SARAH WEDDLE (May Institute), Margaret Walsh (May Institute), Jaclyn Caporale (May Institute), Cynthia M. Anderson (May Institute) |
Abstract: Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis is increasingly recognized as a viable method for identifying operant function (Ghaemmaghami et al., 2015, 2016; Hanley et al., 2014; Santiago et al., 2016; Strohmeier et al, 2016). However, Fisher, Greer, Romani, Zangrillo, and Owen (2016) found that, for some individuals, combined contingencies can lead to false-positive results. In the current study, we extend this research to adults with autism spectrum disorder and intellectual disability in a day program; a population and setting relatively unexamined via functional analysis (Beavers, Iwata, & Lerman, 2013). Following initial interview and brief observations, we conducted both standard (Iwata, et al., 1982/1994) and interview-informed synthesized (Hanley et al., 2014) functional analyses in typical adult day program environments across participants. Using the results of the synthesized and the standard functional analyses, we evaluated hypotheses about environment-behavior relations using an intervention test analysis. In the intervention test we measured the occurrence of problem behavior when the putative establishing operations were present in the natural environment, and subsequently introduced intervention components until we achieved suppression of problem behavior. Participants' levels of problem behavior varied across the standard and synthesized approaches following treatment. |
|
|
|
|
Improving Academic and Employment Outcomes for Adolescents and Adults With Autism and Intellectual Disabilities |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom G |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Leslie Quiroz (Caldwell University) |
Discussant: Linda S. Meyer (Linda S. Meyer Consulting, LLC) |
CE Instructor: Linda S. Meyer, M.S. |
Abstract: Adolescents and adults with high functioning autism and intellectual disabilities might struggle with academics and often have difficulties finding and maintaining employment. Research on strategies for addressing academic and employment difficulties with these populations is limited. The four papers in this symposium focus on identifying procedures that are effective for improving academic performance, increasing independence on vocational tasks, and teaching job-related social skills to adolescents and adults with autism or intellectual disabilities. The first paper evaluated the effects of instructor presence, instructor absence, and instructor fading on the on-task behavior and accuracy of pre-vocational task completion by three adolescents with autism. In the second paper, the authors evaluated the effects of teaching a series of rules on the independent problem solving of common work-related problems by three young adults with autism. In the third paper, the authors evaluated the effects of behavior skills training and textual prompts on job-related social skills of three adults with autism. The fourth paper involved evaluating a modified classroom response system that included error correction and feedback on the lecture comprehension and subsequent writing performance of eight adults with intellectual disabilities. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Academics, Adolescents, Adults, Employment |
Target Audience: Individuals who do research in effectiveness of strategies to increase independence, social, and academic performance of individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities. Also those who do related clinical practice. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify barriers to independence for adolescents and adults with autism and intellectual disabilities. 2. Identify effective strategies for increasing independence of adolescents and adults with autism and intellectual disabilities. 3. Identify barriers to employment for adolescents and adults with autism and intellectual disabilities. 4. Learn about effective strategies for overcoming barriers to employment for adolescents and adults with autism and intellectual disabilities. 5. Identify barriers to academic success for adolescents and adults with autism and intellectual disabilities. 6. Learn about effective strategies for increasing academic success of adolescents and adults with autism and intellectual disabilities. |
|
A Comparison of Procedures for Maintaining On-Task Behavior in the Absence of an Instructor |
AMIRA EL-BOGHDEDY (Caldwell College; Alpine Learning Group), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Erin Richard White (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: Despite the vast amount of research on increasing independence for individuals with autism, there is a lack of research on techniques for fostering independent on-task behavior and accuracy in the absence of an instructor. Though fading the proximity of an instructor has been shown in a few studies to produce independence in the absence of an instructor, no study to date has compared the effectiveness of different methods. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of three conditions on the on-task behavior and accuracy of adolescents with autism: instructor present (instructor remains with the participant throughout entire session), instructor absent (instructor does not remain with the participant), and instructor fading (systematic proximity-fading to complete removal of the instructor from the room). A pre-post generalization probe was conducted across locations. Maintenance probes were conducted 1 week, 3 weeks, and 6 weeks after the participant met criterion on the final fading and schedule thinning levels. After viewing the videos, a questionnaire based on the Treatment Acceptability Rating Form- Revised (TARF) was given to the teachers of each participant. |
|
Effects of a Problem-Solving Strategy on the Correct Completion of Vocational Tasks by High Functioning Young Adults With Autism |
BERNADETTE CHRISTINE BALANE (Caldwell University; AHRC NYC), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Abstract: Learning skills to solve common workplace problems might reduce the number of individuals with high functioning autism who are unemployed or underemployed. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of a rule-based problem-solving strategy on the independent completion of vocational tasks by high functioning young adults with autism. In addition, generalization of strategy use to novel vocational tasks was assessed. Vocational tasks were grouped into three categories (missing items, depleted items, dysfunctional items) and each category included four tasks. To program for generalization, three of the tasks were taught. One remained untaught to assess generalization. To ensure participants only problem solved when there was actually a problem, each task had two types of scenarios: problem and typical. Effects of the strategy were evaluated in a multiple probe across participants design. Prior to intervention, very few of the steps involved in each task were completed correctly. Following introduction of the problem-solving strategy, all four participants independently completed the tasks when a problem was presented and responding generalized to untaught vocational tasks. Interobserver agreement was collected for at least 33% of all sessions and averaged 95% across participants. |
|
Assessing and Teaching Job-Related Social Skills to Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
CAROLYN GROB (Engage ABA), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston–Clear Lake), Channing Langlinais (Milestones Behavioral Services), Natalie Villante (University of Houston–Clear Lake) |
Abstract: In this study, we examined the efficacy of a treatment package for teaching several social skills that are critical to job success, such as responding appropriately to feedback and asking for a task model from the supervisor. Three adults diagnosed with an autism spectrum diagnosis, aged 19 to 27 years, participated. None of the individuals had been employed or had received training focused on job-related social skills. Initial training of each skill consisted of verbal explanations, modeling, and role-play with feedback, along with stimulus prompts to promote generalization to a different setting. Additional intervention components were introduced, as needed. Generalization across different social skills and evocative situations also was evaluated. Results indicated that the treatment package was generally effective in improving the targeted social skills and that stimulus prompts may be necessary for generalization to a job setting. However, generalized responding across social skills rarely emerged. These findings have important implications for preparing individuals with autism to function successfully on the job. |
|
Effects of Error Correction on Lecture Comprehension and Writing of Adults With Intellectual Disabilities |
JOLENE R. SY (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Marissa Erin Daly (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: With increases in the number of post-secondary educational opportunities for adults with intellectual disabilities, more research is needed on instructional strategies that would be beneficial for this population. Although classroom response systems are beneficial in that they allow all learners to respond and provide the instructor with immediate feedback about student comprehension, repeated contact with questions posed to the class may be necessary for some learners. The purpose of this study was to examine whether an error correction procedure, in which incorrect responses were followed with feedback and the opportunity to respond correctly, could improve lecture comprehension and subsequent writing performance of eight adults with intellectual disabilities. Classroom instruction included lecture plus a modified classroom response system, students were provided with cover letter templates, and conditions with and without error correction were compared. Data analyzed to date suggest that both error correction and no error correction conditions resulted in large improvements in content, and minor improvements in grammar. |
|
|
|
|
Habits That Hinder Health and Wealth: Using Behavior Analysis to Reduce Risky Behaviors |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom AB |
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University) |
Discussant: Kimberly C. Kirby (Rowan University; University of Pennsylvania) |
CE Instructor: Kimberly C. Kirby, Ph.D. |
Abstract: According to a recent national report (United Health Foundation, 2016), 72% of American adults report that they engage in least one unhealthy behavior. Although having multiple unhealthy habits is less common (24%), about 70% of our increasing healthcare costs are related to care for Americans with multiple chronic medical conditions. The efficacy of using positive reinforcement to counteract risky or poor health-related choices is becoming increasingly well-known. However, despite decades of research focused on a variety of health-related behaviors, very little attention has been paid to using a fuller range of behavior analytic principles and procedures and there are still risky health behaviors that have not yet been addressed. This symposium will include four presentations that together present a more comprehensive picture of the potential contribution that behavior analysis can make in addressing public health and safety issues. Presentations will address the use of functional assessments for smoking, behavioral economic strategies to address the relatively new public health risk of cellphone use while driving, a long-term behavior maintenance strategy using wage supplement incentives to promote employment and abstinence with adults who have opiate use disorders, and the social validity of behavior analysis strategies among medical professionals, substance abuse treatment providers, and the general public. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Economics, Behavioral Health, Contingency Management, Incentives |
Target Audience: Applied researchers; BCBA-Ds; BCBAs; BCABAs; Graduate students; Other healthcare professionals |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will: (1) become familiar with the use of functional assessment for smoking reduction, (2) have learned about novel application of behavioral economics to reduce teen cellphone use while driving, (3) understand how incentive programs can be utilized to promote both substance use abstinence and steady employment, (4) be informed of the social validity of contingency management programs in healthcare settings, and (5) better apply behavior analytic theory to promote health behavior change. |
|
A Functional Assessment Questionnaire for Smoking Treatment Recommendations |
CONNOR ANDREW BURROWS (Rowan University), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida), SunnyJung Kim (Dartmouth), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University) |
Abstract: Smoking is the leading cause of preventable death in the United States. In addition, smoking imposes a substantial economic cost, accounting for a total of more than $300 billion dollars of direct healthcare expenditure and lost productivity (CDC, 2017). Despite the well-established potential harm, relapse rates remain high during quit attempts. According to García-Rodríguez et al. (2013), relapse rates exceed 50% within the first 12 months of abstinence. In the realm of applied behavior analyses, functional assessment has long been recognized as a reliable method to increase the targeted effectiveness of treatments for a variety of problem behaviors (Hanley, Iwata, & McCord, 2003). It has been suggested that the use of functional assessment may aid in designating targeted treatment for smokers based on the maintaining function of the behavior (Axelrod, 1991). The current study (N = 102) sought to assess the reliability and validity of the Functional Assessment of Smoking for Treatment Recommendations (FASTR). The full FASTR included five subscales: 1) Conditioned Reinforcement, 2) Social Reinforcement, 3) Negative Reinforcement, 4) Antecedent Stimuli, and 5) Positive Reinforcement. The full battery of subscales was found to be adequately reliable and valid, with a reliability coefficient of α = 0.81, with the subtests ranging between α = 0.67 and α = 0.84. |
|
Behavioral Economic Strategies to Reduce Cell Phone Use While Driving Among Teens: Attitudes and Intervention Effectiveness |
KATHRYN SAULSGIVER (University of Pennsylvania), Catherine McDonald (University of Pennsylvania), Jessie Hemmons (University of Pennsylvania), Mucio Kit Delgado (University of Pennsylvania) |
Abstract: The majority of U.S. teens admit to handheld cellphone use while driving, an increasingly common cause of crashes. We examined teens' willingness to reduce cellphone use while driving, perceptions of potential strategies to limit this behavior, and effectiveness of several interventions across 2 experiments. Teen drivers (n=153), aged 16-17, completed an online survey and a subset (n=32) were enrolled into a randomized trial that examined the effectiveness of opt-out, opt-in, or opt-out blocking plus parental notifications for reducing distracted driving. Teens were willing or somewhat willing to give up reading texts (90%), sending texts (95%), and social media (99%). They were not willing to give up navigation (59%) and music applications (43%). Strategies perceived as being "very effective" included financial rewards (75%), loss-framed financial incentives (63%), insurance discounts (53%), and automatic phone locking while driving (54%). The predominant reason for not wanting to use this technology was not wanting parents to monitor their behavior (60%). Results from the randomized trial will be available at the time of this presentation. Promising strategies for increasing acceptance of cellphone blocking technology among teens includes automated locking and text responses and permitting hands-free navigation and music combined with behavioral economic incentives to sustain engagement. |
|
Incentives to Promote Employment and Abstinence in Unemployed Adults With Opioid-Use Disorder |
SHRINIDHI SUBRAMANIAM (Johns Hopkins University), August F. Holtyn (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Kenneth Silverman (Johns Hopkins University) |
Abstract: Poverty is a pervasive risk factor for poor health, often amplifying destructive effects of substance-use disorder. We describe an ongoing study evaluating abstinence-contingent wage supplements (ACWS) to promote abstinence and employment in chronically unemployed adults with opioid-use disorder. In Phase 1 (3 months), participants can work on job-skills training for 20 hr/week and earn ~$10/hr. Abstinence contingencies are introduced sequentially: Participants must provide opiate-negative and then opiate- and cocaine-negative urine samples to continue earning maximum pay. In Phase 2 (1 year), participants are randomly assigned to receive Individualized Placement and Support (IPS) supported employment (IPS ONLY) or IPS with ACWS. IPS+ACWS participants can earn hourly stipends for participating in pre-employment IPS and up to $320/week in wage supplements for maintaining opiate- and cocaine-abstinence and full-time employment. Assessments are conducted every 30 days, at which participants provide urine samples and self-reports of employment. Preliminary data indicate that IPS+ACWS promotes participation in IPS and employment. Of the first 34 participants in the program, 11/17 IPS+ACWS participants reported employment in the first 6 months of Phase 2 versus 4/17 IPS ONLY participants. ACWS, if informed by principles of stimulus control and reinforcement, may be a powerful intervention to reduce socioeconomic health disparities. |
|
Social Validity of Contingency Management Interventions: Comparison of Acceptability as a Function of Treatment Provider and Disease |
MATTHEW J. DWYER (Rowan University), Mary Tabit (Treatment Research Institute at Public Health Management Corporation), Elena Bresani (Rowan University; Treatment Research Institute at Public Health Management Corporation), Dustin Fife (Rowan University), Kimberly C. Kirby (Rowan University) |
Abstract: Contingency management (CM) interventions have strong empirical support for treating a wide range of risky health behaviors, but are seldom adopted by treatment programs. The purpose of this investigation was to survey substance abuse treatment providers, medical providers, and the general public about their beliefs regarding CM. We surveyed 600 participants that included a sample of medical treatment providers (MP, n= 200), substance use treatment providers (SUP, n= 200), and the general public (GP, n= 200). Data were compared across groups and across different health conditions in which CM interventions have been demonstrated to improve health outcomes. Results indicate that incentive-based CM programs are not widely used in physical healthcare settings (8% reported using incentive programs) compared to specialty substance use treatment settings (37.5%), and were rated more favorably among the GP (4.0 on an 1 to 5 Likert scale with 1= strongly disagree and 5=strongly agree) and SUP (3.7) over MP (3.4; F = 3.01, p < .001, R2= .07). Although the effect size was small, the average scores made the difference between supporting and not supporting an incentive program. Also, the greatest difference was observed for those strongly favoring incentive programs. For example, the number of participants that indicated they strongly agreed that overall they were in favor of incentive programs was 56 and 37 for the GP and SUP groups respectively, while only 11 MP strongly agreed. Preliminary results also suggest differences in favorability as a function of disease treated. For example, over 70 % of the MP said they would favor CM to treat obesity and smoking, but less than 40% would endorse use for marijuana, opiates, or other drugs. These findings indicate the need for improving the social validity of CM interventions, particularly among healthcare professionals. |
|
|
|
|
Walking, Punching, and Eating: Approaches to Studying Health Behaviors |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, America's Cup A-D |
Area: CBM/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University) |
Discussant: Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
CE Instructor: Neil Deochand, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavioral medicine has become a fertile ground for research in behavior analysis. Health related operant behaviors, such as walking, exercising, and eating have been shown to be sensitive to experimental manipulations. Altering the frequency, intensity and topography of health behaviors have been shown to impact serious health conditions like cardiovascular disease, diabetes and some cancers (CDC, 2015). Additionally, 'impulsive' behaviors, like those measured by delay discounting, have been correlated with unhealthy behavior patterns. This symposium addresses many important factors to consider when undertaking a health behavior intervention: how to best measure and set goals for the target behavior, how to use contingency management to alter the frequency or intensity of the target behavior, and how to examine natural environmental variables, like time of day, that could alter the frequency or topography of health-related behavior. Finally, a discussant will summarize the contributions of behavior analysis to behavior medicine, and offer suggestions for further explorations |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): contingency management, eating, health, physical activity |
Target Audience: Behavioral researchers and practitioners interested in behavioral medicine and health related behavior change |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to: 1. Identify appropriate health behavior targets 2. Describe the use of contingency management to increase health behavior 3. Describe the use of delay discounting to study health behavior |
|
Force to Volume and Speed to Beats per Minute: What Happens When Music is Tied to Punching Performance? |
NEIL DEOCHAND (University of Cincinnati), Richard Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: There are limitations to using only visual feedback (e.g., visual depictions of heart rate, speed, distance traveled, duration of workout, or calories burned etc.) to track, or improve exercise performance, especially for some sports, such as boxing. This issue could be addressed by incorporating real-time audio feedback along with visual feedback on crucial dimensions of a boxing workout. Previous research has demonstrated that music synchronized to the cadence of the activity can improve physical performance. Therefore, embedding that audio feedback within a user’s preferred music individualizes the intervention, while enhancing physical performance. However, no research to this date has examined what happens when boxing performance alters dimensions of the music, such as speed or volume. Using a multiple baseline design across eight subjects, this study evaluates if our music/ visual feedback package results in better workouts and improved exercise performance, when compared to a standard punching bag workout with unaltered music. |
|
Time of Day and Monetary and Food Discounting |
YAEEUN LEE (Idaho State University), Darian Carter (Idaho State University), Luis Rodriguez (Idaho State University), Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University) |
Abstract: Research suggests that time of day affects human behavior, with individuals who prefer evenings over mornings displaying greater trait impulsivity, sensation-seeking, and lack of response inhibition. Few studies have investigated time of day effects with impulsivity measured through delay discounting (DD). The present study examined the relationship between DD for food and money and the time of day the DD task was administered. Data from an ongoing study with 262 college-age participants were examined. Delay discounting (i.e., k rates) was regressed against time of day categories (morning, early afternoon, late afternoon, and evening). Participants displayed no time-related significant differences in delay discounting for food or monetary discounting, though there was a great deal of variability across time of day. Time of day does not seem to significantly affect individuals’ level impulsivity. |
|
Are the CDC's Recommendations for Physical Activity Adequate? The Relationship Between Reinforced Step Counts and Sedentary Behavior |
WENDY DONLIN WASHINGTON (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Sydney Batchelder (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: Several behavioral studies have been successful in increasing average daily step counts in adults. Many of these studies used criteria recommended by the Center for Disease Control (CDC) as the ultimate goal: 10,000 steps per day. Newer research published by the American Medical Association has argued that minutes of inactivity may be a better behavioral target to lower health risks associated with cardiovascular disease. They suggest that individuals should try to limit sitting and inactivity to fewer than 10 hours a day while awake (Pandey et. al, 2016). In this presentation, data from at least 140 people enrolled in several contingency management interventions will be used to examine the relationship of daily step counts to sedentary behavior. Preliminary analysis reveals that 10,000 steps a day may be an inadequate target to reduce sedentary behavior to less than 10 hours a day. Approaches to specifically target inactivity in behavior change interventions will be discussed. |
|
Using Freely and Commercially Available Apps and Pedometers to Examine Contingency Management for Physical Activity |
MACK S. COSTELLO (Rider University) |
Abstract: Behavioral health problems such as inactivity, overeating, and obesity are risk
factors for serious outcomes such as mortality. Behavioral procedures that utilize
contingency management have been useful for a variety of behavioral health
problems, and are increasingly shown to be successful with physical activity
while delivered through mobile applications and other technological modalities.
Mobile and computer software applications (apps) and pedometers were used in
these studies to examine areas relevant to increasing physical activity. Physical
activity was measured as steps taken per day. Areas studied included use of
competition contingencies on physical activity, and access to online media as
reinforcement with goal-setting. Participants were recruited from community and
online samples and were included if interested in increasing physical activity for a
health related reason. Some studies involved participants with overweight Body
Mass Index. Data indicated that widely available apps and tools could be useful
in contingency management for physical activity. |
|
|
|
|
Efficient Procedures for Individuals With Developmental Disabilities |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom AB |
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington) |
Discussant: Michael Kranak (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Michael Kranak, M.A. |
Abstract: The field of applied behavior analysis has numerous evidence-based interventions that facilitate effective teaching among individuals with developmental disabilities. In selecting and developing interventions, a component that is important for researchers and practitioners is the efficiency of procedural implementation. As such, the purpose of this symposium is to present efficient procedures, varying in topic, that have been effectively evaluated among individuals with developmental disabilities. This symposium is comprised of four studies. The first study will present a web-based program that was developed for the purposes of identifying video preferences and reinforcers among individuals with developmental disabilities. The second study will present findings of a systematic matrix training literature review for individuals with autism spectrum disorder. The third study will present a 'bug-in-ear' coaching intervention for paraprofessionals working with children with developmental disabilities. Lastly, the fourth study will present the findings of a parent coaching treatment package that was implemented with a parent/child dyad. The authors will address the importance, efficiency, and limitations of their respective procedures. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): coaching, developmental disabilities, efficient procedures, technology |
Target Audience: The target audience for this symposium are practicing behavior analysts, program coordinators, and educators. |
Learning Objectives: At the end of this symposium, attendees will be able to list the benefits of implementing efficient teaching procedures. At the end of this symposium, attendees will be able to summarize the need of incorporating technology into research and practice. At the end of this symposium, attendees will be able to discuss efficient coaching options. |
|
Stimulus Preference and Reinforcer Assessment for Videos: A Web-Based Program |
(Applied Research) |
HUGO CURIEL (Western Michigan University), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Stimulus preference assessments (SPAs) and reinforcer assessments are integral components of intervention. The data supporting the use of various types of SPAs are plentiful; however, one stimulus format that has received limited attention are videos. In an effort to incorporate technology to our research and practice, a web-based program was developed with the capabilities of conducting multiple-stimulus without replacement preference assessments and single-operant reinforcer assessments for videos. This program was evaluated with five young adults with developmental disabilities. The program was sensitive in identifying video preference hierarchies for four of five participants. In addition, the identified stimuli were confirmed to function as reinforcers. Additional findings and limitations will be discussed. |
|
Systematic Review of Matrix Training for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
(Applied Research) |
EMILY CURIEL (Western Michigan University), Judah B. Axe (Simmons College), Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University), Howard Goldstein (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Matrix training is an intervention that systematically programs for the occurrence of generative outcomes, mostly in the area of language (Goldstein, 1983). A literature search was conducted to identify studies that have implemented matrix training for individuals with ASD. Twelve studies were reviewed and analyzed for four research questions: To what extent has matrix training been used with individuals with ASD? What skills were taught with matrix training? What matrix designs and accompanying evidence-based teaching strategies were used? What percentage of learning occurred through direct teaching and recombinative generalization? Overall, findings suggest that matrix training produced on average about 69% learning without any direct teaching in the areas of language, play, sentence construction, and spelling. |
|
The Effects of the Implementation of Parent Coaching to Increase Quality of Life for Children and Families Affected by Autism Spectrum Disorder |
(Applied Research) |
KATHERINE BATEMAN (University of Washington), Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington) |
Abstract: As the prevalence of children diagnosed with autism continues to rise, the need for high quality parent coaching practices to ensure generalization of skills targeting in early intervention services is pronounced. This study investigated the results of implementation of a parent coaching treatment package developed in alignment with adult learning and education theory, seeking to increase quality of life for families affected by autism. A multiple baseline across behaviors research design was used with a parent/child dyad. Results suggest that this intervention may be an effective and socially valid intervention for parents of children who engage in high rates of challenging behavior at home, and has the ability to increase parent implementation of target behavior skills taught in intervention. Parents identified intervention as having high acceptability and identified parent coaching treatment package as a highly effective intervention. Individual results discussed, as well as implications of this intervention as a whole. |
|
The Use of Distant Bug-in-Ear Coaching to Teach Paraprofessionals to Implement Incidental Teaching Trials |
(Applied Research) |
Nancy Rosenberg (University of Washington), Kathleen Meeker (University of Washington), ELIZABETH KELLY (University of Washington), Xueyan Yang (University of Washington), Shelly Huntington (University of Washington) |
Abstract: In the moment feedback by a skilled coach can be an effective method of teaching educators to implement evidence-based behavior analytic strategies. Research suggests that immediate feedback results in more efficient learning than does delayed feedback, where the educator receives feedback hours, days or weeks after an observation. However, real-time feedback has historically required the coach to be at the site of the learner. If target educators are not geographically near the skilled coach, this may require a great deal of travel, bringing the true efficiency of the coaching strategy into question. Technology now provides the tools to observe and provide real-time feedback over the Internet, reducing or eliminating the need for the coach to travel. This study examined the effects of distant "bug-in-ear" (BIE) coaching on four paraprofessionals' implementation of incidental teaching, an evidence-based behavior analytic strategy, to teach novel communication phrases to children with developmental disabilities. Distant BIE coaching was associated with immediate, increased rates of correctly implemented incidental teaching components and an increased number of incidental teaching trials by the paraprofessionals, with corresponding increases in rates of target student communication phrases. |
|
|
|
|
Making the Treatment Work! Recent Updates in Stimulus Selection as Reinforcers and Response Persistences |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall A |
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Cormac MacManus (New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin–Milwaukee) |
CE Instructor: Tiffany Kodak, M.S. |
Abstract: In this symposium, we will review strategies for identifying appropriate stimuli as reinforcers for individuals with developmental disabilities, and the parameters for the persistence of a targeted problem behavior when utilizing a reinforcement based intervention. The first presenter will share an assessment of preference and reinforcing value of social interactions via video presentation vs. picture presentation. Our second presentation will explore the correspondence between the results of a paired stimulus preference assessment and a progressive ratio schedule assessment. The third presenter will share data demonstrating the persistence strengthening effects of a reinforcement based intervention for automatically maintained behavior and a potential solution of this effect. Our final presenter will review data that suggests that resurgence of problem behavior during extinction following a reinforcement based intervention can mediated by programming a period of extinction prior to the implementation of treatment. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behavioral persistence, preference assessment, reinforcer efficacy |
Target Audience: BCBAs |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe a method of determining a preference hierarchy for social stimuli 2. Describe additional assessments to determine the reinforcing efficacy of stimuli from preference assessments 3. Describe the predictions of behavioral momentum theory in relation to differential reinforcement of other behavior and behavioral persistence of automatically maintained behavior 4. Describe a method of mediating resurgence of problem behavior following differential reinforcement of alternative behavior interventions |
|
Assessment of Preference and Reinforcing Value of Social Interactions for Individuals With Developmental Disabilities |
DANIELLE L. GUREGHIAN (Garden Academy), Lynn Service (University of British Columbia), Laura L. Grow (Garden Academy), Lauren Goodwyn (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Pictorial depictions of social stimuli are most common for preference assessments of social interactions (Kelly, Roscoe, Hanley, & Schlichenmeyer, 2014; Lang et al., 2014). However, social stimuli are dynamic and videos may better depict the salient features of social stimuli (Synder, Higbee, & Dayton, 2012). The purpose of the study was to assess the preference and reinforcing value of social stimuli using a video-based preference assessment and subsequent reinforcer assessment. To date, two children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder between 3- and 5-years old participated in the study. The study was conducted in three phases. First, the experimenter interviewed caregivers to identify a list of preferred social interactions. Next, the experimenter evaluated the top six ranked social stimuli using a video-based, paired-choice preference assessment. Finally, the experimenter evaluated the reinforcing quality of high- and low-preference social stimuli using a concurrent operants, progressive-ratio reinforcer assessment. The video-based preference assessment results were predictive of the reinforcer assessment results. The results will be discussed in terms of future research directions and clinical practice. |
|
Correspondence Between and Stability of Paired Stimulus Preference Assessment and Progressive Ratio Schedule Data |
SHAWN J. JANETZKE (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Stimulus preference assessments are used to identify a stimulus hierarchy, in which stimuli are ranked according to their relative reinforcing efficacy. Paired stimulus preference assessments (PSPA) and progressive ratio (PR) schedules are a commonly used method to determine the relative reinforcer efficacy of stimuli. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the correspondence between and stability of PSPA and PR schedule data for the same six edible stimuli. The data in the PR did not reach steady state for any of the three participants, whereas the data in the PSPA showed a relatively high degree of stability for all participants. This was supported by findings from secondary analyses, such as Kendall's W coefficient of concordance, relative variance, and mean correlation between sessions. Further analysis showed a limited degree of correspondence between the PSPA and PR rank data. Additionally, there was a range of positive correlation across participants (0.10, 0.43, 0.63, 0.85) between the PSPA and PR data. Interobserver agreement was collected for a minimum of 33% of sessions with an average of 99.7% agreement in the PSPA and 95.2% agreement in the PR. |
|
Assessing the Effects of a Modified Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior Procedure From the Perspective of Behavioral Momentum Theory |
Kylee Drugan-Eppich (New England Center for Children), ALEX ELFONT (New England Center for Children), Brandi Todaro (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Reinforcement-based decelerative procedures (e.g., differential reinforcement of other behavior or DRO and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior or DRA) are commonly used in applied settings. Research has found that these treatments can decrease problem behavior but may increase response persistence. Behavioral momentum theory predicts that reinforcers added to a situation in which problem behavior occurs may contribute to its overall persistence. The present study compared a DRO with a modified DRO to determine whether modifying the delivery of reinforcement could decrease the persistence-building effects of the intervention. Participants were two students at a school and residential facility for individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Interobserver agreement was obtained for 30% of sessions and was above 90%. In the standard DRO condition, reinforcers were delivered in the context in which stereotypy was observed after a specified interval had elapsed in the absence of stereotypy. In the modified DRO condition, reinforcers were delivered in a different location after that interval had elapsed. While the modified DRO was found to be less effective, greater behavioral persistence was observed in the context in which the standard DRO was implemented. These findings suggest that modifying reinforcement delivery with single reinforcement-based procedures may decrease behavioral persistence. |
|
Evaluating the Role of Extinction in a Human Operant Model of Resurgence |
BRIANNA LAUREANO (University of Florida), David J. Cox (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Resurgence of problem behavior may occur following the discontinuation of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA). One possible explanation is that dense schedules of reinforcement for the alternative response, and the ensuing shift in response allocation, makes it unlikely that the target response fully contacts extinction. We examined this possibility in an analog model of problem behavior with college students. Some participants experienced the conventional ABC resurgence paradigm (A=reinforcement of target behavior, B=differential reinforcement of alternative behavior, C=extinction of both responses; the resurgence test). Other participants experienced a four-phase sequence in which extinction of the target response preceded DRA. If resurgence occurs because the target response is not fully extinguished in the conventional paradigm, we would expect less resurgence when extinction is implemented before DRA (i.e., the four-phase participants). The results thus far confirm this, but only if the target behavior shows evidence of extinction during the initial extinction phase. |
|
|
|
|
Basic and Applied Research on Relational Responding |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom C |
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College) |
CE Instructor: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The current symposium will include studies that cover a variety of based and applied issues in the area of relational responding. In the first study, the experimenters evaluated whether the formation of equivalence classes of pictures of faces portraying happiness, neutrality, and anger in individuals with depression, and tested for transfer of function using a semantic differential. In the second study, the experimenters compared "direct" and "derived" extinction of avoidance responses in equivalence classes. In the third study, the authors assessed whether participants used verbal behavior to develop frames of comparison. Finally, the fourth study will review studies related to the application of relational training with individuals with autism. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Derived Relations, Equivalence, Relational Responding, Verbal Behavior |
Target Audience: Researchers and practitioners |
Learning Objectives: 1. Students will learn to distinguish equivalence (coordination) and other frames 2. Students will learn to develop transfer of function 3. Students will learn the implications of derived relational research to application in early intervention |
|
Formation and Maintenance of Equivalence Classes and Transfer of Functions in Individuals Diagnosed With Depression |
(Basic Research) |
Maria Alice dos Santos Cardoso (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), NATALIA MARIA AGGIO (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Marcelo Vitor Silveira (Universidade Federal do ABC), Mariéle Cortez (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: A recent experiment with undergraduates verified that equivalence classes comprised of abstract stimuli and faces portraying happiness were more stable over time and exhibited stronger transfer of evaluative functions of faces to abstract stimuli, compared to classes with neutral or angry expressions. The present study is an ongoing replication with undergraduates with a high score in the Beck-depression scale. The Experimental Group (EG) learned matching-to-sample (MTS) relations to establish three four-member equivalence classes. Familiar stimuli from each class were pictures of faces portraying happiness (A1), neutrality (A2) and anger (A3). Remaining stimuli were abstract forms. After MTS tasks, participants evaluated the abstract D stimuli using a Semantic Differential (SD). A 30-day follow-up equivalence test and another evaluation of the D stimuli using the SD will be conducted for the EG. Preliminary results show that nine of the sixteen participants of the EG attained criteria for equivalence class formation. These participants rated D1 as more positive than the evaluation of A1 by the Control Group (participants with low score in the Beck-depression scale) and D3 as more negative than the evaluation of A3 by the Control Group. The maintenance tests are yet to be conducted. |
|
"Direct" and "Derived" Extinction of Avoidance Responses in Equivalence Classes |
(Basic Research) |
Leandro Boldrin (Universidade Federal de Sao Paulo), PAULA DEBERT (Universidade Federal de Sao Paulo) |
Abstract: Roche et al. (2008) compared "direct" and "derived" extinction of avoidance response in same/opposite derived relations. They found that "derived" extinction with C1 stimulus was more effective than "direct" extinction with B1 stimulus. However, C1 was presented in extinction more times than B1 and this could explain the observed effect. The present study compared "direct" and "derived" extinction of avoidance responses in equivalence classes, but with the same number of B1 and C1 presentations. In Phase 1, twelve undergraduate students established two four-member equivalence classes (A1, B1, C1, D1 and A2, B2, C2, D2). In Phase 2, B1 was paired with an annoying sound. In Phase 3, participants learned to emit an avoidance response to B1. In Phase 4, the other stimuli were presented to evaluate whether avoidance response would be transfer to stimuli of the same equivalence class. In Phase 5, participants were allocated in the "direct" or "derived" extinction group. Finally, the others stimuli were presented in the extinction transfer test. Only the "direct" extinction group showed transfer of extinction. These results differ from the Roche et al. (2008) findings. Future studies should control the number of stimuli presentation to compare "direct" and "derived" extinction. |
|
The Role of Verbal Behavior in the Development of Comparative Relations |
(Basic Research) |
JOCELYN DIAZ (California State University, Sacramento), Shannon Luoma (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: The purpose of this experiment was to assess the role of verbal behavior in the formation of comparative relations. We trained three participants to select the smallest, medium, or biggest comparison stimulus in the presence of abstract samples. Next, we trained them to select an arbitrary stimulus, in the presence of one sample stimulus (e.g. small), to establish a size ranking among comparisons and tested for derived comparative relations. To assess whether verbal behavior mediated performance we implemented a talk-aloud protocol and tested for self-generated tacts in the presence of each sample. We also asked participants to describe how comparisons were related. Transfer of function was assessed via the rate of key presses in the presence of the nonsense syllables for two participants. We instructed the third participant to view different combinations of comparison images, and select the one that would deliver the most amount of points. One participant passed derived comparative relations tests and the tact test. The second and third participant did not meet mastery criterion on derived comparative relations test or intraverbal tests. However, the third participant passed tact tests. Additionally, none of the participants demonstrated transformation of functions. Further data may inform us on whether verbal behavior mediates performance during derived comparative tests. |
|
Exploring Self-Emergent Verbal Relational Density in Complex Language Acquisition of Children With Autism |
(Applied Research) |
JORDAN BELISLE (Southern Illinois University), Dana Paliliunas (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), William Root (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale) |
Abstract: The self-emergent properties of human language and cognition can be described in terms of a theory of relational density, with immediate implications for children with autism and related disabilities. The theory postulates that verbal networks demonstrate mass as a function of the molar properties of network volume (i.e., the number of relations) and density (i.e., the strength of relations). Consistent with Newtonian classical mechanics, mass exerts force that operates along with environmental events that can accelerate learning of new verbal relations. We will describe the utility of the theory with this population and present data from several studies that support its application. First, that the acquisition of new verbal skills can be modelled as a function of the volume and density of prior established verbal relations. Second, that by teaching new skills (i.e., increasing network volume and density), the acquisition of later skills is correspondingly increased. Third, that relating in general also exhibits greater acceleration through the direct reinforcement of multiple relational exemplars, or increases in overall relational network volume. We will conclude by describing immediate implications for how language development programming can be conducted considering new data, to accelerate learning through use of established behavior analytic training technologies. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis and the Military: Veterans in College and Active, Reserve, and Veteran Suicides |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom D |
Area: CSS/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tom Buqo (Hofstra University) |
Discussant: Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast) |
CE Instructor: Darlene E. Crone-Todd, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Armies across the world have used both respondent and operant conditioning in initial training and task implementation for millennia. However, no military organization credits its use of such conditioning in the training of its troops. Grossman (On Killing, 1996), in his retrospective analysis of training is one of the very rare authors who stated that the US Army and Marine Corps rely on applications of the conditioning techniques of Pavlov and Skinner. The transition back to civilian life can prove difficult for those who have been deployed. The two studies presented here and their analyses are grounded in behavior analysis and standard celeration chart methodology. One presentation reports suicide data from all branches for all soldiers, those deployed, and veterans. Salem State University (Massachusetts, US) has implemented a program to assist returning military veterans with university success through the use of SAFMEDS cards (Say All Fast, Minute Every Day, Shuffled). Conclusions from both studies lead to the importance of using behavior analysis, both respondent and operant, with stateside, deployed and returning troops. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: People who will be interested in this presentation include those with an interest in: military issues college teaching standard celeration charts |
Learning Objectives: Educate professionals about military veterans and enlisted military members; Raise awareness of veteran issues at universities; Raise awareness of military suicide issues; Encourage some to work in these areas |
|
A Behavioral Analysis of Military Suicides |
ABIGAIL B. CALKIN (Calkin Consulting Center), Kent A. Corso (Xcelerate Innovations), James Meador (Xcelerate Innovations), Michael Kondis (Xcelerate Innovations) |
Abstract: Suicide is currently a major issue in the US military. A 2012 Department of Defense report stated we lose 22 military veterans to suicide day. This is almost one veteran per hour that dies by suicide. Of those currently in the military—active duty and reservists in the four branches, and National Air and Army Guardsmen—to die by suicide the numbers are lower that are the veteran numbers. We used data from the US Air Force, including the Air National Guard (ANG) because it is the most complete and detailed. The ANG data shown on Standard Celeration Charts, are a part of this presentation. The additional data, also shown on Standard Celeration Charts, show that suicide continue to remain a significant issue among US troops--active, reserve or veteran. This presentation will include data displays from all branches of the US military as well as some specific data from the ANG. There will also be data from the Air National Guard about the demographics of those who have died by suicide, the manner of death, and other issues related to the suicides. |
|
Using Behavior Analytic Methods to Improve University Study Skills for Military Veterans |
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University), Maria Pierce (Salem State University) |
Abstract: Adjusting to an academic environment is challenging for many students, and especially the veteran student population. Transitions from military service to civilian life are often difficult due to a shifting role in identity and in the structure of the environments. Layering the challenges of beginning a new academic career and beginning their life as a student can be overwhelming. The goal of the current study was to provide students with a way to structure their time to become more effective at studying, and thus help with the adaptation to university. A series of workshops was developed that include instruction and practice using SAFMEDs (Say All Fast, Minute Each Day, Shuffled) and the PQ4R (Preview, Question, Read, Recite, Reflect, and Review) method. In this presentation, SAFMEDs fluency data will be presented along with an evaluation of the complexity of questions developed using the PQ4R method. In addition, discussion of longitudinal plans for evaluating and extending the workshop program will be included. |
|
|
|
|
A Scientific Approach to General Education: Recent Advances in the Accelerated Independent Learner Model |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom DE |
Area: DEV/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
CE Instructor: JoAnn Pereira Delgado, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In the Accelerated Independent Learner (A.I.L.) Model teachers apply the principles of behavior analysis to all aspects of teaching, with the goal to increase learner independence among a range of learners. Research derived from this model is based on the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis (CABAS') model, where the learn unit is utilized and students are taught to a mastery criterion across subject areas. Systematic objectives are created from the school district, state and national standards across elementary grade levels in academic and self-management areas. Students are not only taught structure but also functional repertoires, which is often lacking in general education curricula. This includes incorporating the motivational conditions for learning, as well as the behavior and outcomes of behavior. Another essential component of the A.I.L. Model involves the establishment of verbal behavior developmental cusps. Coupled with the research rooted in the Verbal Behavior Development (VBD) Theory, we have identified to date key cusps or capabilities that are essential for success in the general education classrooms. Teachers establish these cusps when they are missing utilizing research-based protocols. Also, teachers can effectively and efficiently arrange instruction and the curriculum based on students' progress on the VBD trajectory and truly accelerate learning. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): A.I.L., General Education, Learn Unit |
Target Audience: Professionals in the field of ABA, Teachers, Adminstrators |
Learning Objectives: N/A- optional for BACB |
|
The Accelerated Independent Learner: Pre-Requisite Verbal Developmental Cusps and Capabilities |
ANGELA CHEN (Morris School District; Teachers College), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: The push toward more inclusive educational opportunities for students with disabilities have been precipitated by state and federal mandates. This transition from self-contained (special education) classrooms to mainstream settings is dependent on a number of factors, many of which rely on the built-in supports provided by the classroom teacher and within the school community. However, students who are able to learn from direct instruction in a self-contained classroom may not always be able to acquire novel operants when placed in an inclusion setting. Transition criterion should include not only appropriate academic and behavioral standards but also the necessary verbal behavioral cusps and capabilities in order for students to be successful learners in an inclusive classroom. The Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) model has identified several pre-requisite verbal behavior cusps and capabilities that can facilitate a successful transition for students with disabilities. Some of these include the presence of Naming, observational learning, and say-do correspondence. When students have these cusps and capabilities in repertoire, they can learn incidentally and from observation, increasing the magnitude of learning opportunities not only from the teacher but also from their peers in an inclusive classroom. |
|
Teaching Reading Repertoires Effectively and Efficiently Through the Fundamental Principles of Applied Behavior Analysis in an Accelerated Independent Learner Classroom |
BRITTANY CHIASSON (Morris School District, Columbia University), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: Teaching independent reading skills is critical for the acquisition of a fluent reading repertoire and success in grade school. Independence is central to building a students' reading repertoire regardless of the students' standing as an early or advanced reader. A scientific basis of teaching reading involves teaching the foundational skills efficiently and effectively by application of the fundamental principles of applied behavior analysis. Scripting instruction explicitly and systematically with progressively sequenced and clearly defined objectives is important for a scientific basis of teaching reading. Independence is also cultivated in advanced readers by organizing and prioritizing instruction to include components of a Personalized System of Instruction (PSI). Learning to teach as a scientist is vital to students' learning. Teachers in an Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) utilize research-based protocols for reading instruction to move the student progressively towards independence. Early readers may be missing prerequisite reading repertoires and may require research-based protocols. Each of these components to teaching facilitates independence and builds strong reader repertoires. |
|
Bringing Function to the Classroom: Instructional Tactics and Protocols in Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling Accelerated Independent Learner Classrooms |
VICTORIA VERDUN (Teachers College, Columbia University), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: The function of behavior is integral to the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS) model. Behavior Analysts consider the function of behavior in all aspects of their daily work because it is fundamental to the defining characteristics of applied behavior analysis. In the same manner, teachers in Accelerated Independent Learner (A.I.L.) general education classrooms emphasize function across content areas including Math, Reading, Writing, and Social Studies. Several verbal developmental reader-writer cusps expand students' community of reinforcers through protocols that focus on the functional aspects of reading and writing. CABAS teachers utilize evidence based protocols to induce verbal behaviors such as reading governs responding, technical writing affects readers' behaviors, aesthetic writing affects emotions, and writers as self-editors. These cusps advance student repertoires and increase student independence. Teachers also script measureable, criterion-based objectives that not only meet the district and national and state standards, but also incorporate evidence-based tactics. Teachers in A.I.L. classrooms teach to mastery criterion and graphically display student responses using Learning Pictures to analyze individual, group, and class wide data. Functional, data based instruction is vital to progressive teaching strategies and student success. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Research on Stimulus Equivalence-Based Instruction: Alternate Teaching Procedures and New Content Domains |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom HI |
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University) |
CE Instructor: Kenneth F. Reeve, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The three talks in this symposium describe studies in which equivalence-based instruction (EBI) was used to teach academic content and socially relevant skills. In the first study, middle school students receiving EBI learned classes consisting of stimuli related to world religions to a greater extent than students who received a video lecture with a self-instruction workbook. In the second study, college students receiving a stimulus-pairing, yes-no procedure, which is a variation of match-to-sample (MTS), learned classes of logical fallacies to a greater extent than students who received traditional MTS, or those who engaged in self-study. The third study used EBI to teach elementary school children equivalence classes consisting of pictures of materials suitable for recycling, composting, or trash. Class-consistent responding generalized to accurate sorting of actual three-dimensional materials into their respective recycling, composting, or trash bins. These studies extend the procedures that can be used for EBI and the content domains for which EBI is effective. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): derived relations, recycling, stimulus equivalence |
Target Audience: BCBA practitioners and educators |
Learning Objectives: By the end of this symposium, attendees should be able to describe what traditional instruction with stimulus equivalence-based instruction entails. By the end of this symposium, attendees should be able to describe what the stimulus-pairing, yes-no responding procedure entails. By the end of this symposium, attendees should be able to describe three recent studies that extend the literature on using EBI to teach academic and socially relevant content. |
|
Comparing Video Lecture to Equivalence-Based Instruction to Increase Religious Literacy in Middle School Students |
Daniel M. Ferman (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Leif Albright (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), ADRIENNE JENNINGS (Caldwell University), Craig H. Domanski (The DATA Group) |
Abstract: Being familiar with other religions and their practices is referred to as religious literacy (American Academy of Religion, Religion in the Schools Task Force, 2010). Although American children spend a great deal of time in schools, many schools do not teach about world religions. Our study compared equivalence-based instruction (EBI) to a video lecture (Lovett, Rehfeldt, Garcia, & Dunning, 2011) to teach middle-school students five, 6-member equivalence classes representing Judaism, Islam, Christianity, Hinduism, and Buddhism. Class members consisted of (A) religion's name, (B) religion's symbol, (C) sacred text, (D) a notable figure, (E) service leader, and (F) major holy day. Students were randomly assigned to either EBI or video lecture. Participants in the EBI group demonstrated higher levels of correct responding across the vignette, and match-to-sample posttest measures than those in the lecture group. These results show that EBI was a more effective treatment than a video lecture. Educational implications of these results will be discussed. |
|
Comparing Match-to-Sample, Stimulus-Pairing Yes-No Responding, and Self-Study to Teach Equivalence Classes of Logical Fallacies to College Students |
EMILY GALLANT (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: We compared the effectiveness of traditional match-to-sample (MTS), stimulus-pairing yes-no responding (SPYN), and self-study to teach four, 3-member equivalence classes of logical fallacies to college students. The fallacy classes were ad hominem, circular argument, faulty analogy, and slippery slope. Class members were (A) a description of the fallacy, (B) the fallacy’s name, and (C) 3 vignette exemplars illustrating the fallacy. A pretest-train-posttest design with a between-subjects group comparison was used. Across groups, difference scores for both written and computerized pretests and posttests were compared. Two additional, untrained vignette exemplars were used to assess generalization during computerized testing. Maintenance of written and computerized class-consistent responding was assessed one week after the posttests. Although students in all three groups improved on their scores from pretest to posttest on the written and computerized tests, the results showed a small advantage for the SPYN procedure over both MTS and self-study. These data indicate that the SPYN procedure provides an additional equivalence-based instruction option to effectively teach academic content to advanced learners. |
|
Using Stimulus Equivalence-Based Instruction to Teach Young Children to Sort Recycling, Trash, and Compost Items |
JUANA BOLANOS (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Briana Ostrosky (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: In the present study, three young children were taught classes of stimuli related to trash, recycling, and compost items using equivalence-based instruction (EBI). Three 4-member classes were taught. The three classes were recycling, composting, and trash. Each class consisted of the written word (A), corresponding receptacle symbol (B), color of corresponding receptacle (C), and item pictures (D). All training and testing trials were conducted using match to sample with a binder on a table top. In addition, generalization of class-consistent responding and sorting were programmed for by using multiple exemplars and common stimuli. A multiple-baseline design across participants was used to evaluate the effects of EBI across various emergent relations. All participants formed the equivalence classes and learned to appropriately sort actual three-dimensional items into their respective bins (i.e., trash, recycling, compost). |
|
|
|
|
Improving Classroom Behavior in Children With Problem Behavior |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom G |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Kwang-Sun Blair (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Kwang-Sun Blair, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Classrooms are complex environments that require teachers to implement a variety of management strategies to minimize problem behavior and maximize learning time. Given the difficulty of selecting and implementing behavioral interventions in the school setting, there is a need for interventions that are contextually fit with the school environment. This symposium presents findings from three papers on improving individual student classroom behavior in elementary school classroom settings, using interventions that teachers can easily implement with fidelity. The first study evaluated the use of the Class Pass Intervention to decrease problem behavior and increase academic engagement of three students with disabilities in three classrooms. The second study focused on comparing the impact of student-chosen versus teacher-chosen group contingency criteria on disruptive behavior and academic engagement in using the Caught Being Good Game with four students with problem behavior in two classrooms. The final study examined the use of computer-assisted instruction to decrease transition times for three students with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) who engaged in problem behavior during transitions between activities. All three papers reported positive outcomes when using the interventions for students with and without disabilities engaging in problem behavior during classroom activities or routines. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: BCBA |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain key components of Class Pass Intervention; (2) describe the role of teacher and student choices on reinforcement criteria in implementing group contingencies; (3) explain how computer-assisted auditory and visual cues can be used to improve transition behavior in the classroom setting. |
|
Using the Class Pass Intervention: An Application to Improve Classroom Behavior in Children With Disabilities |
(Service Delivery) |
LEANN SARAH AVILA (University of South Florida), Rachel M Sofarelli (University of South Florida), Taylor Narozanick (Pasco County Schools), Kwang-Sun Blair (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: One intervention that is easy to implement and requires minimal school resources is the Class Pass Intervention (CPI). The CPI is used as a class-wide or secondary level intervention to decrease escape-maintained disruptive behavior in the classroom. The purpose of the study was to extend the literature on the CPI by further evaluating the impact of the CPI on disruptive behavior and academic engagement of elementary school children with disabilities who are engaging in disruptive behavior. Three students and their respective teachers participated in the study. A multiple baseline across participants design with an embedded reversal was used to demonstrate the impact of the CPI on student behavior during a targeted problematic classroom activity. The results indicated that the CPI was effective in decreasing disruptive behavior and increasing academic engagement for all participating students. Results were maintained for one participant while fading the magnitude of the intervention. Students and teachers rated CPI as effective and acceptable. |
|
Choices on Reinforcement Criteria in Using the "Caught Being Good Game" to Improve Classroom Behavior |
(Applied Research) |
BETH GIGUERE (University of South Florida), Michael Marotta (University of South Florida; Positive Behavior Supports Corporation), Kwang-Sun Blair (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The Caught Being Good Game (CBGG), a variation of Good Behavior Game, is an interdependent group contingency that focuses on giving students points for engaging in appropriate, rule-following behavior. The present study aimed to expand the literature on CBGG by targeting students in general education classrooms and comparing the impact of student-chosen versus teacher-chosen contingency criteria on disruptive behavior and academic engagement. Four students who were at-risk for developing emotional disorders in two general education elementary classrooms were targeted in the study. A multiple-baseline across participants design with an embedded alternating treatments design was used to evaluate the intervention outcomes. Results indicated that the CBGG intervention resulted in decreased disruptive behavior and increased academic engagement for all four students although data demonstrated limited experimental control. Moderate differences in improvement in classroom behavior were observed when comparing teacher-chosen and student-chosen contingency criteria; however, the teacher-chosen criteria condition led to overall lower levels of disruptive behavior and higher levels of academic engagement. Social validity assessments indicated that both the teachers and the students found the intervention to be acceptable. |
|
Using Computer-Assisted Instruction to Decrease Transition Times for Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
(Applied Research) |
JESSICA MOORE (University of South Florida), Kristina Ashlee Bewley (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Transitions within the school setting have been a challenge for school staff when working with students that have autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Students with ASD typically have a difficult time transitioning frequently throughout a school day, and problem behavior can be more apparent during this time. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of a similar computer-assisted instruction (CAI)-based intervention to decrease latency to on-task behavior during transitions in a classroom with students diagnosed with ASD. Two different transitions that occurred within a classroom were compared using the CAI-based intervention with three student participants. Results indicated that using the CAI-based intervention in collaboration with teacher input decreased latency to on-task behavior for all three participants for both transitions without the use of a group contingency or reinforcement component. |
|
|
|
|
Discipline Without Punishment |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom G |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Douglas A. Johnson, Ph.D. |
Chair: Douglas A. Johnson (Western Michigan University) |
DICK GROTE (Grote Consulting Corporation) |
Dick Grote is President of Grote Consulting Corporation in Dallas, Texas. He is the author of the book, Discipline Without Punishment. Now in its second edition, Discipline Without Punishment has become a management classic. Paramount Pictures bought the movie rights to Discipline Without Punishment and produced the award-winning video series "Respect and Responsibility" with Dick as on-camera host. His other books include The Complete Guide to Performance Appraisal and The Performance Appraisal Question and Answer Book, both published by the American Management Association. Forced Ranking: Making Performance Management Work, was published by Harvard Business Review Press in 2005. His most recent book, How to Be Good at Performance Appraisals, was also published by the Harvard Business Review Press in 2011. His books have been translated into more than a dozen languages, including Russian, Chinese, Vietnamese, Arabic, and Thai. In 2013, the Harvard Business School made a series of videos of Dick Grote providing his observations and counsel on performance management for Harvard's executive education programs. In 2016 the Harvard Business Review produced and published a series of Dick Grote's "Tools" to help managers on the subjects of goal-setting and performance appraisal. For five years, he was a regular commentator on National Public Radio's "Morning Edition" program. For twenty years Dick Grote was adjunct professor of management at the University of Dallas Graduate School. His articles have appeared in Cosmopolitan and the Wall Street Journal. |
Abstract: An obscene message written on a potato chip triggered the development of a radically different approach to dealing with disciplinary problems. Discipline Without Punishment is the innovative performance management system that replaces traditional disciplinary policies and procedures with a positive, responsibility-focused approach. Like conventional approaches, the Discipline Without Punishment procedure provides a progressive series of steps to handle the everyday problems of absenteeism, bad attitudes and poor performance that arise in all organizations. But Discipline Without Punishment gets rid of traditional disciplinary responses—like warnings, reprimands, and unpaid disciplinary suspensions—that focus on punishment. Instead, the DWP system requires employees to take personal responsibility for their own behavior and to make real decisions about their performance and continued employment. Unique to Discipline Without Punishment is the final step before termination: the Decision Making Leave. The employee is suspended from work for one day. He receives full pay for his time away. But this is no extra vacation day. On "Decision Day" the employee must make a final decision: either to solve the problem completely, or to quit and find greener employment pastures elsewhere. Dick Grote created Discipline Without Punishment. Through his books and consultations he has helped some of the largest organizations around the world eliminate punishment as a disciplinary tool and replace it with a system that demands personal responsibility. Dick will explain how he created the approach and why it has been successful for over 40 years. |
Target Audience: The target audience is any individual who is responsible for managing the performance of other people; any individual who is called upon to provide counsel and advice about how to manage problem employees and solve performance issues; any individual who is interested in learning about the mechanics involved in creating and implementing a major management system that changes organizational culture. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand the creation, mechanics, and vital elements of the Discipline Without Punishment performance management system; (2) understand the rationale, value and increased effectiveness of using an approach based on personal responsibility to solve common organizational �people problems� rather than using an approach based on punishing misbehavior; (3) understand the psychological and emotional mechanisms that cause problem employees to decide to change their behavior and perform at a fully acceptable level. |
|
|
|
|
A Tale of Two Rats: The Backstory of a Clever Cartoon |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Kennon Andy Lattal, Ph.D. |
Chair: David C. Palmer (Smith College) |
KENNON ANDY LATTAL (West Virginia University) |
Andy Lattal is Centennial Professor of Psychology at West Virginia University, where he has taught and mentored 44 doctoral students in behavior analysis since 1972. Andy's research, covering a host of topics across the discipline's spectrum, has appeared in more than 160 research articles, chapters, and edited books. Included among them are several on the history of behavior analysis. He has been recognized for his professional service with the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis's awards for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis and for the International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis. A past Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, he currently serves as the Editor for English Language Submissions of the Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis and as the Associate Editor for Translational Research of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. |
Abstract: Behind this well-known cartoon [https://www.abainternational.org/media/130027/LattalCartoon.jpg] is a story bringing together the personal histories of two undergraduate alumni of a foundational psychology course at Columbia University and the history of a program in behavior analysis that both was central in the evolution of behavior-analytic education and spawned some of the most important figures in the development of our science. This presentation tells the story of the cartoon's creation, context, significance, and impact. |
Target Audience: Undergraduate through professional-level behavior analysts, historians of psychology, anyone with a good sense of humor. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain the relation of the cartoon to the curriculum in psychology at Columbia University in the 1950s; (2) describe the history of the apparatus used in the introductory psychology course; (3) explain the impact of the program at Columbia University on the history of behavior analysis; (4) explain the significance of the cartoon for the issues of control and countercontrol. |
|
|
|
|
Expanding Horizons: Addressing Conceptual and Methodological Limitations in Analyses of Complex Behavior |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 10-13 |
Area: PCH/VBC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Madison Gamble (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Discussant: Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids) |
CE Instructor: Jonathan J. Tarbox, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysis as a field is growing at a phenomenal rate, with behavior analytic services available to more in need than ever before. The range of applications of behavior analysis, however, in research and practice remain somewhat limited in many ways. In some areas, a lack of variability in experimental and observational methods allow for those methods to become conflated with the observations themselves. In other areas, philosophical and theoretical concerns keep us from consuming and building on non-behavioral findings. In either case, scientific progress is slowed. This symposium will explore two examples where horizons could be pushed to optimize behavior analysis' influence in important domains of social significance. The first paper will review new or uncommonly used approaches to training and testing derived relational responding. The second paper will seek to describe cognitive phenomena in behavioral terms and propose approaches for researching them. The discussion will focus on ways to continue to expand the influence of behavior analysis in meaningful ways. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Behaviorism, Cognitivism, Derived-Relational-Responding, Relational-Frame-Theory |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts and behavior therapists with an interest in relational frame theory, derived relational responding, cognitivism, and behaviorism. |
Learning Objectives: Learning objectives: 1) Describe one new method of training and testing derived relational responding. 2) Describe one cognitive phenomenon in behavioral terms. 3) Describe general variables limiting the expansion of behavior analysis. |
|
Beyond Match-to-Sample: New Methods in Training and Testing Derived Relational Responding |
REBECCA NOEL TACKE (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Melissa Morgan Miller (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Derived relational responding (DRR) is a key concept in Relational Frame Theory that has been applied to exploring and intervening on a range of complex behaviors from literacy to perspective taking. The basic research on DRR has been rather prolific, typically making use of match-to-sample preparations, where participants engage in a series of conditional discrimination tasks. It has, also, however relied almost solely on MTS and closely related methods. To the extent that the basic functional characteristics proposed to define DRR are observed only with MTS, our understanding of this phenomenon is necessarily limited. This presentation will first briefly review the phenomenon of DRR as proposed in Relational Frame Theory, along with an overview of MTS methodologies as they've been applied to basic research in the area. Next, it will provide a review of the strengths and weaknesses of alternative technologies for training and testing DRR. Recommendations for future research will be offered. |
|
Overlapping Perspectives: A Conceptual Talk on the Overlaps Between Cognitive Psychology and Contextual Behavioral Psychology |
MELISSA MORGAN MILLER (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Rebecca Noel Tacke (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Behaviorism has long been committed to exploring all behaviors of social significance from a solid philosophical and theoretical foundation. That foundation is distinct, in part, for its rejection of mentalism—the explanation of behavior by appealing to cognition or other "mental events." With this, however, has come the frequent rejection of certain phenomena as topics for behavior analytic study—particularly those phenomena frequently studied in cognitive psychology. For behavior analysis to continue to grow in both basic and applied domains, we must seek to understand the implications of data collected from a cognitive perspective. Once we are able to look past differences in terminology, theory, and methods, we have the opportunity to do what we do best—to apply behavioral principles and methods to (1) determine the conditions under which certain cognitive phenomena are exhibited and (2) manipulate those conditions to improve cognitive functioning. This presentation will review several key cognitive phenomena of social significance along with how we might define and analyze them from a behavioral perspective. |
|
|
|
|
Applications of Behavioral Technologies Across Different Populations and Targets |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C |
Area: PRA/CBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College) |
CE Instructor: Gretchen A. Dittrich, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The utility of behavior analysis is vast. Behavior analytic technologies may be used to improve a myriad of behavioral excess and deficits, and have been demonstrated to be effective across a wide variety of populations, including individuals with developmental and/or intellectual disabilities. While much of the research within the field of behavior analysis targets interventions for individuals with an autism spectrum disorder, it is important to also recognize the efficacy of behavior analytic interventions with other populations, including individuals with comorbidities and individuals without intellectual disability. The purpose of the current symposium is to provide a sampling of research conducted across different populations to address various skill deficits. All research presented in the current symposium was conducted in applied settings, to address the unique needs of individuals in these settings. Research reviewed will include utilizing behavior analytic methodology to increase exercise behavior in middle-aged women who are overweight, the application of equivalence-based instruction to teach a child with hearing impairment and cochlear implants to communicate, and improving accuracy of preschool-aged children during delayed multi-step listener tasks via teaching a rehearsal response. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behavioral health, behavioral medicine, hearing impairment, verbal behavior |
Target Audience: BCBAs, BCBA-Ds, BCaBAs, licensed behavior analysts, other related professionals (masters and doctoral level) |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify methods to increase physical activity in middle-aged women 2. Identify how equivalence-based instruction may be utilized to increase communication skills in a child with hearing impairment 3. Identify how teaching a rehearsal response may improve accuracy of responding in preschool-aged children on a multi-step listener task following an imposed delay |
|
Effects of Technology and Behavioral Coaching on Daily Activity |
(Applied Research) |
JESSICA R. MIAS (Simmons College), Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Optimal health outcomes are positively correlated with regular exercise, yet nearly one quarter of the adults in the United States reportedly do not participate in physical activity during their free time. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of self-monitoring, feedback, and goal setting, while wearing a Fitbit One device with or without behavioral coaching. Participants included eight overweight but otherwise healthy, adult women. During the condition in which the participants only wore the Fitbit, the Fitbit program generated generic goals and feedback. During behavioral coaching, feedback and goals were individualized for each participant, and step count goals were determined using percentile schedules. For two participants, mean daily step counts were higher during the behavioral coaching condition; for all other participants, mean daily step counts were higher in the condition with just the Fitbit. Caloric expenditure and distance
traveled increased for all participants during the intervention conditions. |
|
The Inclusion of Listener and Speaker Behaviors in Equivalence Classes in a Child Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Hearing Loss |
(Applied Research) |
SIMONE VILAS BOAS PALMER (Simmons College; Crossroads School) |
Abstract: The acquisition of language allowed individuals to access further complex skills, different environments, and become more independent. The stimulus equivalence research has demonstrated effective results in teaching skills, especially language. The present study evaluated the establishment of listener behavior in one child with autism and hearing loss, and tested the relationship between the speaker and listener behavior as becoming part of an equivalence class. Three communication modes (i.e., symbolic pictures, American Sign Language, ASL, and the participant's voice output device) were evaluated in order to demonstrate the effectiveness of those modalities in skill acquisition. The results demonstrated the effectiveness of using visual stimulation in establishing listener behavior, as well as the class formation between listener and speaker behaviors. However, ASL was not an effective mode of communication and transfer of stimulus control did not occur in this study. Limitations, confounding variables, and contributions were discussed in the discussion section. |
|
The Effects of Teaching a Rehearsal Response on Delayed Multi-Step Selection-Based Responding |
(Applied Research) |
KELLY HURLEY (Simmons College), Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Children with autism often exhibit deficits in verbal and non-verbal behaviors. Researchers within the field of autism and other developmental disabilities often study language, and how language is acquired. Understanding how one acquires language can lead to more effective interventions when teaching this population of individuals. The current study looked at the effects of teaching a rehearsal response on participants' ability to emit a multi-step listener response when a delay interval was imposed. Six students with autism served as participants in the study, four males (ages 4-5) and two females (age 4). Students were first taught to tact or select novel pictures. Following mastery of the tact or listener response, probes were conducted to see if participants could emit the corresponding listener behavior, consisting of a multi-step selection response following a delay. Participants who were unable to accurately emit the listener behavior were then taught to rehearse the directive across the imposed delay. Preliminary results for one participant suggest that accuracy for multi-step listener responses may be improved when the directive is rehearsed over the delay interval. The efficiency of this procedure when teaching individuals with limited language repertoires and suggestions for future research are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Behaviorism in the Great Beyond: A Panel on the Dissemination of Behavioral Analysis |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom B |
Area: PRA/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Adrienne Fitzer, M.A. |
Chair: Ryan Lee O'Donnell (RYANO, LLC) |
GARRET M. CANTU (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
ADRIENNE FITZER (The Applied Behavior Analysis Center, Inc.) |
AMANDA N. KELLY (BEHAVIORBABE) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis has seen an increase in popularity over the past two decades. Mobilized by increased demand, ABA has developed considerably as a profession, developing standards for training and certification that support ethical and effective practice of behavior analysis. Most of the public's awareness, however, is limited to the incredible effectiveness of applied behavior analytic (ABA) interventions for autism spectrum disorders. In this way, the maturation of behavior analysis as a profession has not been matched by the improved effectiveness of dissemination of general principles of behavior analysis. This is unfortunate, as behavior analysis has the demonstrated potential to effect socially significant change in a broad range of domains. The members of this panel are professionals who have committed huge amounts of time and other personal resources to promote the accurate, ethical, and effective dissemination of behavior analysis with varying emphases. Panelists will discuss key objectives, strengths, challenges, and new opportunities for the dissemination of behavior analysis, as well as the criteria for evaluating dissemination efforts. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts and behavior therapists with an interest in promoting effective dissemination of behavioral analysis, discussing new challenges and way for disseminating behavioral analysis, and criteria for evaluating dissemination efforts. |
Learning Objectives: Learning objectives: 1) Promote effective dissemination of behavioral analysis. 2) Discuss new challenges and way for disseminating behavioral analysis. 3) Criteria for evaluating dissemination efforts. |
Keyword(s): Dissemination, Public Awareness, Social Influence |
|
|
|
|
A Synthesis Model of Graduate Training in Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9 |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: R. Douglas Greer, Ph.D. |
Chair: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Dr. Greer is Professor of Psychology and Education at the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences and Teachers College of Columbia University where he heads the MA and Ph.D. programs in behavior analysis and the education of students with/without disabilities. He has served on the editorial boards of 10 journals, published over 200 research and theoretical articles in more than 20 journals and is the author of 13 books in behavior analysis. Two of his most recent books are translated into Korean, Spanish, and Italian. Greer has sponsored 224 doctoral dissertations taught over 2,000 teachers and professors, originated the CABAS model of schooling used in the USA, Ireland, Italy, England, and founded the Fred S. Keller School (www.cabasschools.org). He has done basic and applied experimental research in schools with students, teachers, parents, and supervisors as well as pediatric patients in medical settings. He and his colleagues have identified verbal behavior and social developmental cusps and protocols to establish them when they are missing in children. He is a recipient of the Fred S. Keller Award for Distinguished Contributions to Education from the American Psychology Association, a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, recipient of May 5 as the R. Douglas Day by Westchester County Legislators. He has served as guest professor at universities in China, Spain, Wales, England, Japan, Korea, India, Ireland, Italy, USA, and Nigeria. |
Abstract: The presentation will share curricula/pedagogy developed over four decades for MA and Ph.D. students, synthesizing basic, applied, and conceptual repertoires for educating children. Students spend days in R&D school and evenings attending university classes that reflect the training in the schools (www.cabasschools.org). Training requires mastery with criterion referenced measures of completion of progressively advanced modules that synthesize basic and applied behavior analysis reflecting Behavior Selectionist, Interbehavioral, and Pragmatism epistemologies. Component objectives will be described including: experiments, data decisions, errorless TPRA observations, applied and basic research summaries, accurate visual displays, and pre-verbal and verbal behavior developmental protocols to establish verbal/social cusps. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how the modules synthesize applied, basic, and conceptual objectives across the university courses and the related internship; (2) describe the TPRA observation procedure and how the procedure allows collection of data on both student/client and teacher/therapist; (3) define verbal behavior about the science, contingency shaped behaviors, and verbally mediated behavior; (4) explain how this model of teaching behavior analysis determine mastery of applications or contingency shaped behaviors of teaching or doing therapy with children. |
|
|
|
|
Procedural Refinements in Skill Acquisition Research |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall D |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Regina A. Carroll (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
CE Instructor: Regina A. Carroll, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The collection of studies in this symposium will explore how variations in prompting procedures, reinforcement procedures, and mastery criteria can influence the acquisition and maintenance of skills. First, Lauren Schnell will present a study evaluating the use of an individualized assessment to identify the most efficient prompt and prompt fading procedures for individuals with autism. Second, Jennifer Owsiany will present a study examining the use of an abbreviated assessment to compare the effectiveness of consequences for correct responses on skill acquisition during discrete trial instruction. Third, Sarah Richling will present a study assessing the relation between a mastery criterion rule and skill maintenance for individuals with intellectual disabilities. Fourth, Brittany Juban will present a study evaluating a component- or trial-based mastery criterion when teaching a least-to-most prompting strategy to undergraduate students. Finally, Dorothea Lerman will discuss interesting components of each study, and describe future areas of research on skill acquisition. |
Keyword(s): Discrete-Trial Instruction, Mastery criterion, Skill Acquisition |
Target Audience: The target audience is practitioners and researchers in applied behavior analysis |
|
Using Assessment to Identify Learner-Specific Prompt Type and Prompt-Fading Procedures |
Lauren Schnell (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri), Kathleen Emily Marano (Caldwell University), Casey Nottingham (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Assessment plays a vital role in the programming and education of students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). To date, only a small handful of studies have evaluated the use of assessment to identify the most efficient instructional practices for individuals with ASD. This is problematic as these individuals often have difficulty acquiring skills and the procedures that may be efficient with one individual may not be for others. We conducted individualized instructional assessments to identify the most efficient prompt type (model, partial physical, full physical) and prompt-fading procedure (progressive delay, most-to-least, least-to-most) for teaching auditory-visual conditional discriminations (AVCDs) for individuals with ASD. We determined efficiency by measuring the total number of trials and training sessions required to mastery as well as the total training time and mean training time per mastered target for each of the conditions. Each assessment was conducted at least twice to establish generality. To validate our assessment results, we combined the most efficient and least efficient instructional components into treatment packages applied to teaching a novel set of AVCDS with participants. |
|
Using an Abbreviated Assessment to Identify Effective Consequences for Correct Responses for Individual Learners During Discrete-Trial Instruction |
JENNIFER M OWSIANY (West Virginia University), Regina A. Carroll (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Natalie Ruth Shuler (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Previous research suggests that the type of consequence provided for correct responses during discrete-trial instruction can influence skill acquisition for children with intellectual disabilities. The most effective consequence tends to vary across learners, suggesting the need to conduct individualized assessments. In the current study, we used an abbreviated assessment to compare the effectiveness of consequences for correct responses on skill acquisition for three children with intellectual disabilities. During the abbreviated assessment, we sampled participants' responding with each procedure for up to 60 trials and completed the assessment before participants reached our mastery criterion. Then, we used the results of the abbreviated assessment to predict the most effective and efficient procedure for each participant. Next, we conducted validation assessments, comparing the number of sessions and time required for participants to master targets with each procedure. Finally, we assessed participants' preferences for the different consequences using a concurrent-chains assessment. The results suggest that an abbreviated assessment may be a useful tool for identifying consequences for correct responses that will lead to the quickest skill acquisition for individual learners. |
|
The Effects of Different Acquisition Mastery Criteria on the Skill Maintenance of Children With Developmental Disabilities |
SARAH M. RICHLING (Auburn University), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno), James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Abstract: The demonstration of behavioral acquisition and the maintenance of performance following treatment is fundamental within the fields of behavior analysis and education. The acquisition of skills for individuals with intellectual disabilities and autism has historically focused on the attainment of a certain mastery criterion. The current study involved a survey of clinical practices of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA's) and Doctoral Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA-D's) which indicates the most commonly utilized mastery criterion is 80% accuracy for three consecutive sessions. Based upon these results, a series of experiments were conducted to evaluate the extent to which the adoption of this mastery criterion rule is correlated with skill maintenance for individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities and autism spectrum disorders. Results demonstrate that this mastery criterion rule alone may be insufficient for producing maintained effects of skill acquisition programming as early as one week post-acquisition for approximately half of the data sets. Implications and future research are discussed. |
|
A Comparison of Component and Trial-Based Mastery Criteria on Outcomes of Video Modeling Training |
BRITTANY ANN JUBAN (May Institute), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin–Milwaukee), Jennifer Martin (University of Wisconsin–Milwaukee), Victoria Fletcher (University of Wisconsin–Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Mastery criteria are used as an objective marker to evaluate when an individual has mastered a skill. It is common to use a criterion of at least 90% correct responding when teaching adults or staff more complex skills (e.g., Deliperi, Vladescu, Reeve, & DeBar, 2015; Gianoumis, Seiverling, & Sturmey, 2012). However, mastery criteria may be misleading when identifying the extent to which an individual has learned a new skill that requires many training or component steps. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate a component- or trial-based mastery criterion when teaching the least-to-most prompting strategy to three undergraduate students. More specifically we evaluated the duration of training and the accuracy of each of the twelve component steps in an error analysis when comparing a mastery criterion of 90% correctly completed steps to 90% correctly completed trials. Results showed that the less stringent criterion of correctly completed steps overestimated mastery of the skill, and error analyses revealed that several critical steps of training were missed. This findings suggests that a more stringent trial-based mastery criterion may be necessary when teaching more complex skills. Clinical implications when choosing a mastery criterion for staff training and future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Home and Community Interventions for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom H |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Discussant: Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University) |
CE Instructor: Mandy J. Rispoli, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Trained professionals often treat children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) using a previously ordered and established curriculum. However, adjunctive treatment protocols are necessary if we are going to provide optimal functioning for the children within home environments and within the community. Such additional programming for example, include targets such as athletic training, cooperative play and social interactional training, and safety training. The research presented here will highlight some of the ways in which children with autism spectrum disorder can acquire athletic skills for later participation in sports programs, cooperative play with siblings and peers, furthering conversational speech for "phrase only" speakers, and finally, to teach children with autism spectrum disorder awareness of the dangers that strangers may bring within the community. These socially valid behaviors are necessary complements to the basics of any applied behavior analysis program. The importance of these behaviors within home and the community is emphasized in the symposium. |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts, practitioners, and researchers |
|
Teaching Athletic Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Benjamin Thomas (Claremont Graduate University), CAITLYN GUMAER (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: Participating in community sports is associated with a healthy lifestyle, and can also increase children with autism spectrum disorder's (ASD) opportunities for social development (Weiss & Harris, 2001). Unfortunately, children with ASD are often lacking in appropriate play and athletic skills (Potvin et al., 2013), and there are few guidelines in the literature for teaching them these skills. In the present study, we used a multiple baseline across participants and skills design to assess the effects of visual and positional prompting, fading, and differential reinforcement on the acquisition of two athletic skills by two boys with ASD. Social behaviors of communication and joint attention with peers were also measured before and after training for both children. Results indicated that the children acquired the athletic skills during training, and corresponding gains were observed in the peer play probes. Discussion will focus on the implications of targeting physical activity within interventions for individuals with ASD, as well as on considerations for structuring athletic skill teaching interactions and types of prompting methods. |
|
Effects of Teaching Cooperative Puzzle Play on the iPad to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
JENNA GILDER (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: The present study examined a strategy for encouraging social play among children diagnosed with ASD through teaching cooperative play skills using the iPad®. Specifically, the children were taught to play with the puzzle cooperatively by moving the puzzle pieces together. The study used a multiple baseline design to teach five dyads with ASD to play with the puzzle cooperatively. The dyads were observed in the puzzle sessions and in subsequent free-play sessions and their cooperative play and verbal behaviors were recorded. During baseline, the children did not play cooperatively. The intervention phase involved cooperative puzzle play training sessions, where the experimenter taught the children to move the pieces together using physical/verbal prompts. All ten participants learned to play the puzzle cooperatively. For seven of the participants, cooperative play and verbal communication also occurred in free-play. Follow-up data demonstrated that some children maintained cooperative play behaviors both in the puzzle and free-play settings 3-weeks to 15-weeks following treatment. These findings provide preliminary support for teaching cooperative play to individuals with ASD using an iPad®. |
|
Increasing Phrase Speech Within the Community With Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
CAITLYN GUMAER (Claremont Graduate University), Jenna Gilder (Claremont Graduate University), Brittany Nichole Bell (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: Typically, communication interventions for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) target nonverbal children and highly verbal children, but tend not to focus on those children in the middle who are considered "phrase speakers." For non-verbal children, The Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) (Bondy & Frost, 1994) has successfully increased speech (Charlop-Christy, Carpenter, LeBlanc & Kellet, 2002), while script programs have been successful in increasing conversational speech in verbal and literate children with ASD (Charlop-Christy & Kelso, 2003). The present study used a multiple baseline design across participants to examine the effects of a PECS-based script program with three school-aged, phrase speakers with ASD in the community. Conducting training sessions indoors during play and outdoors during recreational activities, the present study focused on increasing each participant's contextually-appropriate speech while increasing varied responding and length of utterances through the inclusion of action verbs and descriptors (i.e., colors, numbers, sizes). Initial results are promising and additional data are being collected. Findings from the current study may have implications for communication interventions for phrase speakers with ASD, both in therapy and community settings. |
|
Using Video Modeling to Teach Abduction Prevention Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
BRITTANY NICHOLE BELL (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are especially vulnerable to potential abduction by predators within the community. Video modeling was used to teach children with ASD how to respond to taped stranger lure scenarios and in-situ stranger lures. A multiple baseline design across 6 participants was used to assess treatment effects. Measures consisted of reported verbal and motor responses to three stranger lure scenarios and actual responses to stranger lures planted near the children's therapy program and within the children's communities. Prior to intervention, participants displayed few appropriate responses to taped and in-situ stranger lure scenarios. Each participant rapidly met criterion during video modeling treatment. Results indicated that all six participants displayed increases in appropriate responses to taped stranger lure scenarios and in-situ stranger lures post-treatment. Participants demonstrated maintenance of the target behaviors three months following the intervention, with one hundred percent accuracy to taped stranger lures. This study indicated that children with ASD learned to appropriately respond to a stranger's lure and demonstrated the learned behavior in multiple contextually appropriate settings. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Translational Research Informing Treatments for Problem Behavior |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall C |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ashley Marie Fuhrman (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Christopher A. Podlesnik, M.A. |
Abstract: It is important for the experimental and applied domains of behavior analysis to collaborate. Recent translational research has demonstrated that practitioners can use quantitative models and analog arrangements to improve applied treatments. The presentations in this symposium will discuss the implications of translational research for treatments for problem behavior. The symposium will consist of four presentations followed by comments from Dr. Christopher Podlesnik. First, Faris Kronfli will present on the use of the matching law to analyze a caregiver-training model. Next, Sarah Weinsztok will discuss the effects of reinforcer quality and magnitude in mitigating treatment degradation when integrity errors occur. Ryan Kimball will present on context renewal and discuss the implications for training for stimulus generalization. Finally, Dr. Andrew Craig will discuss research on behavioral momentum theory and its predictive validity for reducing resurgence of problem behavior. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): problem behavior, quantitative models, translational research |
Target Audience: Practitioners, faculty, graduate students, and professionals |
Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to: 1. Describe how the matching law can be used to analyze training models 2. Discuss the effects that reinforcer quality and magnitude can have on target behavior in the face of treatment-integrity errors 3. Describe context renewal and its implications for applied treatments 4. Discuss behavioral momentum theory and how it can be used to predict the resurgence of target behavior |
|
A Quantitative Description of a Caregiver Training Model |
FARIS RASHAD KRONFLI (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: We assessed and treated problem behavior with individuals diagnosed with autism and analyzed the data using the matching law. First, initial observations were conducted in the home to identify a pre-intervention measure of caregiver behavior. Second, functional analyses were conducted to identify contingencies maintaining problem behavior. Third, function-based interventions were implemented to reduce problem behavior and teach appropriate behavior. Fourth, caregivers were taught to implement the intervention followed by post-intervention observations in the home. Last, an analysis of the initial and post-intervention observations were conducted using the matching law. The matching law accurately described a shift in inappropriate behavior to appropriate behavior following caregiver training. |
|
The Mitigating Effects of Reinforcer Magnitude and Quality on Treatment Degradation: A Translational Approach |
SARAH WEINSZTOK (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), Brianna Laureano (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Treatment integrity errors, or any deviation from a treatment program, may be unavoidable in the natural environment and may be detrimental to the persistence of treatment effects. We devised an analogue preparation of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) with young learners with ASD to investigate ways to mitigate treatment degradation when integrity errors occur. We parametrically increased combined omission and commission errors, and examined how the manipulation of reinforcer magnitude and reinforcer quality in favor of the alternative response affected responding as errors increased. Results indicate that higher magnitude or higher quality reinforcement for alternative behavior may have some mitigating effects when treatment degrades (i.e. the amount of treatment integrity errors increase), but that manipulation of reinforcer quality may be more effective than magnitude in doing so. Additionally, these manipulations may increase persistence of the alternative response even when schedules of reinforcement favor problem behavior. We discuss the implications for programming behavioral interventions for problem behavior. |
|
Translational Evaluation of Operant ABA Renewal During Alternative Reinforcement: A Preliminary Investigation |
RYAN KIMBALL (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Adam M. Briggs (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Operant renewal is the reemergence of a previously extinguished behavior due to a change in stimulus context after extinction. Renewal is problematic in the context of the treatment of severe behavior disorders because destructive behavior may reemerge from simply transitioning from a treatment context to another context (e.g., home). In the current study, we examined a modified ABA renewal procedure in a translational format with analogue tasks. First, we reinforced target responding in Context A. Next, we concurrently extinguished target responding and differentially reinforced an alternative response in Context B. Finally, we tested for renewal of target responding in a return to Context A while extinction and differential reinforcement remained in place for target and alternative responding, respectively. Participants (diagnosed with ASD or other developmental disabilities) were exposed to both a typical ABA renewal procedure and the modified renewal procedure. For some participants, the results of the current experiment demonstrated the renewal of operant behavior despite the continued presence of extinction for target responding and the presence of differential reinforcement for an alternative response. The present findings spotlight the conditions under which context renewal occurs and provides evidence for further research on training for stimulus generalization. |
|
On the Predictive Validity of Behavioral Momentum Theory for Reducing Resurgence of Problem Behavior |
ANDREW R. CRAIG (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Billie Retzlaff (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Ashley Marie Fuhrman (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Katherine Lichtblau (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Valdeep Saini (Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: Resurgence refers to recurrence of eliminated behavior when an alternative source of reinforcement is discontinued. This form of relapse poses unique challenges for maintenance of positive treatment effects following alternative-reinforcement based interventions for problem behavior. Behavioral momentum theory provides specific insights into procedural manipulations that should reduce the likelihood that problem behavior will resurge in the face of treatment challenges. For example, momentum theory suggests that resurgence should be reduced by using lower rates of reinforcement during treatment or longer periods of exposure to treatment. Further, presentation of either response-noncontingent reinforcers or stimuli associated with reinforcer unavailability after suspension of treatment should minimize resurgence. Four recently published studies that aimed to test one or more of these predictions will be reviewed. In each study, a treatment that was informed by momentum theory to reduce resurgence was compared to a control treatment using within-subject designs in individuals with developmental disabilities. Together, the results from these studies provide support for the predictions of behavioral momentum theory: In 75% of cases, resurgence was lower following the momentum-informed treatment than the control treatment. Implications of these findings for alternative-reinforcement based treatments will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Zoo Animal Welfare: Implications for the World’s Most Iconic Species |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B |
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Valeri Farmer-Dougan, Ph.D. |
Chair: Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University) |
GREG VICINO (San Diego Zoo Global) |
Greg has spent the past 25 years straddling the line between animal care, behavioral research, conservation, and animal welfare. A unique set of circumstances has positioned him to apply this experience to a myriad of species in virtually every context. After studying Biological Anthropology at UCDavis, Greg went on to work for the University, first as an animal care specialist, and then as a Research Associate. He worked on projects ranging from vocal and social development, to geriatric cognition and aggression. His laboratory experience allowed him to ease back into animal management, applying science to the art of animal husbandry. He has consulted extensively on non-human primate socialization and group formation as well as behavior based enrichment programs and welfare monitoring. When he returned to his home town in 2007 to begin working for the San Diego Zoo he was invited to develop a more modern enrichment program, and ultimately form a comprehensive animal welfare program. He has focused on promoting positive indicators of welfare, as well as mitigating negative indicators all within the framework of a species natural behavioral repertoire. By emphasizing the frequency and diversity of behavior, he and his team have worked on developing integrated management strategies that exploit the adaptive relevance of behavior and making behavior meaningful for managed populations. This strategy is designed to be applicable to all species both captive and wild and he has extensive experience in the Middle East and East Africa applying these concepts to in-situ conservation programs and rehab/re-release sites. Greg has continued to work towards his institutes' mission of ending extinction, and has staunchly stood by the idea that all animals should be given an opportunity to thrive. |
Abstract: Modern zoos continue to transform both their mission and their execution as they reach the end of a decade’s long transition from animal attractions to sincere conservation entities. A heightened awareness of the science of animal welfare, the value of measuring behavioral outcomes, and the realization that zoos represent the last hope for many species has thrust us into a paradigm driven by natural history. The aim of this lecture is to highlight the modern approach to zoo animal welfare and the prevalence of behavioral science and its application to effective conservation programs. By using examples of how modern science has helped the management and conservation of species like the African elephant, I will review some of applications of zoo-based findings on in-situ conservation programs. I will cover some of the metrics used to measure animal welfare in zoos, as well as how the frequency and diversity of behavior can be used as a functional indicator of animal welfare. Finally, I will outline some of the strategies used to turn caretakers into stakeholders, primarily in cultures where animal husbandry and welfare are viewed in contrasting terms. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand zoo animal welfare; (2) understand the connection between animal welfare and wildlife conservation; (3) describe the current tools in use at modern zoos related to animal welfare. |
|
|
|
|
Innovative Employment Options for Adults With Autism |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall B |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Mary Ellen McDonald, Ph.D. |
Chair: Mary Ellen McDonald (Hofstra University; Eden II Genesis) |
ERIN ARCHIBALD (Eden II Genesis) |
SANJA CALE (SUNY Old Westbury) |
ANYA K. SILVER (QSAC) |
Abstract: According to the United States Department of Labor, as of July 2015, labor force participation of people with disabilities is 19.8% and 69.0% for people without disabilities. The unemployment rate of people with disabilities is 10.4% compared to 5.4% people without disabilities. The employment rate is not only lower for people with ASD compared to people with other disabilities, the pay for jobs, if they are able to secure them, is significantly lower, compared to others with disabilities. Only one in five young adults with ASD work full time at a current job with the average pay being $8.10 an hour. It is due to this limitation that a discussion is needed regarding innovative options for employment and building employment skills for individuals with ASD. The panel will focus on vocational assessment, taking into account individual preference. Specific assessment tools will be reviewed and discussed. There will be a review of employment models and discussion of the development of a new social enterprise. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Clinicians, Behavior Analysts, Vocational Specialists, Transition Coordinators, Adult Program Staff, Secondary Teachers, Administrators, Psychologists |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to identify a minimum of two vocational assessment tools to be used to assess vocational skills through the observation of behavior. 2. Participants will be able to identify at least two ways to assess vocational preferences in individuals with ASD through behavioral observation and preference assessment technology. 3. Participants will be able to list steps needed to develop a social enterprise. 4. Participants will be able to identify at least 2 specific behavioral techniques used within the development of a social enterprise. |
|
|
|
|
Strategies to Increase Physical Activity in Children and Adults With Intellectual Disabilities and Autism |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall A |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: M. Alice Shillingsburg (May Institute) |
CE Instructor: M. Alice Shillingsburg, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Physical inactivity can lead to a variety of health concerns over the lifespan. Individuals with intellectual disabilities often engage in sedentary behaviors and individuals with autism have been found to be at greater risk for becoming obese compared to typically developing individuals. Several factors have been listed as barriers to increasing physical activity with these populations such as preference for sedentary activities and deficits in social skills which impede engaging in team sports. Despite potential barriers, researchers are beginning to examine a variety of behavioral approaches to increasing physical activity with individuals with Intellectual Disabilities and autism. The first study examined the use of goal-setting and monetary reinforcement for increasing physical activity in adults with intellectual disabilities. The second study compared exergaming to traditional exercise in adults with intellectual disabilities. The last study examined the use of Pictorial Activity Schedules to promote physical activities in school aged children with autism. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Exercise, Health Behaviors, Physical Activity |
Target Audience: Master's level behavior analysts and above |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe 3 methods of increasing physical activities in individuals with DD 2. Describe risk factors associated with low physical activity 3. Describe factors affecting maintenance of increases in physical activities |
|
Monetary Reinforcement for Increasing Walking in Adults With Intellectual Disabilities |
Diego Valbuena (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), CYNTHIA P. LIVINGSTON (University of South Florida), Lindsey Slattery (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Physical inactivity is a widespread problem associated with numerous health problems. Individuals with intellectual disabilities are at a high risk of living a sedentary lifestyle. Although a few studies have examined interventions consisting of goal-setting and reinforcement for increasing physical activity, no studies have evaluated the use of monetary reinforcement. Interventions consisting of goal-setting and monetary reinforcement have been shown to be effective with typically developing adults. The present study evaluated monetary reinforcement for increasing physical activity in adults with intellectual disabilities. We evaluated a session-based intervention where participants earned monetary rewards for attaining step count goals as recorded by pedometers in one hour sessions each day in a work setting. The study also assessed the fidelity of staff implementation of the intervention and its acceptability. Five participants increased their steps when the intervention was implemented in an ABAB design. In addition, staff implemented the intervention with high fidelity (93%-100% accuracy). |
|
Effect of Exergaming on Physical Activity of Adults With Intellectual Disabilities |
JENNIFER VERGARA (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Rocky Haynes (University of South Florida, Tampa) |
Abstract: Physical inactivity is the fourth leading risk factor related to death and the World Health Organization (2016) suggests engaging in at least 150 min of physical activity (PA) throughout the week. Many individuals with intellectual disabilities (ID) engage in sedentary lifestyles that raise concern about their long-term health. Thus, interventions that aim to increase physical activity in this population are needed. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of exergaming on hysical activity and intensity when implemented with adults with intellectual disabilities. Four adult males diagnosed with ID participated in the study. During the traditional exercise condition and exergaming condition, there was no significant difference between the levels of physical activity observed. Percent occurrence of intensity was higher at ratings of 2, 3, and 4 during the exergame condition when compared to the traditional exercise condition and when given a choice participants chose exergaming over traditional exercise. |
|
Using Pictorial Activity Schedules to Increase Physical Activity in Children With Autism |
M. ALICE SHILLINGSBURG (May Institute), Brittany Lee Bartlett (Marcus Autism Center), Taylor Thompson (Marcus Autism Center), Kristen K Criado (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University) |
Abstract: Children with autism are 40% more likely to be overweight and obese compared to their typically developed peers. Although evidenced-based interventions for weight management exist for other pediatric populations, these approaches may require adaptation for children with ASD. A key component of existing interventions is to increase time in physical activity. Individuals with developmental disabilities often require specific interventions to remain on task or complete activities with extended durations. Activity Schedules have been shown to be effective with this population in increasing time on task. The current study extended the use of Activity Schedules to promote sustained engagement in physical activities with 3 children diagnosed with autism using a multiple baseline across participants design. All three participants showed increases in total time spent engaged in physical activities following intervention; however, engagement reduced to baseline levels when the Activity Schedule was removed. Thus, Activity Schedules appear to be an appropriate method of increasing physical activity in children with autism but more research on fading out the schedules is needed. |
|
|
|
|
Supporting Schools in Working With Their Most Challenging Behaviors |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom HI |
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Andrew McNally (Grossmont Union High School District) |
Discussant: Paul A. Dores (Psychologist in Private Practice; Verbal Behavior Associates) |
CE Instructor: Matthew C. Howarth, Ph.D. |
Abstract: As a field, behavior analysts have seen much success in working with individuals with challenging behaviors in the home, private school, and clinic settings. Public school systems, however, generally do not have rigorous behavior analytic programs, and when available, these behavior analytic services are provided in a limited capacity. Effective implementation of applied behavior analysis in public schools and fidelity of implementation of behavior plans can be a difficult task, due to various reasons, including: lack of regulations with regards to credentials required for individuals in "behavior specialist" roles, vague criteria for what constitutes an appropriate functional behavior assessment in the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) 2004, school district- employed Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) working administrative and program specialist positions rather than in direct supervision roles, and insufficiencies in training for district 1:1 aides as well as in the staffing ratios necessary to provide effective 1:1 ABA instruction to students. In this symposium, we demonstrate how Non-Public Agencies (NPA) who practice rigorous applied behavior analysis programming can successfully support districts in working with their most challenging cases in a systematic step-by-step manner. Effective staff training and instructional tactics will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): Behavior Plans, Challenging Behavior, FAA, Public School |
Target Audience: BCBAs, BCaBAs, behavior specialists in public school settings, and other educators or professionals who work with individuals with problem behaviors |
Learning Objectives: At the end of this presentation, participants will be able to 1) Describe effective tactics for training staff to accurately implement an individual's behavior intervention plan and instruction for replacement behaviors. 2) Describe three critical components that contribute to successful implementation of applied behavior analysis interventions within the public school setting. 3) Describe delay and denial tolerance training and how to implement it with individuals. |
|
Conducting Functional Analysis Assessments in School Settings and Training District Staff to Implement Behavior Plans With Fidelity |
(Applied Research) |
MATTHEW C. HOWARTH (Verbal Behavior Associates), Cleo Schmitt (Verbal Behavior Associates), Kaitlin Johannsen (Verbal Behavior Associates) |
Abstract: We examined the efficacy of conducting Functional Analysis Assessments (FAA) in public school settings, and training school staff to implement behavior plans with fidelity based on FAA findings using a multiple single-subject AB design. The independent variable was the implementation of applied behavior analysis (ABA) services delivered by a non-public agency (NPA) which occurred as follows: 1) conducting an FAA and developing a behavior intervention plan based on FAA results, 2) NPA aide implementing the behavior plan 1:1 with the student until identified maladaptive behaviors decreased to target levels, 3) using a fidelity of behavior plan checklist to train district aides to implement the behavior plan and Teacher Performance Rate and Accuracy scale (TPRA) feedback to train accurate instruction for replacement behaviors, and 4) systematic fading of NPA aide to consult services only once district aide demonstrates mastery of behavior plan and instruction, and low levels are maladaptive behaviors maintain across transitioning of staff. The dependent variable was the level of support required by the student, measured as restrictiveness of placement on an intensity scale, and the frequency of occurrences of maladaptive behaviors. Data indicate a functional relationship between NPA ABA intervention and improvements in restrictiveness of placement, and decrease in maladaptive behaviors for all participants. |
|
Using Delay and Denial Tolerance Training to Reduce Emission of Maladaptive Behaviors |
(Applied Research) |
Matthew C. Howarth (Verbal Behavior Associates), CLEO SCHMITT (Verbal Behavior Associates), Kaitlin Johannsen (Verbal Behavior Associates) |
Abstract: Part of functional communication skills training involves the systematic fading of consistent and immediate delivery of reinforcement following the emission of mastered replacement behaviors (functional communication), as access to reinforcement is not always possible or realistic in the natural environment. Therefore, teaching the skills of waiting for reinforcement, as well as appropriate responding to denial of reinforcement is necessary. We tested the effects of a delay and denial tolerance training procedure (Hanley, 2014) in applied settings (public schools) on the reduction of maladaptive behaviors using a delayed multiple baseline across participants. The independent variable was the implementation of the delay and denial training protocol. During the delay training phase, the participants were taught to “wait” following the emission of an appropriate mand, in increasing durations of time up to 2-min, without emitting maladaptive behaviors, before allowed access to the specified reinforcer. Following mastery of the delay phase, participants were taught to emit appropriate responses to the denial of reinforcement following appropriate mands, until they met the mastery criterion of zero emission of maladaptive behaviors when 60% of mands are denied within 20 trials (of mands) training session. The dependent variable was the rates of target maladaptive behavior. Data indicate a functional relationship; reductions of behaviors were observed following delay and denial tolerance training across all participants. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Advances on the Use, Analysis, and Validity of Single-Case Designs in Practice and Research |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 10-13 |
Area: PCH/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal) |
CE Instructor: Marc J. Lanovaz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Despite the widespread adoption of single-case designs by behavior analysts, there is still considerable debate as to how to use, analyze, and report the data. Research on the topic is important to develop guidelines and criteria that are empirically derived, which should support practitioners and researchers in their decisions. The purpose of the symposium is to address some of these issues by examining recent advances on the use, analysis, and validity of single-case designs in practice and research. The first presentation will examine guidelines for reporting the results of multiple baseline designs and to what extent these guidelines have been adopted by applied researchers. The second presentation will describe implicit criteria that are used by single-case researchers to determine the effects of independent variables within AB and multiple baseline designs. Finally, the third presentation will review previously published data to examine whether using AB designs in practical settings may be appropriate. Altogether, the presentations will provide an overview of recent research on the use and analysis of single-case designs. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): AB design, Data analysis, Multiple baseline, Single-case designs |
Target Audience: Practicing behavior analysts and researchers |
|
Application of Multiple Baseline Designs in Behavior Analytic Research: Evidence for the Influence of New Guidelines |
(Applied Research) |
JODI COON (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University) |
Abstract: The multiple baseline (MBL) design is a single-case experimental design (SCED) that has both research and applied utility. Although the concurrent and nonconcurrent MBL variants are valid designs, each rules out different threats to internal validity. To help clarify these differences, Carr (2005) provided guidelines for graphically depicting and distinguishing between concurrent and nonconcurrent MBLs. This study assessed the extent to which Carr’s guidelines have been adopted by examining SCED studies published in three behavior-analytic journals from 2000 to 2015. A total of 1,636 articles were reviewed for this study. Results show that there were increases in researchers’ adherence to guidelines provided by Carr (2005). For example, from 2000 to 2005 there were no graphed CMBLs that were described as a CMBL in the respective manuscript. After 2006, there was a substantial increase in CMBL specification in most years; however, the percentage of CMBL graphs specified as such in the manuscript was still consistently below 50%. These findings suggest that SCED researchers are adhering more closely to Carr’s guidelines for graphically depicting CMBLs than to specifying the use of a CMBL in the manuscript; however, researchers’ adherence is not optimal for either guideline. As a whole, results suggest that the stipulations set forth by Carr influenced research practice in that researchers not only increased the specification of the MBL variant, but they also aligned their data in a way that was congruent with the specified MBL variation to a greater extent after 2005. |
|
Criteria for Determining Behavior Change in AB and Multiple Baseline Designs |
(Applied Research) |
MARISSA A. NOVOTNY (University of South Florida), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida), Diego Valbuena (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This study attempts to describe implicit criteria used by researchers to identify effects in AB and Multiple Baseline Designs (MBL). We extracted raw data from 100 published articles published across 36 journals between the years 2012 and 2015, and calculated the effect size, percentage of overlapping data points, and standard deviation for each tier of 177 MBL graphs. Data were then separated and analyzed depending on if the authors said if intervention was effective or not and means for effect size, percentage of overlap, and standard deviation were calculated. Results showed that there was no observable difference in standard deviation between graphs in which the authors said there was an effect versus when they did not say there was an effect. However, the effect size was greater and percent overlap between baseline and treatment data was smaller when authors said there was an effect versus when they did not. These results indicate that authors may take into consideration data features that roughly correspond to the number of overlapping data points and the overall increase or decrease between baseline and treatment phases when identifying effects. |
|
Using Single-Case Designs in Practical Settings: Is Replication Always Necessary? |
(Service Delivery) |
MARC J. LANOVAZ (Université de Montréal), Stephanie Turgeon (Université de Montréal), Patrick Cardinal (École de technologie supérieure), Tara L. Sankey (Halton Catholic District School Board) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have widely adopted single-case experimental designs to demonstrate and replicate the effects of treatments on behavior. However, the withdrawal of treatment, which is central to most of these designs, may not be desirable, feasible, or even ethical in practical settings. To address this issue, we extracted 501 ABAB graphs from theses and dissertations to examine to what extent we would have reached correct or incorrect conclusions if we had based our analysis on the initial AB component only. In our first experiment, we examined the proportion of datasets for which the results of the first AB component matched the results of the subsequent phase reversals. In our second experiment, we calculated three effect size estimates for the same datasets to examine whether these measures could predict the relevance of conducting a replication. Our results indicated that the initial effects were successfully replicated at least once in approximately 85% of cases and that effect size may predict the probability of replication. Overall, our study suggests that practitioners may not need to conduct replications when the implementation of an empirically-supported treatment produces (a) clear change with a large effect size or (b) no clear change with a small effect size. |
|
|
|
|
Matter, Movement, and Mind: The Order Is Important |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9 |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Marcus Jackson Marr, Ph.D. |
Chair: Marcus Jackson Marr (Georgia Tech) |
J. A. SCOTT KELSO (Florida Atlantic University; Ulster University) |
For most of his scientific career Scott Kelso has been trying to understand how human beings (and human brains)—individually and together—coordinate their behavior on multiple levels, from cells to cognition to (most recently) social settings (see http://www.ccs.fau.edu/hbbl3/). Since the late 1970's his approach has been grounded in the concepts, methods and tools of self-organizing dynamical systems tailored to the activities of animate, living things (moving, perceiving, learning, remembering, developing, etc.), a theoretical and empirical framework that has come to be called Coordination Dynamics. From 1978 to 1985 Kelso was Senior Research Scientist at Yale University’s Haskins Laboratories in New Haven, Connecticut. Since then, Kelso has held the Glenwood and Martha Creech Eminent Scholar Chair in Science at Florida Atlantic University (FAU) in Boca Raton, Florida where he founded The Center for Complex Systems and Brain Sciences. Kelso is also Emeritus Professor of Computational Neuroscience at Ulster University in his home town of Derry, in the north of Ireland. Kelso and colleagues' research has been published in Science and Nature as well as other prominent journals in the fields of neuroscience, physics, biology and psychology. His books include Dynamic Patterns: The Self-Organization of Brain and Behavior (MIT Press, 1995), Coordination Dynamics (Springer, 2004) and The Complementary Nature (with D.A. Engstrøm) published by MIT Press in 2006. Kelso is a Fellow of APA, APS, SEP and AAAS and has received a number of honors and awards for his work, including the MERIT, Senior Scientist and Director’s Innovations Awards from the U.S. National Institute of Health. In 2007 he was named Pierre de Fermat Laureate and in 2011 he was the recipient of the Bernstein Prize. He was inducted as an Honorary Member of the Royal Irish Academy in 2016. Trained in a specifically interdisciplinary setting, Kelso’s PhD students and Postdocs have gone on to careers in some of the top academic and research institutions in the world, a fact that he is especially proud of. |
Abstract: This lecture will explain, by means of a theory of coordination, the relationship between matter, movement and mind. There will be a little physics (self-organization), a little biology (synergy selection), a little math (mostly nonlinear), a little theory (coordination dynamics) and a little experimentation (from fingers and babies and brains to ballet dancing and beyond)—all presented at the level of the proverbial educated layperson. The story is one of emergence, how spontaneous processes give rise to properties not usually ascribed to ordinary matter, but rather to living things, such as agency and goal-directedness. Paradoxical though it may seem, the self–the “I”– emerges from self-organization which, by definition, means the system organizes itself. In these open, complex systems, there is no organizer doing the organizing. The path, made by walking--as Machado would have it--is from nonequilibrium phase transitions in matter and movement (including motor development and learning) to the “eureka effect” of experiencing oneself as an agent for the first time. Who cares? Well, if you have ever wondered how mind gets into matter or how matter produces mind, please join me: like a choreographed script, the order of matter, movement and mind might be important. Phase transitions offer a transcendental mechanism, “the way in” to their relationship. Via symmetry breaking, “the way out” is the modern, metastable mind. |
Target Audience: Everyone who is interested in a novel, or different approach to the age-old mind-matter relation and the possibilities it creates. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand the concepts, methods, and tools of the science of coordination (informationally coupled dynamical systems, aka coordination dynamics) and how it closes the loop (‘reciprocal causality’) between spontaneous, self-organizing processes and mental constructs such as intentionality, purpose and will. |
|
|
|
|
Improving Physical Performance and Gym Safety |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C |
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jonathan W. Ivy (Penn State Harrisburg) |
CE Instructor: Jonathan W. Ivy, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Although the benefits of routine physical fitness and activity are well documented, there is limited behavioral research on this important repertoire. Additionally, the gym environment contains multiple potential health hazards, such as unclean gym surfaces that can cause infection. The behaviors related to both physical performance and gym safety could be improved using behavior analysis. This symposium presents a series of successful interventions that improved behaviors related to physical performance and gym related safety with different populations. The first presentations showcases a treatment package of teaching with acoustic guidance, modeling, and feedback, and was successful in teaching a golf swing to a novice golfer without disabilities. The next presentation discusses how a physical activity routine was taught to three people with severe intellectual disabilities. Results of this study indicated moderate success using the simultaneous and least to most prompting package. We end with a presentation on the use of an antecedent intervention package to increase cleaning gym equipment post-use . Results of this last study indicated that a combination of a visual prompt and accessibility to cleaning supplies were needed for the greatest increase in cleaning behavior. The results of these presentations will be discussed as will the potential for behavior analysis in this non-traditional are of applications. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Cleaning, Exercise, Physical Activity, TAGteach |
Target Audience: Practitioners, graduate students, and researchers interested in the application of behavior analytic principles in the field of physical activity |
Learning Objectives: A the end of this symposium the participants will be able to: 1. describe the research based-extensions in prompting in the field of physical activity 2. Identify critical components of a TAGteach program 3. identify adaptions necessary to teach physical activity prerequisites to adolescents with severe to profound intellectual disabilities |
|
The Acquisition of Exercises in Adolescents With Severe to Profound Intellectual Disabilities |
(Service Delivery) |
EDWARD JUSTIN PAGE (Duquesne University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: People with intellectual disabilities are at higher risk for obesity and associated disease. Often they do not engage in enough physical activity. By teaching people with intellectual disabilities how to engage in physical activity, there are not only health benefits but also the potential to develop a new leisure activity. Previous literature has shown that evidence-based practices are needed to teach people with intellectual disabilities physical activities. The purpose of this study was to teach three adolescents with a severe to profound intellectual disabilities how to engage in three different exercises a. Three multiple probe across behavior designs were used and results indicated that using this prompting package was only moderately successful. Future research is needed to find best practice techniques for teaching physical activity to people with intellectual disabilities. Furthermore, examining the effects of fluency training, compliance training, and gross motor assessments has on teaching physical activities to this population would be beneficial. |
|
The Application of Teaching With Acoustical Guidance Treatment Package and Training a Novel Golfer |
(Applied Research) |
ANDREW STEVEN MASSEY (St. Cloud State University), Edward Justin Page (Duquesne University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Teaching with Acoustical Guidance (TAGteach) was used as a treatment package along with modeling, feedback, and error correction procedures to train a novel male golf. Using a multiple baseline across behaviors probe design with a two-week follow up, the participant met mastery in all six skill sets and behavior maintained for all skill sets that entered maintenance. During a two-week follow-up, four of five skill sets eligible for follow-up remained at mastery during all five attempts, and the fifth skill set met mastery criteria during the final three attempts. Limited research is available on Teaching with Acoustical Guidance (TAGteach) methodology and skill acquisition in sports, but results from the current study add to the available literature. |
|
Increasing the Post-Use Cleaning of Gym Equipment Using Prompts and Increased Access to Cleaning Materials |
(Service Delivery) |
ILEXIS ELBA (Penn State Harrisburg), Jonathan W. Ivy (Penn State Harrisburg) |
Abstract: A multiple treatment reversal design was used to evaluate the effects of three differentantecedent-based interventions on the post-use cleaning of gym equipment. Unidentified students, faculty, staff, and community members participated in this study. An announcement, signs, and signs together with increased accessibility to cleaning materials were evaluated. The highest level of post-use cleaning was observed under the signs plus accessibility condition. These results indicate that the use of antecedent-based interventions may be a viable option for increasing cleaning behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Coaching for Behavioral Supports: Systems and Practices |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom B |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Jodie Soracco, M.Ed. |
Chair: Jodie Soracco (University of Nevada, Reno) |
HOLLY SENIUK (University of Nevada, Reno) |
KACI FLEETWOOD (University of Nevada, Reno) |
ROSE IOVANNONE (University of South Florida; Florida Mental Health) |
Abstract: As accountability of school policies and practices rise, schools in the United States are focusing on educational reform. However, there is little research focusing on coaches who engage in implementation strategies geared towards school reform (Mayer et al., 2015) and even fewer examining behavioral coaching of groups of individuals (Hackman & Wageman, 2005). These challenges arise at both the systems and content level. Currently, minimal literature exists that provides guidance for coaching processes that address systems-level features necessary for effective behavioral systems. Developing and implementing a structured coaching process that focus on implementing behavioral supports at both the systems and content level are necessary. This panel will provide guidelines and processes for building capacity of coaching at the systems level and content-level. Examples of an adaptation of Bill Abernathy's Total Performance System was applied at the systems level as well as practice-based coaching applied to building the skills of educators who are behavioral support coaches. Professional development assessments, tools, and data will be shared that have been used in efforts to improve behavioral systems and practices. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Educators, behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: By the end of this presentation participants will be able to describe behavioral coaching systems components, identify the competencies necessary for behavioral coaching, as well as discuss the use of tools for enabling coaching of behavior systems and practices. |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Coaching |
|
|
|
|
Training and Tools for Addressing Social Issues Using a Behavior Analytic Perspective: Some Curricular Considerations |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
5:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom D |
Area: CSS/TBA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Courtney Moore (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Richard F. Rakos (Cleveland State University) |
CE Instructor: Traci M. Cihon, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have long argued that we can and should be doing more to contribute solutions to the world's most pressing problems. Most social issues involve human behavior; therefore, the natural science of behavior has much to offer. Despite an increase in university-based training programs in the last decade, there is still limited application of our science to address broad and diverse social issues. Through the MATRIX Project, the Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Special Interest Group is identifying barriers to involving various societal sectors in applying behavior analysis to address social and global issues. The MATRIX Project seeks to identify practices that support the utilization of behavior analytic and behavioral systems approaches. This symposium focuses on exploring feasible practices identified for both university-based training programs and faculty including: incorporating coursework and lectures around applications of behavior analysis to social issues; including cultural/behavioral systems level content particularly with emphasis on social issues in curricula; and encouraging students to enroll in related coursework in other disciplines. Each presentation in this symposium provides an example of how social issues have been incorporated into coursework and training in an effort to expand the reach and impact of our science. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): college teaching, curriculum design, social issues, systems |
Target Audience: University faculty |
|
Introducing Students to Behavior Analysis and Social Issues in Basic Principles and Ethics Courses |
(Applied Research) |
TRACI M. CIHON (University of North Texas; Behaviorists for Social Responsibility
) |
Abstract: The number of university-based training programs for behavior analysts has increased in the last ten years perhaps as a function of applications of behavior analysis with individuals affected by autism spectrum disorders (ASDs) and the growing need for well-trained service providers in this area. Simultaneously, more and more behavior analysts have argued for increased diversity within the application of our science, frequently referencing Skinner’s (1982/1987) paper, Why We Are Not Acting to Save the World? Some (have argued that one reason behavior analysts have not been successful working in more diverse areas is a lack of coursework focused on areas outside of the application of behavior analysis to ASDs. The purpose of this presentation is to provide two examples of how course instructors can introduce students to applications of behavior analysis to social issues in their courses. Fortunately, most graduate training programs in behavior analysis share a common set of courses, particularly those training programs that house a verified course sequence by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. Course units introducing students to behavior analysis and social issues in two courses common to BACB verified course sequences: Basic Principles and Ethics will be described. |
|
Can a Behavior Change Project Help to Save the World? |
(Applied Research) |
CARLOS LOPEZ (University of North Texas), Brennan Patrick Armshaw (University of North Texas), Michaela Smith (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Rittel and Webber (1973) outlined 10 characteristics of "wicked problems". Some might argue that 40 years later these problems have shown an exponential shift toward the worst rather than improving on any measurable dimension. As society falters and people become exasperated with the problems facing them daily, we might ask if behavior analysts are well positioned to work toward the development of solutions for "wicked problems." Further, we might begin to wonder if there are enough behavior analysts to make a cultural shift. Undergraduate studies, for many students, are a time of mass exploration. Introducing undergraduate students to the philosophy of radical behaviorism could prove particularly impactful. In this study, experimenters explored the effects of a behavior change project on undergraduates' identification of functional relations and behavior analytic explanations of their behavior over the course of three semesters. The results suggest that the behavior change project was successful at assisting undergraduates in adopting a behavior analytic worldview. The results are discussed in the context of how behavior change projects might encourage undergraduate students to adopt the philosophy of radical behaviorism. More adopters of this philosophy may prove influential in the quest toward applying behavior analysis to improve the human condition. |
|
Integrating a Multidisciplinary Perspective to Address Large-Scale Social Issues and Action through Behavioral Coursework |
(Applied Research) |
DARYL E. STEWART (University of Kansas), Jomella Watson-Thompson (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: A multidisciplinary and multisectoral approach may contribute to solving problems of societal importance by modifying environmental and social conditions that support widespread behavior change and improvements across a range of outcomes (e.g., youth development, substance abuse, public safety, income inequality) (Fawcett, Schultz, Watson-Thompson, Fox, & Bremby, 2010). Training in behavior-analytic educational programs and courses may promote behavioral research and action that advances student learning by occasioning conditions for students to contact rewarding multidisciplinary experiences through course activities including community engagement and service-learning opportunities. The presentation shares a gradient of feasible activities for university staff and behavior analysis programs interested in starting or expanding current practices to address societal issues through course and program activities. Examples of undergraduate, graduate, and university-level educational practices will be provided to integrate a behavior analytic perspective for training students to address population-level social issues. A guiding framework will be presented to support a process for providing training in addressing social issues through the use of resources including the Community Tool Box (www.ctb.ku.edu). To produce students and future community-behavior analytic researchers and practitioners working to solve issues of societal importance, conditions can be created for multidisciplinary and service-learning contingencies from the classroom to the community. |
|
|
|
|
Assessment and Treatment of Elopement: Where Are We Now? |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
5:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom C |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Andrea Clements (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Terry S. Falcomata (University of Texas at Austin) |
CE Instructor: Terry S. Falcomata, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Functional analyses and treatments of elopement remain critical areas for investigation given the serious and sometimes fatal consequences associated with elopement (e.g., traffic injury, drowning). The first paper in this symposium (Nevill et al.) summarized data on outcomes of functional analyses and treatment evaluations from a consecutive controlled case series of 27 individuals who engaged in elopement. In the second paper, Scheithauer et al. conducted a small randomized clinical trial to assess the feasibility of a manualized elopement intervention that included a functional behavioral assessment and subsequent function-based treatment. The second and third papers took a slightly different approach in which they began the functional analysis process by tailoring the test and control conditions based on information gathered from interviews. The focus of Jessel et al. was on evaluating a comprehensive assessment and treatment package with socially valid outcomes with two individuals diagnosed with autism. The focus of Blowers et al. was to evaluate the potential reinforcement value of a common consequence of elopement that has yet to receive attention in the literature—chase. We are fortunate to have Dr. Terry Falcomata, known for his research on the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior, serve as the discussant. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): elopement, functional analysis |
Target Audience: BCBAs |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, participants will be able to: (1) discuss common functions and treatments for elopement, (2) understand the role and advantages of randomized clinical trials, (3) describe how the interview-informed assessment process can apply to elopement, (4) describe why it might be important to consider the role of chase and retrieval in the assessment and treatment of elopement. |
|
A Consecutive Controlled Case Series for the Assessment and Treatment of Elopement |
ROSE NEVILL (Johns Hopkins School of Medicine; Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Prior research in the treatment of elopement indicates that developing a function-based treatment results in a more effective intervention (Lang et al. 2009; Piazza et al.1997). We conducted a consecutive controlled case series on the Neurobehavioral Unit with 27 individuals who engaged in elopement. For 20 individuals (74%) a functional analysis (FA) was conducted specifically targeting the participant's elopement while the other participants had a functional analysis that targeted a broad range of problem behavior including elopement. Of the 20 individuals with an elopement FA, 8 were inconclusive, and the most common function identified was social positive only (7), multiple functions (7), and automatic reinforcement (5). There were no participants who engaged in elopement to escape. The most common treatment for those individuals with an elopement FA were reinforcement-based (using differential or noncontingent reinforcement) whereas for those individuals for whom a more generic FA was conducted, response reduction interventions (e.g., response cost) or response blocking was more likely to be used. Treatments based on an elopement FA were also more likely to be effective. Figure 1 includes an FA and treatment from one participant who was included in the analysis and published in Piazza et al. (1997). |
|
A Feasibility Study of a Manualized Intervention for the Assessment and Treatment of Elopement |
MINDY CHRISTINE SCHEITHAUER (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Lawrence Scahill (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Elopement is common in autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and can be incredibly dangerous. There are examples of successful treatments, but most use single-subject design or summaries of clinical data. Randomized clinical trials (RCTs) are an important next step to support classification of behavioral interventions targeting elopement as an empirically supported treatment and to disseminate this treatment to individuals outside the field of behavior analysis. This study conducted a small (N = 24) RCT to assess feasibility of a manualized elopement intervention. The manual included a functional behavioral assessment and subsequent function-based treatment. Appointments took place in the home, with a heavy focus on caregiver training and safety measures. Primary outcome measures of feasibility were adequate: > 80% completion of treatment, therapist integrity > 80%, and caregivers rated the intervention as acceptable. Preliminary efficacy results demonstrated a significant improvement from pre to post for the treatment group on the irritability subscale of the Aberrant Behavior Checklist, the child-domain of the Parenting Stress Index, and a checklist designed to measure safety measures for elopement. Results suggest that an RCT with this population is feasible and that the manualized intervention shows promise for future efficacy trials using a larger sample. |
|
Treatment of Elopement Following a Latency-Based, Interview-Informed, Synthesized Contingency Analysis |
EINAR T. INGVARSSON (Virginia Institute of Autism), Joshua Jessel (Queens College), Rachel Metras (Western New England University), Ruth Whipple (Child Study Center), Hillary Kirk (Child Study Center), Lauren Solsbery (Child Study Center) |
Abstract: Using a latency measure during a functional analysis of problem behavior increases the brevity of the assessment period and decreases risks resulting from exposure to contexts intended to evoke problem behavior. In addition, latency-based functional analyses may be especially suitable for discrete behaviors such as elopement, which require resetting the environment after each instance of the response. We evaluated a comprehensive assessment and treatment package (Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014) for the elopement of two children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. We observed short latencies to elopement during the test condition of the analysis and no elopement during the control condition. We then taught the participants multiple forms of functional communication of increasing complexity while elopement was blocked. This was followed by the thinning of reinforcement to a terminal goal, creating a treatment package that nearly eliminated elopement and was socially validated by caregivers. |
|
Assessment and Treatment of Elopement Maintained by Chase |
ANDREW PIERCE BLOWERS (University of Nebraska Medical Center; Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center; Munroe-Meyer Institute), Victoria Cohrs (University of Nebraska Medical Center; Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center; Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Elopement can have serious or fatal consequences associated with a lack of supervision or getting lost (e.g., traffic injury, drowning). Given the potential dangers associated with elopement, caregivers are likely to chase after their child when elopement occurs. Like any other event that follows problem behavior, the chase and physical attention that occurs when retrieving the child may serve as a reinforcer and therefore maintain elopement in the natural environment. The potential reinforcing effects of chase, retrieval, or both has led researchers to attempt to control for, or at least minimize the influence of, these variables when conducting non-attention conditions (e.g., escape, tangible) of a functional analysis of elopement. However, no study to date has evaluated whether elopement is indeed sensitive to positive reinforcement in the form of chase. In the present study, we evaluated the effects of chase on elopement with an X-year old boy diagnosed with autism. Elopement was found to be maintained, at least in part, by chase. We then conducted a treatment evaluation in which we assessed the effects of various antecedent- and consequence-based treatment components within a multiple schedule. |
|
|
|
|
Current Research for Training Parents, Educators, and Direct-Care Staff to Implement Behavioral Assessment and Treatment |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
5:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom AB |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus) |
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon) |
CE Instructor: Patrick Romani, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Training others to implement behavioral assessment and treatment procedures expands accessibility for behavior analytic services. While much research has demonstrated procedures for teaching these procedures, additional research is needed to train others in more efficient and cost-effective means (Blackman & Jimenez-Gomez; Romani, Boorse, Carson, & Loving) or in unique areas (Nipe; Suberman & Cividini-Motta). Nipe and Suberman and Cividini-Motta provide data showing effective ways to train others to implement physical restraint procedures (Nipe) or in the use of speech-generating devices (Suberman & Cividini-Motta). The next two symposia present current research on the use of telehealth to expand access to these training services. Blackman and Jimenez-Gomez compare two modalities of remote training in the context of caregiver training, and Romani and colleagues present current research on the use of telehealth to train educators to implement behavioral assessment procedures. After listening to these presentations, audience members will become familiar with strategies to teach others to use behavioral assessment and treatment procedures via in-vivo and remote modes of instruction. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Augmentative Communication, Behavioral-Skills Training, Physical Management, Telehealth |
Target Audience: The target audience for this symposium will be certified behavior analysts and educators who want to learn new ways to train their staff to implement behavioral assessment and treatment procedures. |
|
Effectiveness of Online Vs. In-vivo Training for Parents of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
ABIGAIL BLACKMAN (University of Kansas), Samuel Shvarts (Florida Institute of Technology), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often receive Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) to acquire skills. However, these skills often do not generalize and/or maintain without parental involvement in behavioral treatment. Parent training is commonly provided in-vivo, which can be costly, time consuming, and inaccessible to some families. There have been a number of studies which have validated the effectiveness of online training for parents of children with ASD. However, there has yet to be a study to conduct a direct comparison of the effects of in-vivo versus online training. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to evaluate the efficacy of online, self-paced modules (i.e., asynchronous training) to in-vivo parent training sessions. Effectiveness was evaluated by comparing pre- and post-intervention measures, with both direct and indirect behavioral measures being utilized. Of the four dependent variables assessed, the direct behavioral measures of positive parent-child interaction and knowledge assessment score improved significantly for parents in online and in-vivo groups, but not for the parents in the control group. These results suggest that online training can be a cost-effective alternative for the delivery of parent training and potentially other behavior-analytic services. |
|
The Effects of Rate-Building on the Demonstration of Physical Management Procedures |
TIMOTHY NIPE (Melmark) |
Abstract: The nature of some challenging behaviors such as aggression and self-injury may require the use of manual restraint to ensure the safety of the individuals targeted by these behaviors. There are significant risks that these procedures pose to both those who implement them as well as for those who are being restrained (Weiss, 1998; Lee, et al., 2001). Staff training is widely considered one of the most important methods to decrease these risks to staff and clients during physical management (Fisher, 1995), however there remains a paucity of research demonstrating effective training of behavioral safety curriculums and retention of physical management skills (Bell & Stark, 2006; Lee et al., 2001). The majority of behavioral crisis training curricula employ accuracy as the measure of competency of manual restraint procedures. However, research has demonstrated training packages that include a criterion combining rate with accuracy may have benefits for trainees beyond those that utilize accuracy as the sole measure of mastery (Binder, 2003). This study explores the potential benefits of a training package consisting of timed practice, fluency aims based on the rate of performance by experts, and access to visual representation of ongoing performance, on the demonstration of physical management procedures. |
|
Teaching Caregivers to Implement Speech-Generating Device-Based Mand Training: Evaluating the Efficacy of Behavioral Skills Training |
RACHEL SUBERMAN (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Many individuals with developmental disabilities do not develop vocal repertoires. Thus, teaching the use of an augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) device is imperative. A speech-generating device (SGD) is an example of an AAC that is universally understood. Individuals with developmental disabilities have been taught to communicate using such device. Teaching caregivers to conduct communication training with their children may be one to way to foster communication in an individual's natural environment. Thus, the purpose of this study was to extend previous research by using behavioral skills training (BST) to teach caregivers to implement SGD-based mand training using an adapted training sequence. Additionally, we evaluated whether training caregivers to implement mand training with their children resulted in an increase of independent mands emitted by their children. This study found that BST was effective in teaching caregivers to implement SGD-based mand training with their children. Additionally, independent mands increased from pre-training to post-training observations for two children. |
|
Training Educators to Conduct Stimulus Preference Assessments via Telehealth in School Settings |
PATRICK ROMANI (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus), Andrea Boorse (University of Denver), Brooke Carson (Colorado Department of Education), Kate Marie Loving (Colorado Department of Education), Antoinette Donaldson (Children's Hospital Colorado) |
Abstract: We present data from six educators who participated in a training program to learn functional behavior assessment skills conducted via telehealth. Schools employing the educators were an average of 166 miles from Children's Hospital Colorado. Interobserver agreement was collected on an average of 33% of sessions for each child and averaged 90%. Within a multiple baseline across participants, we first collected baseline data on educator implementation of the multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessment (MSWO) when they were only given a protocol to review prior to conducting the assessment. Following baseline, a training program matched to individual skill deficits was conducted to increase procedural fidelity. After each educator conducted at least 80% of steps on the preference assessment accurately, we evaluated maintenance by having the educator conduct the preference assessment with a student diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder enrolled at their school. Results showed that fidelity of MSWO assessment implementation increased following training delivered via telehealth and maintained when implemented with a student. The current study will be discussed in terms of how telehealth can be an effective way to expand training opportunities for educators. |
|
|
|
|
Evidence-Based Support Across a Continuum of Service: Outcomes Associated With Applied Behavior Analytic Intervention for Learners With Varying Needs in Home- and School-Based Settings |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
5:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom G |
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Janice Doney Frederick (The ABRITE Organization) |
Discussant: Kerri L. Milyko (Precision Teaching Learning Center; The Learning Consultants ) |
CE Instructor: Janice Doney Frederick, Ph.D. |
Abstract: An increasing literature outlines empirically supported criteria related to treatment components shown to produce the most robust outcomes for children participating in ABA programs. Larger scale analyses of ABA outcomes with children have been heavily focused on examination of intensive behavioral intervention for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) delivered in home-based settings. This literature has been a primary contributing factor to the introduction of insurance reform laws in a majority of states mandating coverage of ABA intervention for individuals with ASD. The accessibility of ABA intervention has grossly increased as a result of funding made possible by insurance reform. Treatment outcomes for ABA involving provision of services in alternative settings such as public schools are much less prevalent in the literature. Similarly, outcome analyses related to intensive behavioral intervention for children with developmental delays other than ASD are sparse. Replication and presentation of outcomes is necessary to support further funding and access to ABA across populations, needs, and settings. The current symposium examines delivery of ABA in home, specialized education, and general education settings. First, an analysis for children enrolled in either focused or comprehensive ABA home-based programming will be presented in related to skills acquired and outcomes achieved with varying levels of service. Next, various outcomes including skill acquisition rates within and across developmental domains and for children with ASD as well as other delays enrolled in a public school program in which they were provided intensive ABA will be discussed. Finally, the outcomes obtained for general education students exposed to a treatment package involving goal setting and daily feedback will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): general education, insurance, outcome analyses, special education |
Target Audience: Board Certified Behavior Analysts. Graduate Students approaching certification |
|
An Outcome Analysis for Various Learners Enrolled in Focused and Comprehensive Insurance-Funded Behavior Analytic Programs |
(Service Delivery) |
Ginger R. Wilson-Raabe (The ABRITE Organization), Valerie R. Rogers (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Doney Frederick (The ABRITE Organization), M. FERNANDA WELSH (The ABRITE Organization) |
Abstract: Various studies have examined some critical elements of behavior analytic services in relation to advantageous outcomes. Examples of critical components include the frequency and duration of intervention services, as well as the age that intervention begins. Increased outcome research over time has since secured improved funding for behavior analytic services given the medical necessity. Despite this funding, families and clinicians still have logistical difficulties in providing the number of treatment hours recommended, possibly impacting the outcomes achieved. This presentation will focus on the outcomes that are achieved with varying amounts of behavior analytic services for different types of learners including those enrolled in either a focused or comprehensive Applied Behavior Analysis program. An analysis of the skills acquired across developmental domains including cumulative skill acquisition will be presented for a large sample of participants falling within either the focused or comprehensive service group. The relative outcomes, including further analyses such a mean number of skills acquired per treatment hour, will be presented and the discussion will focus on sharing the best predictors of treatment outcomes that were revealed in the analysis. |
|
Measuring Treatment Outcomes for Insurance-Funded ABA Programs: An Analysis of Acquisition Rates, Standardized Assessments, and Learner-Specific Variables |
(Service Delivery) |
Valerie R. Rogers (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Doney Frederick (The ABRITE Organization), SAMUEL GARCIA (The ABRITE Organization), Ginger R. Wilson-Raabe (The ABRITE Organization) |
Abstract: The practice of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in the treatment of children with autism has been widely accepted as an empirically validated treatment, therefore many health insurance carriers now provide funding for such services. Reporting on learner treatment outcomes as a result of participating in these programs, however, may often be limited to mastery of treatment goals or other insensitive assessment measures. The current paper seeks to discuss and examine learner outcome data such as skill acquisition data in relation to variables such as standardized assessment and reassessment results, age, duration enrolled in the ABA program, proportion of recommended treatment hours received, and treatment goals met across multiple participants enrolled in either a focused or comprehensive ABA insurance-funded treatment program. Results are discussed in terms of the potential relationship between the proportion of recommended treatment hours received and reassessment results and overall learner outcomes. Moreover, recommendations and rationale toward additional measurement and analysis beyond the standard skill or goal mastery are provided. In short, the outcome data presented provide continued support for insurance funded ABA treatment while providing a unique conceptualization of learner outcomes. |
|
Intensive Behavioral Intervention in Public School Classrooms: Outcomes for Students With Varying Developmental Delays Enrolled in a Collaborative Program |
(Service Delivery) |
JANICE DONEY FREDERICK (The ABRITE Organization), Marlena Jacobson (The ABRITE Organization), Ginger R. Wilson-Raabe (The ABRITE Organization) |
Abstract: Intensive behavioral intervention based on the principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA) has been repeatedly shown to be effective for children with autism spectrum disorder as well as other developmental delays. The literature outlines an empirically-supported criteria related to the treatment components that have shown to produce the most robust outcomes for children participating in ABA intervention programs. Many times, ABA intervention programs that meet the outlined recommendations involve provision of services within the child's home or in private school settings. The current paper presents various outcome data collected for periods extending up to 3 years for students receiving behavior analytic intervention within a public school district. The classrooms involved are a result of multiyear collaboration between a public school district and an ABA organization. In particular, outcomes related to rates of skill acquisition, maintenance and generalization of acquired skills, and undesirable behavior will be presented for students with a range of developmental disabilities including autism spretrum disorder, downs syndrome, and cerebral palsy. The implications of these data as well as future directions related to student progress and methods for measuring and evaluating outcomes will be discussed. |
|
Supporting Students in Becoming Present, Positive, Participants in Their Education: Outcomes for General Education Students Exposed to a Behavior Analytic Intervention Package |
(Applied Research) |
Janice Doney Frederick (The ABRITE Organization), MARLENA JACOBSON (The ABRITE Organization), Caitlin Manning (The ABRITE Organization) |
Abstract: This study examined the effectiveness of goal setting, performance feedback, and a reinforcement contingency on goal mastery for general education students ranging from the elementary to high school levels. Fifteen students and their primary classroom teachers were involved in goal setting. Students received daily written feedback related to their goals via a paper form or text message depending on grade level and participated in a brief weekly meeting with a "coach" during which they received feedback via a graph of their performance toward their goals. Students earned access to entry in a weekly lottery conducted at each school campus contingent on each daily goal met. Measures of social validity were collected for students and teachers pre and post participation in the study to examine intervention acceptability as well as concerns, attitudes, and information related to student performance. Results indicated that the intervention was effective in increasing student's performance on goal related tasks. Teacher and students responses on the post participation questionnaires were consistent with student improvements observed in the data. |
|
|
|
|
Translational Research Through Partnerships With Industry and Communities to Impact Safety |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
5:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom E |
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University) |
Discussant: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University) |
CE Instructor: Timothy D. Ludwig, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The effective and sustained application of behavior analysis to safety is characterized by intervening on active response classes for both personal protection and the protection of others in industry and communities. Behavioral safety systems in these contexts rely on tactics discovered through translational research including direct behavioral observation, data collection, and analyses paired with prompts, social contingencies in the form of feedback, and systemic environmental change. Behavior analysis has been able to translate its research in safety into effective programmatic processes through the involvement of industry and community partners. In this symposium Wirth & Ludwig introduce the behavioral standards through which the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies (CCBS) Commission on Behavioral Safety Accreditation uses as criterion for partnerships in industry documenting their best translational practices. Hebein, Alavosius, & Houmanfar analyse 45 field site assessments by the CCBS Commission using Gilbert's Behavioral Engineering framework. Dagen discusses the application of behavior analysis in catastrophic incident prevention in high-hazard industries. Finally, Van Houten will explore how the motivating operation to increase acceptance and sustain changes in the safety culture of a community. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Engineering, Behavioral Safety, Motivating Operation, Translational Research |
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts interested in translational research in the real world |
Learning Objectives: Understand how the principles of behavior analysis can be translated into real world application Learn to apply Gilbert's Behavioral Engineering Model Link Motivating Operations to popular descriptions of safety culture |
|
Establishing a Strong Safety Culture Through Accredited Behavioral Safety Programs |
(Service Delivery) |
OLIVER WIRTH (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health; Centers for Disease Control and Prevention), Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University) |
Abstract: Safety culture and climate have become important concepts for addressing occupational injuries and fatalities, and they are almost always cited as important factors responsible for work-related injuries, fatalities, and industrial disasters. Most definitions of safety culture refer to individual and group values, attitudes, perceptions, competencies, and patterns of behavior that relate to an organization's commitment to health and safety. These involve several factors, including management decision making, organizational safety norms and expectations, safety practices, policies, and procedures that together serve to communicate organizational commitment to safety. Recently, the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies Commission for Behavioral Safety Accreditation has revised its standards used as criterion for their assessments. The new standards are organized across ten different focus areas that span the behavioral processes and organizational features that are necessary to sustained and effective safety program. This presentation will show how an empirically effective and comprehensive behavioral safety program, as espoused by the CCBS's accreditation standards, fulfills many of the purported organizational requirements for establishing a strong, positive safety culture while demonstrating sustained reduction in injuries. |
|
Are We Checking All the Boxes? Accreditation Recommendations Guide Behavioral Safety System Interventions |
(Applied Research) |
CHRISTOPHER HEBEIN (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark P. Alavosius (Praxis2LLC), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies (CCBS) has accredited behavioral safety programs since 2003 completing 45+ site assessments. Via accreditation, CCBS commissioners guide organizations toward safer systems. Each site assessment is a case study demonstrating the impact of safety behavior management with recommendation to enhance results. The CCBS accreditation process encourages and shapes safety best-practices within multiple industries. Accreditation entails analysis of principles of behavior and interlocking contingencies within effective behavioral safety systems that control deviation from safety standards and result in industry leading safety results. Assessments offer insight to science-based methods applied by safety managers within high performance sites. One coherent methodology to assess sources of behavioral variation and guide system interventions within organization comes from Thomas Gilbert's book Human Competence, first published in 1978. Gilbert's (1978) behavior engineering model, a 6-box matrix designed to focus analysis on "improvements in behavior efficiency" within organizations provides a framework to inventory the CCBS safety accreditation recommendations provided since 2003. A meta-analysis of accreditation recommendations reported by CCBS commissioners across 45 site assessments using the framework of Gilbert's behavior engineering model provides data to illustrate evolution of the CCBS accreditation process and reveal safety trends emerging in accredited organizations. |
|
Enhancing Major Accident Prevention Methods With Behavioral Science |
(Theory) |
JOSEPH CHARLES DAGEN (BP) |
Abstract: The impacts of catastrophic incidents are often felt on a global scale. For example, many people are familiar with high-profile catastrophic incidents such as Chernobyl, Space Shuttle Columbia, and Deepwater Horizon. The interdisciplinary efforts of countless professionals have significantly reduced the likelihood of catastrophic incidents in many industries (e.g., aviation). Behavioral science has an opportunity to make an important contribution in further driving down the likelihood of these incidents. This talk will explore behavior analysis in the context of a global business operating in a high-hazard industry. Specific areas of focus will include catastrophic incident prevention methods, the human element of process safety management, and leadership development in dangerous contexts. Suggestions will be made for applying our science to the global challenge of understanding and preventing catastrophic incidents in high-hazard industries. |
|
|
|
|
The Potential Symbiotic Relationship Between Behavior Analysis and Clinical Psychology |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, America's Cup A-D |
Area: CBM/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Lauralee Davis (University of Mississippi) |
Discussant: Emily Thomas Johnson (Behavior Attention and Developmental Disabilities Consultants, LLC) |
CE Instructor: Emily Kennison Sandoz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Though there is much overlap between the work of behavior analysts and clinical psychologist, there often lacks communication between the disciplines. In fact, many graduate programs in clinical psychology do not expose their students to the study of behavior analysis, and vice versa. This symposium seeks to demonstrate the mutual benefits that behavior analysis and clinical psychology have to offer one another. First, a case example will be used to demonstrate the need for behavior analytic consultation in psychology clinics where difficult behavioral cases are presented with nowhere else to turn for services (e.g. rural communities). The second presentation will focus on evaluating clinical psychology literature from a behavior analytic lens and discovering what this literature has to offer to behavior analysts. The symposium will close with a discussion about how we can change our context to make it more likely that behavior analyst and clinical psychologists can work together to improve the lives of others through behavior change. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): cbs, interdiciplinary, psychology |
Target Audience: Practicing behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: - Identify challenges faced by clinical psychologists in areas with limited behavior analytic support - Identify areas of behavior analytic service that can be improved by clinical psychology literature - Discuss the formation of a mutual relationship with a clinical psychologist |
|
The Things You Can Teach When They Seem Out of Reach: The Product of Clinical Psychology and Applied Behavior Analysis Co-Therapy |
EMMIE HEBERT (University of Mississippi), Brooklee Tynes (University of Mississippi), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: In rural Mississippi and communities throughout the United States, there are few, if any, qualified service providers for psychological and/or behavioral difficulties. This means that individuals in rural areas fail to receive evidence-based services that can significantly increase their quality of life. Two graduate students found themselves referring to the APA ethics codes when a 25-year-old client with autism presented to a university psychological services center in north Mississippi. After being denied services for years, the request for treatment by this client’s aging parents was likely his last chance for services. While this clinical graduate program, and many programs like it, trains their graduate students in basic behavioral principles, students are rarely provided the opportunity to receive direct training or supervision on applying these principles. This presentation is a call for a stronger working relationship between behavior analysts and clinical psychologists, particularly when the services of one of the fields are scarce. Specifically, skills that behavior analysts can bring to a clinical psychology practice or consultation with clinical psychologists will be discussed. |
|
Peering Over Walls: Psychology as a Sister Science to Behavior Analysis |
EMILY KENNISON SANDOZ (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis is distinguished from psychology, in part, by the adherence to unique and well-integrated philosophical, theoretical, and methodological standards. This adherence serves to protect behavior analysis from disciplinary drift as novel terms, analytical approaches, and data are subjected to strict scrutiny. This scrutiny often amounts to, "Is this behavior analysis?" When the answer is "no," when the terms, approaches, or data are not based in behavior analysis, they are typically rejected. This is observable, not only at the individual level, but also systemically. Behavior analytic practitioners and academics often earn terminal degrees having barely been exposed to basic psychological science (outside of direct training in its rejection). This may be unnecessarily problematic, especially for behavior analysts embarking on the analysis of complex human behavior. As recognition grows for behavior analysis as an effective approach to socially significant change, behavior analysts are increasingly likely to face problems that applied psychology has grappled with for ages. This presentation will argue for the importance of behavior analysts'consumption of psychology as a sister science of human behavior. Thus, when faced with non-behavioral theories, terms, or methods, we might ask not, "is this behavior analysis" but "how would behavior analysis approach this?" |
|
|
|
|
Brief Behavioral Therapy for Anxiety and Depression: Developing Efficient Interventions for Pediatric Care |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom AB |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Amy Murrell, Ph.D. |
Chair: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas) |
V. ROBIN WEERSING (San Diego State University) |
Dr. Weersing is the director of the Child and Adolescent Anxiety and Mood Program (ChAAMP) at San Diego State University (SDSU) and a professor in the joint doctoral program in clinical psychology at SDSU and UC San Diego. Her research centers on the development of efficient interventions for anxiety, depression, and somatic distress in youth. Dr. Weersing’s research group has probed the effectiveness of usual community care for internalizing youth, sought to understand the effects of evidence-based interventions for these conditions when tested active healthcare practice, and developed novel treatments for internalizing youths focusing on core, behavioral transdiagnostic mechanisms of action that may be robust to dissemination. In addition to her empirical and theoretical papers in these areas, Dr. Weersing is an author of five psychosocial treatment and prevention manuals for youth internalizing disorders, and she has served as an expert consultant on practice guidelines for the screening and treatment of adolescent depression in primary care. Her program of work has been acknowledged with honors and awards from the Klingenstein Third Generation Foundation, Robert Wood Johnson Foundation, Beck Institute for Cognitive Therapy and Research, and William T. Grant Foundation and research support from the National Institutes of Health. |
Abstract: Depression and anxiety in youth are prevalent and impairing conditions, with a high degree of current and lifetime comorbidity. Targeting the internalizing disorders as a unified problem area is in line with calls for new approaches to conceptualizing comorbidity and a focus on transdiagnostic processes. This lecture details a 15 year program of work to develop an efficient transdiagnostic brief behavioral therapy (BBT) for internalizing problems in youth focusing on the core behavioral process of avoidance of negative affect and threatening situations. Development of the initial BBT program is described, including illustrative cases. As a capstone, results are presented of a recent major randomized controlled trial designed to test the effects of BBT compared to assisted referral to specialty mental health care (ARC) in a large sample (N=185) of children and adolescents (age 8-16) presenting with anxiety and/or depression in pediatric primary care. Overall, BBT youth had significantly higher rates of clinical response than those in ARC (56.8% versus 28.2%), and these superior effects were replicated for anxiety-specific measures and functioning outcomes. Results were particularly strong for Latino youth suggesting BBT may help reduce disparities in care outcomes. Implications for the development and dissemination of behavioral treatments are discussed. |
Target Audience: mental health professionals, intervention developers, intervention researchers, behavioral health consultants, primary care / pediatric care providers |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand the shared mechanisms underlying the comorbidity of anxiety and depression; (2) evaluate the value of a brief behavioral therapy designed to impact core behavioral processes of anxiety and depression; (3) assess critical factors involved in fitting interventions to the constraints of care settings and samples, with a focus on primary care. |
|
|
|
|
Seeing Eyes and Helping Hands: Behavioral Conceptualizations of Perspective Taking and Prosocial Behavior |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom G |
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Rebecca Noel Tacke (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Discussant: Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
CE Instructor: Karen Kate Kellum, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Amongst humans most exceptional behaviors are those that involve helping another at great cost to ones self, or understanding anothers perspective as if it were ones own. Despite the importance of altruistic behavior and perspective taking to human functioning, however, these behaviors have rarely been investigated from a behavioral perspective. As a result, the dominant literatures in these areas are limited with respect to conceptualizations that lend themselves to behavioral analysis and with respect to data on the conditions under which perspective taking and altruism are probable. The papers in this symposium will review the literatures on perspective taking and altruism in hopes of creating a foundation to promote future research. The first paper will focus on behavioral approaches to conceptualizing and assessing perspective taking. The second paper will focus behavioral approaches to assessing and intervening on altruism. The discussion will focus on implications of and next steps in these and related efforts. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts and behavior therapists with an interest in altruism, perspective taking, and diectic relational responding. |
Learning Objectives: Learning objectives: 1) Describe a behavioral conceptualization of perspective taking. 2) Describe a behavioral conceptualization of altruism. 3) Describe behavioral approaches to assessing and training perspective taking or altruism. |
|
How May We Assist?: Exploring Altruism in Applied Behavior Analysis |
CALEB FOGLE (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: To the general public, altruism is conceptualized as behavior that is wholly “selfless,” motivated only by the desire to help another. Scientists and philosophers have not found defining or studying altruism so simple. Definitions tend to vary in the degree to which certain functional criteria must be met for the behavior to be characterized as “true altruism.” Such criteria are typically dependent on whether or not the behavior functions to benefit the helping individual. In fact, some conceptualizations would propose “true altruism” as occurring without any reinforcing consequences. These conceptual issues have resulted in difficulties assessing altruistic behavior, limiting scientific progress. This presentation will first provide a broad overview of dominant views of altruism. Next, it will offer behavioral conceptualizations of altruism along with a review of strengths and weaknesses of behavioral methodologies for assessing altruism in and outside of the lab. Implications for research and practice will be discussed. |
|
Non-Mentalist Theory of Mind: Conceptual and Empirical Advances in Perspective Taking From a Behavioral Perspective |
REBECCA COPELL (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Theory of Mind (TOM) has been defined in non-behavioral traditions as, "the ability to impute mental events to oneself and to others." Developmentally, this is typically described as perspective taking (PT), and is thought to involve a gradual change in a child's innate ability to understand their internal events (i.e. thoughts, beliefs, and desires) as different from another person's internal events. As behaviorists, we are concerned with these private events about private events not as innate abilities or causes of overt behaviors. Instead, we are concerned with perspective taking as socially significant in its own right, as part of a class of responses that characterize effective relating to others. This presentation will first provide a brief description of PT and TOM from dominant non-behavioral perspectives. Next, it will provide an overview of conceptual and empirical advances in PT from a behavioral perspective, ending with recent work in deictic relational responding. Implications for assessment and training of perspective taking in research and practice settings will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Intervening in Infancy to Address Persistent Weaknesses in Vocal Repertoires in Down Syndrome |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall A |
Area: DDA/DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Theresa Fiani (City University of New York - The Graduate Center) |
Discussant: Rosemary A. Condillac (Brock University) |
CE Instructor: Theresa Fiani, M.A. |
Abstract: The significant deficits in expressive language in individuals with Down syndrome begin in infancy, pervade multiple aspects of development, and negatively impact opportunities and outcomes. This symposium will describe research findings from two intervention studies targeting individuals with Down syndrome. The first presentation discusses the use of behavioral interventions targeting babbling in 3-4-month-old infants with Down syndrome, the second presentation discusses teaching vocalizations to children with Down syndrome by addressing mode and function of communication (i.e., vocal and gestural prompts, and social functions). We will highlight how knowledge about the behavioral phenotype for Down syndrome can inform intervention strategies for this population. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Phenotype, Down Syndrome, Sign Language, Vocalization |
Target Audience: Practitioners and Researchers |
|
A Behavior Analytic Model to Increase Vocalizations in Infants With Down Syndrome |
THERESA FIANI (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Emily A. Jones (Queens College, The Graduate Center, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Individuals with Down syndrome show a distinct behavioral phenotype characterized by relative weakness in expressive language and relative strengths in social interest. Expressive language deficits present in infants with Down syndrome as delays in the onset of babbling, decreased speech sounds, increased non-speech sounds, and poor vocal imitation. Factors that may affect expressive language include fluctuating hearing loss, physiological deficits, and competing behaviors that result in the same consequence. We proposed a behavior analytic model, which explained the early differences in speech sound production in infants with Down syndrome. Using this model, we examined contingent vocal imitation and social consequences as reinforcers to increase the rate of babbling in infants with Down syndrome. Infants showed increases in rate of vocalization during both contingent vocal imitation and social consequences conditions when compared to baseline and a control condition in a reversal design. Findings and collateral changes in related skill areas will be discussed. |
|
Addressing Mode and Function of Communication to Teach Infants With Down Syndrome to Vocalize |
SALLY M IZQUIERDO (Queens College, The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Emily A. Jones (Queens College, The Graduate Center, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Infants with Down syndrome show weaknesses, especially in expressive communication, which, over time, lead to delays in problem solving and a strong tendency to avoid learning opportunities. Strengths in social engagement and motor imitation may be incorporated into interventions. Recent studies teaching manding have drawn on social strengths, but not gestural strengths and motor imitation. Teaching gestural and vocal modes of communication together (total communication) may be particularly beneficial for infants with Down syndrome due to relative strength in motor imitation and gesture use and may even lead to the development of vocalizations. Preliminary results suggest that sign language taught to infants with Down syndrome in a manding intervention with social consequences may facilitate the acquisition of mands with vocalizations and increase the rate of speech sounds. When the total communication mode is combined with a social function, rather than a mand, as the first point of intervention, improvements in vocalizations may be even more robust. |
|
|
|
|
Planarians on Drugs and Cockroaches in Shock: Welcome to Animal Labs Version 2.0 |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom A |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Kevin Erdner (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Jacob H. Daar (Northern Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Jacob H. Daar, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The field of behavior analysis has its roots set in research on animal behavior. From traditional white rats to shelter dogs to aquatic animals, behavioral researchers have been able to consistently create new experimental procedures to analyze basic animal behavior. More recently, invertebrate laboratories have become more popular as the research benefits begin to present themselves. The current symposium will showcase research from two different laboratories studying invertebrate behavior. Planarians, a type of flatworm, were given various doses and types of metabolites from nicotine. These planarians were further examined for reinforcing effects of the metabolites and organism mobility. For the second presentation, Madagascar Hissing Cockroaches were placed on a shock grid in an operant chamber to evaluate the organism movements and the latency to terminate the shock. These two university laboratories will discuss the implications and benefits of using an invertebrate model for basic behavioral research and further research avenues for these organisms. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Cockroach, Invertebrate Lab, Planarians, Shock |
Target Audience: Animal researchers, behavior analysts, students of behavior analysis, animal science researchers |
|
An Assessment of Escape Responding in the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach |
LINDA MUCKEY (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The following study presents an investigation of escape responding in Madagascar hissing cockroaches (Gromphoradhina portentosa). Using a standard operant chamber with shock grid, the effect of varying shock amperages on cockroach escape behaviour were assessed. A piece of textured Plexiglas was placed on the shock grid of the operant chamber, whereby movement of the cockroach to the Plexiglas would terminate shock. Cockroaches were placed in the apparatus and shock was presented; latency to escape response and duration spent on the textured Plexiglas were measured as the dependent variables. Results of these data suggest that Madagascar hissing cockroaches exhibit escape responding in the presence of electric shock. Variability of escape response was evidenced in all shock conditions. Additionally, greater response variability of escape responding was noted in the presence of higher amperages of shock. Though response variability of escape responding was shown, escape responses occurred in nearly all trials where shock was presented. Limitations of the procedures, as well as possible extensions will be discussed. |
|
Assessment of the Interaction of Nicotine and Its Metabolites |
BRADY J. PHELPS (South Dakota State University), Katelynn Erickson (South Dakota State University), Skylind Dvoracek (South Dakota State University), Shafiqur Rahman (South Dakota State University) |
Abstract: We are collecting data pertaining to the psychoactive properties of the major and minor nicotine metabolites, namely cotinine, anabasine and nornicotine, using Planarians. In addition, we will present data on the effects of nicotine and metabolites delivered together, which is more likely to be what an organism experiences due to the metabolism timeframe. So far, our most promising data comes from examination of cotinine. Unlike nicotine, cotinine lacks stimulant properties but like nicotine, cotinine will establish a conditioned place preference, which is an assessment of reinforcing effects. The effects of cotinine combined with nicotine remain to be examined, data collection is on-going. The stimulant properties will be assessed with two measures involving human observers: motility measured as the number of grid lines swam across over a 1cm2 grid placed underneath a Petri dish in a five minute interval, in different nicotine + metabolite concentrations and stereotypy/hyperkinesias-abnormal stereotyped movements indicative of strong stimulant concentrations. Stereotypies were counted as number of occurrences per five-minute interval during exposure to different concentrations of solutions of nicotine + the metabolite cotinine. The typical concentrations we assessed are .01mM, .03mM and .06mM, .1mM, .3mM., .6mM, 1mM and 3mM for nicotine combined with cotinine. |
|
|
|
|
Using Behavioral Science to Support Educators During Consultation |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom D-F |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed, Ph.D. |
Chair: Scott P. Ardoin (UGA Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research) |
FLORENCE D. DIGENNARO REED (University of Kansas) |
Dr. Florence DiGennaro Reed, a board certified behavior analyst, received a doctorate in school psychology from Syracuse University. She also completed a clinical post-doctoral fellowship at the Institute for Child Development and a pre-doctoral internship in clinical psychology at the May Center for Education and Neurorehabilitation and the May Center for Child Development. Presently, Florence is an Associate Professor in and Chairperson of the Department of Applied Behavioral Science at the University of Kansas where she directs the Performance Management Laboratory. Her research examines effective and efficient staff training and performance improvement practices. She also conducts translational research in on-campus laboratory facilities. Florence has published articles and book chapters on a variety of topics including training, performance management, assessment, and intervention. She has served on the editorial boards of Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Journal of Behavioral Education, Behavior Analysis in Practice, The Psychological Record, and School Psychology Review and is an Associate Editor for Journal of Behavioral Education and Behavior Analysis in Practice. Florence is co-editor of two books published through Springer titled Handbook of Crisis Intervention for Individuals with Developmental Disabilities and Bridging the Gap Between Science and Practice in Autism Service Delivery. |
Abstract: Despite serving as effective change agents for clients, behavior analysts often struggle with motivating and supporting the educators with whom they consult. This presentation will propose a three-term model for targeting educator behavior, describe evidence-based performance management procedures, and share experimental data and case studies supporting the effectiveness of a behavior analytic approach to educator training and professional development. |
Target Audience: Supervisors, consultants, educators, or staff interested in training others. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe why targeting educator performance is important; (2) identify and describe the components of behavioral skills training and an evidence-based approach to performance management of educators; (3) discuss results of studies evaluating the components of behavioral skills training. |
|
|
|
|
OBM Research Innovations: From the Laboratory to the Office |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Eli T. Newcomb (The Faison Center) |
CE Instructor: Eli T. Newcomb, M.Ed. |
Abstract: Methodology derived from Organizational Behavior Management has been effective in producing significant gains in employee performance. However, it is possible that as research continues to refine the assessments and interventions, even greater gains can be realized. This symposium contains three empirical presentations that investigate areas related to functional assessment, sustainability, and reactivity. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): assessment, reactivity, sustainability |
Target Audience: OBM practitioners and behavior analyst researchers |
|
An Analysis of Inter-Employee Responding on the Performance Diagnostic Checklist: Human Services |
TING CHEN (The Faison Center), Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center) |
Abstract: The Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services (PDC-HS) was implemented across 32 employees. The PDC-HS was used to assess maintaining variables related to employees clocking in and out for work shifts. Taken together, the results of the PDC-HS suggested two domains for intervention. However, responses varied across employees, suggesting the need to conduct multiple interviews when using the PDC with large groups of employees. |
|
It's Good to Shut the Hood: Decreasing Energy Consumption in University Laboratories With Behavioral Science |
NELMAR JACINTO CRUZ (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicholas Matey (Florida Institute of Technology), Scott Michael Curry (Florida Institute of Technology), Ronald Joseph Clark (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) has made great strides in impacting employee performance. One area where OBM can make more significant contributions is sustainability. Universities have made efforts to reduce energy consumption by tackling a space that can consume five times more energy than a standard office-laboratories (Emig, 2006; Kao, 2007). One reason laboratories likely consume so much energy are common ventilation devices known as fumehoods. This study evaluated an intervention to increase closing of fumehoods when not in use at a private university. Results of the study and their significance will be discussed. |
|
An Analysis of the Role of Reactivity in the Observer Effect |
ALLISON KING (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology), Andressa Sleiman (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that individuals improve their performance of a task as a result of observing and evaluating other people perform that task. This is known as the "observer effect." Most of the research has demonstrated this phenomenon when the observers were aware that their performance of the task was also being observed. The current study examined whether conducting safety observations results in stronger improvements in the observers’ subsequent safety performance when they are told that their safety performance is also being observed and evaluated. Implications for OBM practitioners and suggestions for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Beyond Autism: Expanding Our Scope of Practice by Examining Licensing Laws, How to Broaden Our Scope of Practice, and Results of ABA Intervention on Typically Developing Children |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C |
Area: PRA/PCH; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Shannon Shea McDonald (Endicott College; WCI - Work, Community, Independencce) |
Discussant: Michael Weinberg (Amego, Inc) |
CE Instructor: Shannon Shea McDonald, M.S. |
Abstract: ABA has made a name for itself as a treatment for Autism Spectrum Disorders, while excluding itself from being viewed as an accepted treatment of psychiatric disorders or to promote general behavior change in typically developing individuals. Behavior Analysts have a unique, valuable perspective to contribute regarding behaviors associated with psychiatric disorders and widespread behavior change. ABA need not be limited to the treatment of individuals diagnosed with intellectual or developmental disabilities (ID/DD). A review of the subjects in JABA articles from 1968-2013 will be presented, with an analysis of current trends in ABA licensing. Additionally, data will be presented on the effective use of ABA to treat typically developing children diagnosed with PTSD, ADHD and ODD. A discussion of future directions for ABA applications, such as analyzing meta-contingencies to address group behavior and expand potential populations served, climate change, increasing healthy behaviors, and so on. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): clinical, licensure, psychiatric disorders, scope |
Target Audience: Basic to intermediate level BCBA or BCaBA practitioners. |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to evaluate the current scope of practice and discuss future directions for ABA as a profession. Participants who attend this talk will be able to use conceptually systematic language to refer to emotional instability and other mental health issues in clients, as well as identifying metacontingencies that shape challenging behavior in marginalized populations and subsequent appropriate interventions. |
|
The Narrowing Scope of Practice in Applied Behavior Analysis |
(Applied Research) |
SHANNON SHEA MCDONALD (Endicott College) |
Abstract: ABA as a profession is growing rapidly, largely due to the rising number of individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders. As BCBAs grow in number to meet this need, research and application of ABA to behaviors associated with psychiatric disorders and general behavior change with typically developing individuals has been largely ignored. A review of journal articles published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis was conducted to evaluate trends in ABA research and subjects of interest. Behavior Analysis has a unique, valuable perspective to contribute regarding these behaviors. ABA need not be limited to the treatment of individuals diagnosed with intellectual or developmental disabilities (ID/DD). However, if we are to expand our scope of practice beyond Autism, we must do it quickly as our profession matures. |
|
An Effective Use of ABA to Improve the Social Skills of Severely At-Risk Youth |
(Applied Research) |
KATE MERRILL (COMPASS) |
Abstract: While students with Autism diagnoses are likely to have ABA consultation and services included in their IEPs, students with Social-Emotional Disabilities and related psychiatric and mental health disorders are often only provided counseling services to generate behavior change. Typical school interventions include CBT and Psychotherapy, with OT interventions becoming more popular in recent years. As ABA works to improve its public perception, there are many valuable contributions to be made in both general and special education with the growing number of Emotionally Impaired students. Data will be presented showing an effective use of the Good Behavior Game to decrease out-of-class time in a therapeutic classroom for students who have diagnoses of PTSD, ODD, ADHD, as well as mood and other conduct disorders. Further implications for use of radical behaviorism to create efficacious interventions for children and adults with trauma histories, as well as improve general education practices, are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Strictly Business: How the BACB Professional and Ethical Code of Conduct Makes for Good Business Policies and Decision-Making |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom A |
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Melissa L. Olive, Ph.D. |
Chair: Melissa L. Olive (Applied Behavioral Strategies LLC) |
MEGAN MILLER (FSU CARD; Navigation Behavioral Consulting) |
WILLIAM TIM COURTNEY (Little Star Center) |
MELISSA L. OLIVE (Applied Behavioral Strategies LLC) |
Abstract: This panel will focus on how businesses of various sizes have created policies and decision-making processes for preventing ethical dilemmas throughout various aspects of the business of providing ABA services. Even with the best antecedent and reinforcement-based interventions in place, misconduct may still occur. Thus, agencies should create, implement, and evaluate procedures to address misconduct within agencies. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Practicing Behavior Analysts, Business owners, Supervisors of BCBAs, BCaBAs, and RBTs. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will describe how the current BACB Professional and Ethical Compliance Code applies to organizations providing ABA services. 2. Participants will identify effective strategies for assigning cases within the agency. 3. Participants will identify possible ethical dilemmas faced when providing ABA using an insurance carrier funding source. 4. Participants will identify agency-wide strategies for preventing ethical violations. |
Keyword(s): Business Ethics, Ethics, Organizations, Service Delivery |
|
|
|
|
Selection by Resonances |
Sunday, May 27, 2018 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9 |
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Marcus Jackson Marr, Ph.D. |
Chair: Marcus Jackson Marr (Georgia Tech) |
JACK J. MCDOWELL (Emory University) |
PETER R. KILLEEN (Arizona State University) |
J. A. SCOTT KELSO (Florida Atlantic University) |
Abstract: Dennett used the metaphor of “skyhooks vs cranes;” the wondrous living world can be easily explained by positing a Creator who organized the whole thing; one who lived in the sky and raised the structures of life with a sky-hook attached to the clouds. Alternatively, one could find a way for those structures to build from the ground up. Darwin did this with variation-selection-retention, along with the competition for survival. These were his cranes, solidly planted on the bedrock of observation and logic. Can we do the same for the development of individuals’ behavior, for complex social behavior, for the mind? Kelso shows us that we can: His cranes are self-organization, synergy selection, and coordination dynamics. These cranes have not risen very far from the bedrock yet, giving job opportunities on the construction site for everyone in this audience. The panelists will check in by relating these cranes to some of the construction tools and results that we as behaviorists have mastered; then to the machinery developed by Steve Grossberg and Roger Sperry. They will also comment on the plausibility and strength of the cranes, and relate the first crane to the work of Gerald Edelman and Stephen Wolfram. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Target Audience: BCBAs, BCaBAs, and behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentaton, participants will be able to discuss the metaphor of "skyhooks vs cranes" and relate it to behavior analysis. |
|
|